this changes everything! - ag web services

21

Upload: others

Post on 11-Feb-2022

1 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: This Changes Everything! - AG Web Services

This Changes Everything

This is OUR new theme for the coming year in youth ministry I emphasize OUR because we are all in this together You are not alone in your efforts to make a difference for Christ You are joined with close to 375000 Assemblies of God students from across the nation and many more throughout the world

But these three words are so much more than simply a theme This Changes Everything is truly about a lifestyle ndash a commitment to Christrsquos mission and His cause So just what does this all have to do with Fine Arts

Everything

You are joined with 70000 other teens that are also involved in Fine Arts Students from every state spend time in order to DISCOVER their gifts

You are united with thousands of youth ministries who meet weekly to advance the Kingdom of God These youth ministries accomplish this through helping students DEVELOP their gifts

Finally you are connected to a God who longs to see every person enter into a relationship with Him The fascinating part of this is that our God uses you to DEPLOY your ministry gifts

Fine Arts is about the cause of Christ ndash advancing the Kingdom of God Thus everything we do in our lives for Christ is for the purpose of change

Your gifts change everything Your character changes everything Your commitment changes everything Not because of who you are but because you serve an awesome God who equips you with gifts and empowers you with His Holy Spirit

So please make it a priority to read through this booklet It will prepare you for your district festival and ultimately help you fine tune your gifts for the cause of Christ

If you have questions about your districtrsquos festival use the contact information at wwwfafagorg Please direct questions relating to the 2010 National Fine Arts Festival to the national youth ministries office at 4178622781 x4458 or fafagorg More information is also available online at wwwfafagorg

See You in Detroit

Student Discipleship Director national youth ministries

Drama Division 22Categories 22Drama EnsembleSolo 22Human Video EnsembleSolo 22

Exhibition Division 24CategoriesInformation 24ASL Storytelling 24Human Video Ensemble Spanish 24Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary 25Performance Art 25Spoken Word 26Vocal Ensemble Spanish 26Worship Dance SoloTroupe 27

instrumEntal Division 28CategoriesInformation 28General Instrumental Division Rules 28Percussion EnsembleSolo Traditional 29Percussion Unconventional 30

vocal Division 31CategoriesInformation 31Choir 31Christian Band 32Rap GroupSolo 32Songwriting 33Vocal EnsembleSolo 33Worship Team 34

Writing Division 35Categories 35District Festival Delivery Instructions 35NFAF Delivery Instructions 35Book Chapter 35Childrenrsquos Literature 36First Person Essay 37Poetry 37Script Writing 37Short Story 38

nEW for thE 2010 national finE arts fEstival 6national finE arts fEstival 7

General Information 7Rules Agreement 7Kappa Tau College Fine Arts 7District Fine Arts Festivals 7Participant Requirements 8National Fine Arts Festival Registration Forms 8Detroit2010 Participants and General Attendees 9Detroit2010 Fees 9On-Site Check-In 9Cancellations 10Overpayment Refunds 102010 Speed the Light Theme 10Evaluation Process and Ratings 10Content 11Code of Conduct 11Dress Code 11Equipment Provided 11Room Configuration 11Scholarship Information 11

gEnEral rulEs 12Rule Violations 12Content 12Time Limits 12LanguageSpanish Entries 12Substitutions 12Post-Registration Substitutions 12Entry Limit Guidelines 12Group Entry Participant Guidelines 13License 13Copyrighted Material 13Approved Instruments List 13

art Division 15Categories 15District Festival Delivery Instructions 15NFAF Delivery Instructions 15General Art Division Rules 15Graphic Design 16Photography Digital 16Photography Traditional 16T-shirt Design 17Visual Art Three-dimensional 17Visual Art Two-dimensional 17

communication Division 18Categories 18American Sign Language GroupSolo 18Childrenrsquos Lesson GroupSolo 18Puppetry GroupSolo 19Short Film 20Short SermonShort Sermon Spanish 21

ta

blE o

f c

on

tEnts ta

blE

of

co

ntE

nts

6 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 7

nEW for thE 2010 national finE arts fEstival 1 The National Fine Arts Festival is implementing a new rating scale as follows

Up to 25 points Fair26 ndash 30 points Good31 ndash 35 points Excellent36 ndash 40 points Superior with Invitation (district)Superior (national)-2 points Time Violation-2 points Rule Violation

2 New registrant types and fees for Detroit2010 are as follows National Youth Convention (NYC) Participant event registration $75 per person NYC

participant registration includes NYC evening eventsservices NFAF presentationsworkshops the event T-shirt and the Official Program

General Attendee registration $10 The GA registration includes admission to NFAF presentations and the NFAF Celebration Service only The GA registration will not grant the registrant access to the evening services or workshops and will not include the event T-shirt or the Official Program

3 Categories that formerly had ldquooverallrdquo time limits now have specific set up performance and tear town time limits See specific category rules for time limits

4 Web Design is no longer a category at the National Fine Arts Festival Web page has been added as an acceptable genre in the Graphic Design category and must interpret the annual theme

5 Comic Strip is an accepted medium within the Visual Art Two-Dimensional category 6 Childrenrsquos Literature is an official category in the Writing Division 7 Spoken Word Solo is a new category in the Exhibition Division and has a time limit of 3

minutes 8 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for Human Video Solo entries There are 90 seconds

for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 9 The Worship Dance exhibition category is now accepting both Solo and Troupe entries A

Troupe entry is comprised by two to ten eligible students 10 Urban (or hip-hop) dance is now an accepted genre within the Worship Dance exhibition

category 11 Songwriting entries have a new group limit of 5 qualified students Student accompanists

in Songwriting entries no longer need to register as participants or pay the Participant registration fee

12 The Writing Division category of ldquoSketch Writingrdquo has been renamed ldquoScript Writingrdquo

13 The Vocal Division category of ldquoYouth Choirrdquo has been renamed ldquoChoirrdquo

national finE arts fEstival gEnEral informationFine Arts Festival is a discipleship tool of the national youth ministries of the Assemblies of God (AG) designed to help students discover develop and deploy their ministry giftsThrough Fine Arts Festival students are given the opportunity to develop their ministry gifts and to have their Fine Arts entries evaluated by qualified industry professionals educators and ministers who encourage excellence and offer ideas for improvement

rulEs agrEEmEntAll National Fine Arts Festival (NFAF) participants must read and abide by this 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook It is the responsibility of each participant to be familiar with the rules and procedures of this festival No other person will be held responsible for a participantrsquos lack of informationBy signing a District andor Detroit2010 registration form pastors leaders parents and students acknowledge that 1 They have read understand and agree to abide by the rules of this festival 2 They will accept the decisions of the evaluators and coordinators as finalAdditional copies of the 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook may be downloaded at wwwfafagorg

Kappa tau collEgE finE artsKappa Tau rules and information can be found at wwwkappatauagorg

District finE arts fEstivalsMost AG districts hold a Fine Arts Festival Some districts have pre-district festivals (sectional zone etc) Contact your district office for specific information on how to register for your local festival(s) Visit wwwfafagorg for district contact informationStudents must register with their home church Students may not participate with churches or districts other than their ownMost district festivals follow the same rules and policies as the NFAF However some differences in rules and procedures may include but are not limited to the establishment of alternate age or grade requirements and variant scoring proceduresThe following ratings are given to presentations at the district level of evaluation

Up to 25 points Fair26 ndash 30 points Good31 ndash 35 points Excellent36 ndash 40 points Superior with Invitation-2 points Time Violation-2 points Rule Violation

A ldquoSuperior with Invitationrdquo rating from a district festival qualifies a student to participate in the NFAF If no presentation within a category receives a ldquoSuperior with Invitationrdquo at a district festival then no one in that category will advance to the next level of evaluation

nEW fo

r 2010 n

faf

gEn

Era

l i n

for

mat

ion

8 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 9

If mistakes are made in computation of scores or if other situations arise that require attention at a district festival contact your district coordinatorsDistrict festivals are not required to offer NFAF Exhibition categories Districts may also create their own Exhibition categories with the understanding that categories not offered at the NFAF are not eligible to advanceDistrict-level Exhibition Division presentations will be given an ldquoAdvancerdquo or a ldquoNot Advancerdquo recommendation from each evaluator All Exhibition Division entries receiving an ldquoAdvancerdquo from at least two of the three evaluators are eligible to advance to the NFAFIt is the participantrsquos responsibility to contact their district office for specifics regarding the district festival NFAF is not responsible for rules policies or category variations specific to district festivals

participant rEquirEmEntsFine Arts Festival is open to all Christian students who meet the following criteria 1 Participating students must be enrolled in grades 6 - 12 or be 12 to 17 years of age as of

September 1 2009 2 Participating students must be in good standing with a local AG church andor youth

ministry Note19-year-old students may not participate in Fine Arts unless they are enrolled in

grades 6 - 12 as of September 1 2009 Students who qualify at a district Fine Arts Festival for the national festival may participate even if they turn 19 beforeduring August 2010

NFAF students must register with the district where their home church is located and with their home church Students may not participate with churches or districts other than their own

national finE arts fEstival rEgistration forms Each student who qualifies by receiving a ldquoSuperior with Invitationrdquo rating at their district festival and wishes to participate in the NFAF must submit a Detroit2010 registration form and pay the accompanying fee Participants may register online by mail or by faxOnline registration opens for qualified students at wwwfafagorg on February 1 2010 and closes at 1159 pm (CST) on June 11 2010 The Detroit2010 registration form is available at wwwfafagorg February 1 2010The final postmark deadline for all mailed and faxed NFAF participant registrations is May 27 2010 No exceptionsThe NFAF office suggests that all mailed forms and fees be sent via certified mail FedEx DHL or UPS NFAF is not responsible for mail that is lost or delayed by the delivery service chosen by the registrantsMailed registration forms and fees should be sent to

national youth ministriesAttn Detroit20101445 North Boonville AvenueSpringfield MO 65802-1894

Make checks payable to national youth ministriesFine Arts Checks money orders and credit cards are accepted for mailed registrations Neither cash nor American Express cards are accepted We accept Visa MasterCard and Discover

All forms must be filled out completely If forms are received at the NFAF office incomplete in any way the registrant may be assessed an incomplete fee of $20 If you have any questions regarding the correct procedure for completing the forms call the national office for assistance at 4178622781 x4458 Faxed registration forms are accepted at 4178621693 Credit card is the only acceptable form of payment for faxed registrations

DEtroit2010 participants anD gEnEral attEnDEEsA NFAF Participant is defined as a student who qualifies for the NFAF according to the Participant Requirements found on page 8 Qualifying students must register online or complete the Detroit2010 registration form and may only register for the category(ies) for which they qualified at the district festivalA National Youth Convention (NYC) Participant is defined as an adult or student who does not register as a participant in the NFAF (pastors youth pastors students student leaders parents etc) but wishes to attend the NFAF presentations workshops and evening services associated with Detroit2010 A General Attendee is defined as an adult or student (9 years and older) who does not register as a participant in either the NYC or the NFAF (pastors youth pastors students student leaders parents accompanists etc) but wishes to attend the student presentations and the Celebration Service only

DEtroit2010 fEEsNational Youth Convention (NYC) Participant event registration $75 per person NYC participant registration includes NYC evening eventsservices NFAF presentationsworkshop attendance the event T-shirt and the Official Program NFAF or Kappa Tau Participant add-on registration $75 NYC reigstration plus $20 per category (per person)The $75 NYC registration does not include the first NFAF category Each category selected is an additional $20 per categoryper person NFAF participant registration includes NYC event registration and materials as well initial presentation evaluation sheets and certificatesawards AIM Outreach Participant add-on registration $75 NYC registration plus $20 AIM Outreach (per person) AIM participant registration includes NYC event registration and materials as well as an AIM t-shirt General attendees wishing only to view NFAF presentations and attend the Celebration Service may purchase a General Attendee (GA) registration for $10 The GA registration includes admission to NFAF presentations and the NFAF Celebration Service only The GA registration will not grant the registrant access to the evening services or workshops and will not include the event T-shirt or the Official Program unless purchased individually

on-sitE chEcK-inAll NYC and NFAF Participants must be present or represented by an adult to complete the mandatory On-Site Check-In from 900 am until 600 pm Monday August 2 in Detroit MichiganParticipantsrsquo event materials (Official Program event shirt access badge etc) are available during On-Site Check-In Items not picked up during On-Site Check-In are not guaranteed to be available at a later time and will not be mailed post-festival

gEn

Era

l in

for

matio

n gEn

Era

l i n

for

mat

ion

10 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 11

cancEllationsNeither nym nor NFAF provide refunds for cancellations

ovErpaymEnt rEfunDsOverpayment refunds are given but may be processed post-festival and require a non-refundable processing fee of $20 Overpayment refund requests must be submitted in writing via e-mail (fafagorg) no later than November 15 2010

2010 spEED thE light thEmEThe 2009 - 2010 annual theme is ldquoThis Changes EverythingrdquoEntries in the following categories must meet the theme interpretation criteria

Childrenrsquos Lesson GroupSoloDrama EnsembleSoloGraphic DesignShort SermonShort Sermon SpanishSpoken WordT-shirt DesignAll Writing Division categories

Short Film entries may choose to submit a film that interprets the annual theme

Evaluation procEss anD ratingsThree qualified evaluators chosen for their education expertise and impartiality evaluate each presentation using the following general criteria

SelectionCommunicationPresentation and TechniqueEffectiveness

Specific evaluation criteria for each category are found at wwwfafagorgAt the NFAF an average of the scores from three evaluators determines the rating of each entry The following ratings are given to presentations at the national level of evaluation

Up to 25 points Fair26 ndash 30 points Good31 ndash 35 points Excellent36 ndash 40 points Superior-2 points Time Violation-2 points Rule Violation

The rating that NFAF participants receive during their initial presentation is the rating reflected on the evaluation sheets and certificate(s) distributed at the NFAF and is the rating(s) that serves as the permanent record for scholarship information (in addition to any National Fine Arts Festival Awards of Merit received)All evaluation sheets and certificates must be picked up by Friday August 6 2010 by 12 pm at the on-site Certificate Booth and retained for future scholarship verification No attempt is made after the NFAF to return materials not collected on site The NFAF cannot print certificates after the NFAF

At the NFAF callbacks may be conducted in categories with a large number of entries Callbacks serve to assist the evaluators in choosing the Assemblies of God National Award of Merit recipients The categories conducting callbacks at the NFAF are listed in the Detroit2010 Official Program

Neither evaluation sheets nor certificates are distributed for callback presentationsParticipants advancing to the next level of evaluation may improve on their work even to the point of completely changing the selection of their song script sermon or artwork

contEntPresentations must present a message that reflects a Christian world view and be presented with ministry effectiveness in mindMusic used in any entry must be Christian or sacred Sacred music is defined for this festival as ldquomusic intended for the purpose of the church and ministry effectivenessrdquo Both contemporary and classical music is acceptable if it is sacred If there is any question regarding the Christian message or the sacred nature of any content the national office suggests you make a different selection

coDE of conDuctNFAF maintains a high standard for its participants and attendees Parents leaders students and guests involved in this festival should be committed to the ministry and should represent Christ in their behavior It is our desire to leave a positive impression at the facilities and on the people with whom we work Therefore any participant or attendee showing disrespect for people or property in the host city may be disqualified and dismissed from the NFAF

DrEss coDEAppropriate dress is required for all entriesmdashkeeping category norms intended audience and ministry effectiveness in mind

EquipmEnt proviDEDFor a list of equipment provided at your district festival contact your District Youth Director or District Fine Arts CoordinatorFor a list of equipment provided at the NFAF visit wwwfafagorg Wherever possible the NFAF will attempt to provide in full all listed equipment However where space or other limitations require the NFAF reserves the right to remove or limit the availability of provided equipment For presentations requiring audio only digital recordings are permitted Taped recordings are neither permitted nor accommodated at the NFAF

room configurationEvery effort is made to provide adequate space for all presentations However be prepared to adjust your presentation according to room and stage sizes

scholarship informationMany AG universities colleges and Masterrsquos Commission programs offer scholarships to qualified district and NFAF participants Each institution determines and administers their own application process and award amounts Visit wwwcollegesagorg or contact the AG university or college of your choice for more information

gEn

Era

l in

for

matio

ng

EnEr

al

ru

lEs

12 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 13

gEnEral rulEs

rulE violationsRule violations in any category will receive a two-point deduction per violation per evaluator

contEntSelections or presentations that are not sacred or that do not present a message that reflects a Christian world view as defined on page 11 may receive a two-point deduction per evaluatorThe NFAF coordinators reserve the right to disqualify andor remove from display any entry deemed illegal or inappropriate for this festival in any way

timE limitsAll scheduled events have time limitations (see specific category rules to find out time limits) Each presentation room has an official timekeeper If a presentation exceeds the time limit it will receive a two-point deduction per evaluatorTime for set up begins when the name of the entryparticipant is called by the room moderator as being ldquouprdquoTime for the presentation begins when a participant does or says anything to indicate the beginning of the presentation including introductory remarks

languagEspanish EntriEsBilingual entries are not permitted Entries must be presented in either English or Spanish only English entries must be presented entirely in English Spanish entries must be presented entirely in SpanishAny background vocals must be the same language as the presentation

substitutionsOne substitution per group entry may be made between the district festival and the national festival Choir may substitute up to three participants Omission of participants is permitted as long as group membership does not fall below the required group minimum The addition of participants other than substitutes is never allowed

post-rEgistration substitutionsIf an original group member (the person who participated at the district festival) needs to be replaced after they have registered for the NFAF follow these instructions 1 If the substitute is already registered in another category a new form is not necessary

Notify the national office of the change by e-mailing fafagorg 2 If the substitute is not registered in another category submit a completed Detroit2010

registration form (available at wwwfafagorg) If the original group member is paid in full the fee transfers to the substitute

Entry limit guiDElinEsA participant or group of participants may not enter the same category of a division twice There is no limit to the number of different categories in each division for which a participant may register

There is no limit to the number of qualified entries from one church

group Entry participant guiDElinEsA groupensemble entry is defined as a presentation given by two to ten students If a category is specified as a small groupensemble it is comprised by two to four eligible students (eg Human Video Ensemble Small) If a category is specified as a large groupensemble it is comprised by five to ten eligible students (eg Drama Ensemble Large)Choir is the only group entry that is allowed more than ten participants up to 75 members are allowed

licEnsEAll NYC and NFAF general attendees andor participants by their signature on the national registration form grant permission to the General Council of the Assemblies of God and to national youth ministries to use the registrantrsquos image(s) and to photograph reproduce edit publish andor record any musical dramatic artistic photographic andor written presentation at the NFAF without compensation to the registrant author or creator of the work for the purpose of promoting the NFAF andor national youth ministries The author or creator of any entry used will retain copyright ownership

copyrightED matErialIt is the responsibility of the students parents and youth leaders to be completely legal and ethical in their conduct regarding copyrighted music scripts or any other original published or unpublished works All NFAF participants should follow these guidelines a Never use burned CDs or photocopies of music or scripts to avoid purchasing original

materials You must own an original b Never use software sound files video clips quotes or any other copyrighted work for

your presentation without obtaining the copyrights or the explicit written permission from the publisher or creator always give appropriate credit to the author or creator for all copyrighted materials used to create your Fine Arts Festival entries

c Never use unpublished music or scripts without written permission from the author or creator of the work

approvED instrumEnt lists

Keyboards (NFAF will provide either a piano or keyboard for categories that require them see individual category rules for specifications) piano keyboard synthesizer

Woodwinds flute family oboe English horn clarinet family saxophone family bassoonBrass horn family trumpet family trombone family baritone (tcbc) euphonium tuba

Traditional Strings violin viola cello string bass harp

gEn

Era

l ru

lEs gEn

Era

l r

ulE

s

14 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 15

Rhythm Strings (NFAF will provide a direct box and an amplifier) acoustic guitar banjo bass guitar dulcimer mandolin electric guitar 12-string guitarPercussion Traditional drums (and cymbals) bongo cajon congas djembe guiro hand bells maracas marimba orchestra bells sandpaper blocks shakers tambourine timbales timpani (Kettle drums) triangle vibraphone wood blocks xylophone

A basic drum set is provided for some categories See individual category rules for specifications

kick drumsingle pedal snare two rack toms floor tom crash cymbal hi-hat cymbal ride cymbal

Additional percussion accessories are permitted (double bass pedal extra cymbals etc) but must be provided by the participant setup and tear down time limits apply

Electronic versions of approved instruments are allowed (except where category rules state otherwise) as long as the participant provides the necessary amplifiers and cords and time limits are not exceeded

art DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Art Division may submit entries in the following categories Graphic Design Photography Digital Photography Traditional T-shirt Design Visual Art Three Dimensional Visual Art Two-Dimensional

District fEstival DElivEry instructionsFor rules andor guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Art Division entries for your district festival contact your District Youth Director or District Fine Arts Coordinator

nfaf DElivEry instructionsArt Division entries for the 2010 NFAF must be hand-delivered to the Art Gallery following On-Site Check-In on Monday August 2 2010 Art entries are not accepted after On-Site Check-In closes at 600 pm on August 2The artistdesigner is not required to be present at the NFAF Art entries may be delivered andor picked up at the NFAF by an adult representing a participant A letter of authorization from the participant should be presented upon delivery andor pick-upArt Division entries evaluation sheets and certificates must be picked up by Friday August 6 2010 by 1200 pm No attempt will be made to return the art entries to participants after the NFAFThe utmost care is taken in the handling of Art Division entries However the creator of the work assumes full liability for damage due to the handling of the artwork before during and after it is on display Artists desiring additional protection should personally insure their entries

gEnEral art Division rulEs 1 Art entries must be entirely the original work of one eligible student and created during the

current festival year (September 1 through August 2) 2 Each Art Division entry must have a typed information page attached to the entry upon

delivery If the information page is missing or is handwritten upon delivery at the art gallery the entry will receive a 2-point rule violation per evaluator The page must include the following informationParticipantCategoryDesignation of medium (visual art entries only)Explanation of medium (how it was created)Church name city and state

3 Only the information page is required (rule 2) An essay or story explaining the piece is not required and will not affect the evaluation if submitted

4 If set up or assembly is required for the display of Art Division entries it must be completed by the student

ar

t D

ivis

ion

gEn

Era

l ru

lEs

16 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 17

5 Graphic Design and T-shirt Design entries are required to creatively and effectively interpret the annual theme

6 The overall size of any entry in the Art Division may be no smaller than 4 by 6 inches and no larger than 32 by 32 inches

7 Entries requiring a frame must be submitted with frame only or Plexiglas in a frame (no glass is permitted)

graphic DEsign 1 Graphic Design is the art and process of creating a completely original design The use of

stock clip art is not permitted 2 In the Graphic Design category the following mediums are accepted advertisement billboard brochure bulletin business card flier letterhead logo newsletter poster web page 3 Graphic Design entries must be mounted flat on art board or framed See size requirements on

page 15 4 Entries in the Graphic Design category may take any of the following forms finished

piece full-color drawing or comprehensive full-color dummy or proof Digital imagery and computer illustrations are appropriate for this category but must be high-resolution (at least 300 dpi at 100 of output size) Students should submit the best representation of their design

photography Digital 1 Only digital cameras may be used for photographs entered in the Photography Digital

category 2 The information page that must accompany the entry must indicate the camera type of

software and any other form of technology used to produce the image under ldquoExplanation of mediumrdquo

3 Photography Digital entries are not required to interpret the annual theme Entries must reflect a Christian world view but do not have to be overtly ldquoreligiousrdquo in subject or theme

4 Computer-generated improvements are allowed in order to enhance the original photograph (cropping color depth or hue color contrast etc)

5 A montage of up to three photographs may be used to create one image All photographs used to create the image must appear to the viewer as if they are a single image All photographs used to create the image must be the original work of the student

6 No collages are permitted in this category 7 No typography is to be added to the image unless it appears to the viewer as if it is part of

the original image 8 Framing or mounting is not evaluated but is required See size requirements on page 15

photography traDitional 1 Only a 35mm camera may be used for photographs entered in the Photography

Traditional category 2 Only one image is acceptable The photograph must be single frame single exposure

3 Photography Traditional entries are not required to interpret the annual theme Entries must reflect a Christian world view but do not have to be overtly ldquoreligiousrdquo in subject or theme

4 Black-and-white or color photographs are accepted 5 Neither manipulation of the original work nor touch-ups are permitted 6 No typography is to be added to the image 7 Framing or mounting is not evaluated but is required See size requirements on page 15

t-shirt DEsign 1 T-shirt Design entries may take any of the following forms finished T-shirt full-color drawing

or comprehensive full-color computer dummy or proof Students should submit the best representation of their designs

2 The use of stock clip art is not permitted 3 Entries submitted in a finished-shirt format must be displayed over art board T-shirt board

or cardboard Neither mannequin nor bust displays are permitted 4 Entries submitted in full-color drawing format or as a computer-generated image must be

mounted flat on art board See size requirements on page 15

visual art thrEE-DimEnsional 1 In the Visual Art Three-Dimensional category the following mediums are accepted collagemontage traditional sculpture mixed media stained glass 2 Visual Art Three-Dimensional entries are not required to interpret the annual theme

Entries must reflect a Christian world view but do not have to be overtly ldquoreligiousrdquo in subject or theme

3 Mounting is not evaluated but is required See size requirements on page 15

visual art tWo-DimEnsional 1 In the Visual Art Two-Dimensional category the following mediums are accepted acrylics collagemontage comic strip montage mosaic oils sketches (ink pencil chalk charcoal) watercolors

2 Visual Art Three-Dimensional entries are not required to interpret the annual theme Entries must reflect a Christian world view but do not have to be overtly ldquoreligiousrdquo in subject or theme

3 Framing or mounting is not evaluated but is required See size requirements on page 15

ar

t Divisio

n ar

t D

ivis

ion

18 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 19

communication DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Communication Division may submit entries in the following categories American Sign Language Group American Sign Language Solo Childrenrsquos Lesson Group Childrenrsquos Lesson Solo Puppetry Group Group Puppetry Solo Short Film Short Sermon Short Sermon Spanish

amErican sign languagE groupsolo

Rules 1 American Sign Language SoloGroup is an interpretation of a pre-recorded song using

American Sign Language (ASL) to encourage a cross-cultural experience explore the correlation between ASL and English and to prepare the participant for Deaf Ministry

2 The interpreted song must be a musical track that includes lyrics 3 Sign Language Group entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 4 Sign Language Solo entries have a time limit of 5 minutes Sign Language Group entries

have a time limit of 7 minutes Both have 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down

5 ASL entries do not need to interpret the annual theme 6 The English-to-ASL interpretation must be an original work 7 Presenters must use ASL linguistic features in the interpretation This may include but is

not limited to ASL sentence structure sign choices that reflect meaning appropriate body shifts and appropriate use of space The interpretation may not be simply in English word order

8 If the presenter(s) is deaf heshe may use a cue (not a signs) or have someone mouth the words in order to stay in sync with the music This person is not considered part of the entry but evaluators must be informed of their presence and how they will be cueing the participant(s)

9 The presenter(s) must maintain a professional appearance Attire and accessories must not create visual distractions Costumes and costume make-up are not allowed

10 Mouthing lyricslip syncing is not used in American Sign Language Only linguistically appropriate facial grammar should be present This may include but is not limited to puffed cheeks pursed lips and raised eyebrows These should be used as is fitting within the language itself

11 No live music is allowed

chilDrEnrsquos lEsson groupsolo 1 Childrenrsquos Lesson GroupSolo is the art of communicating a biblical message presented

verbally and visually in a lesson geared toward children ages 5-12 2 A Childrenrsquos Lesson Group may be comprised of two to ten eligible students

3 In a Childrenrsquos Lesson Group at least one person must be in direct verbal communication with the audience

4 Childrenrsquos Lesson GroupSolo entries have a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down

5 Participants may use various means of communication (object lesson illusion ventriloquism etc) Neither flammable nor liquid illustrations are permitted

6 All entries must be original not a memorization of someone elsersquos sermon or lesson 7 The presentation must creatively and effectively interpret or reflect the annual theme 8 All presentations must be in harmony with the Statement of Fundamental Truths of the

Assemblies of God A copy of the Statement of Fundamental Truths is available online at wwwagorg under the ldquoBeliefsrdquo tab

9 The lesson must be memorized 10 A central Scripture or Bible story must be used 11 Props are permissible as long as the 90-second setup and tear down times are not

exceeded Any props used must be brought to the festival by the participant 12 Costumes are permitted as long as the face is not covered 13 A puppet stage is not permitted in Childrenrsquos Lesson Solo Any puppet(s) must be used

without the aid of a curtain or puppet stage 14 A puppet stage is provided for Childrenrsquos Lesson Group Participants may not bring their

own puppet stage 15 Childrenrsquos Lesson entries may solicit audience responseparticipation

puppEtry groupsoloBlack lights (if used) must be brought by participants as well as any necessary extension cords Each entry must provide individuals to turn room lights off and on Puppet State dimensions are listed on the Provided Equipment List posted on wwwfafagorg The puppet stage dimensions may not be adjusted Contact your district coordinators for stage dimensions provided at your district festival

Rules 1 Puppetry is the art of presenting a puppet show for the purpose of encouraging young Christians

in their faith and to share Christ with others 2 An entry in Puppetry Group may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for puppetry entries There are 90 seconds for setup

and 90 seconds for tear down 4 A puppetry entry is not required to be original but originality is encouraged 5 Puppetry entries are not required to follow the annual theme 6 Participants are not permitted to bring their own puppet stage 7 No interaction between live presenters and puppets is permitted 8 All aspects of the puppetry entry must take place within the boundaries of the puppet

stage

co

mm

un

icat

ion

Div

isio

nc

om

mu

nic

ation

Divisio

n

20 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 21

9 Props and signs may be used but must be provided by the participant(s) and must be contained within (behind) the boundaries of the puppet stage Neither flammable nor liquid props or elements are permitted in puppetry entries

10 Hand puppets or hand-manipulated puppets are to be used (no life-sized puppets are permitted)

11 Ventriloquism is not allowed in puppetry categories

short film

District Festival Delivery InstructionsFor rules and guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Short Film entries for your district festival contact your district youth director or district Fine Arts coordinator

NFAF Delivery InstructionsShort Film entries must be received within 5 days of online or faxed registrations Entries must accompany mailed registrations Short Film entries must be sent to

national youth ministriesAttn Detroit20101445 North Boonville AvenueSpringfield MO 65802-1894

Short Film entries are evaluated prior to the NFAFShort Film entries are on display at the NFAF Results of the evaluations are released at the NFAFEvaluation sheets and certificates must be picked up by Friday August 6 2010 by 12 pm No attempt is made to return the materials to participants after the NFAF

Rules 1 In the Short Film category the following genres are accepted animation comedy drama documentary experimental fictionlive action music video

2 The creation of a Short Film is the art and process of producing a film containing a combination of visual images and sounds to communicate effectively a mood emotion andor message

3 Short Film entries may be created by one to ten eligible students 4 Short Film entries must have a typed information page that accompanies the entry and

includes the following informationParticipant(s)CategoryChurch name city and state

5 Entries in Short Film have a time limit of 5 minutes

6 The creator(s)producer(s) of the film must meet the NFAF age or grade requirements and must register as participants However those appearing in the film or supporting the production (actors grips lighting boom operator etc) do not need to meet age requirements nor register as participants

7 Copyright policy national youth ministries and the General Council of the Assemblies of God are not responsible for assuring that all material included in studentsrsquo film productions is in compliance with existing copyright laws It is the responsibility of the students parents and youth leaders to be completely legal and ethical in their conduct regarding copyrighted material used to create an entry for the NFAF Students must obtain either the copyrights or explicit written permission for use of all software graphics parodies recorded music andor sound files included Credits must be included See page 13 for an additional list of guidelines

8 Any script or story line must be the original work of the participant(s)

9 Short Film entries must be submitted in DVD format VHS entries are not accepted

10 The participant(s) is not required to be present at the NFAF However the registration form and fee must be submitted by the appropriate deadline

short sErmonshort sErmon spanish 1 An entry in Short Sermon is the art of verbally communicating a biblical message that

includes Scripture quotations or readings presented by one eligible student 2 Short Sermon entries have a time limit of 5 minutes 3 All presentations must be in harmony with the Statement of Fundamental Truths of the

Assemblies of God A copy of the Statement of Fundamental Truths is available online at wwwagorg under the ldquoBeliefsrdquo tab

4 All short sermon presentations must creatively and effectively interpret the annual theme 5 All entries must be original material not just a memorization of someone elsersquos sermon

Participants are permitted to use illustrations personal testimonies statistics stories etc Sources should always be cited

6 Participants are allowed to use notes The sermon does not need to be memorized 7 Participants may only use a Bible notes a podium and handheld visual aids The festival

will provide only the podium 8 All aspects of the sermon must take place within the boundaries of the stage 9 The wearing of costumes is not permitted 10 The use of audio or audiovisual devices is not permitted Neither flammable nor liquid

visual aids are permitted 11 All presentations must be given with due reverence for God and His people and must not

be a cynical or satirical portrayal of any form of the ministry

co

mm

un

icatio

n D

ivision

co

mm

un

icat

ion

Div

isio

n

22 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 23

Drama DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Drama Division may submit entries in the following categories Drama Ensemble Large Drama Ensemble Small Drama Solo Human Video Ensemble Large Human Video Ensemble Small Human Video Solo

Drama EnsEmblEsolo 1 A Drama presentation is the art of telling a culturally relevant story through verbal

communication and action 2 Drama Ensemble Small entries may be comprised by two to four eligible students Drama

Ensemble Large entries may be comprised by five to ten eligible students 3 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for each drama entry There are 90 seconds for setup

and 90 seconds for tear down 4 Drama entries do not have to be original but originality is encouraged 5 Drama entries must creatively and effectively interpret the annual theme 6 The entire presentation must be memorized 7 No recorded or electronic sound effects are allowed Neither soundtracks nor live

background music is allowed 8 All aspects of the drama must take place within the boundaries of the stage 9 Chairs may be used as props However standing on chairs is not allowed and will result in

disqualification The only chairs allowed are the chairs available on-site in the presentation room Participants and groups may not bring their own chairs to the NFAF

10 Small handheld props are allowed in Drama entries Neither flammable nor liquid props are permitted

11 Costumes are permitted in Drama entries 12 Neither masks nor costume makeup is allowed

human viDEo EnsEmblEsolo

Rules 1 A Human Video presentation is the art of telling a story through a non-verbal drama

presentation that accompanies a musical track 2 Human Video Ensemble Small entries may be comprised by two to four eligible students

Human Video Ensemble Large entries may be comprised by five to ten eligible students 3 The musical track that accompanies Human Video entries must include lyrics Voice-overs

may be present in the recording but may not completely replace the lyrics 4 The Human Video technique of ldquolip syncrdquo must be present in the majority of the

presentation 5 The splicing of up to three songs is allowed Entries may have more than three splicings

as long as there are three songs maximum Voice-overs do not count toward the three-song limit

6 Live accompaniment is not permitted in Human Video presentations 7 No live vocal communication of any form from the actor(s) is permitted 8 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for Human Video Solo entries There are 90 seconds

for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 9 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Human Video Ensemble entries There are 90

seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 10 Entries do not have to be original but originality is encouraged 11 Human Video entries are not required to interpret the annual theme 12 All aspects of the human video must take place within the boundaries of the stage 13 Safe gymnastic elements andor cheer-type mounts are acceptable Human Video

technique but must fit believably within the story line or be vital to character or story development

14 Chairs are the only allowed prop Standing on chairs is not allowed and will result in disqualification The only chairs allowed are the chairs available on-site in the presentation room Participants and groups may not bring their own chairs to the NFAF

15 Costumes are not permitted in Human Video entries T-shirts in various colors are not considered costumes

16 Neither masks nor costume makeup is allowed

Dr

am

a Divisio

n Dr

am

a D

ivis

ion

24 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 25

Exhibition DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Exhibition Division may submit entries in the following categories

ASL Storytelling Human Video Ensemble SpanishInstrumental Ensemble Contemporary Performance ArtSpoken Word Vocal Ensemble SpanishWorship Dance Solo Worship Dance Troupe

informationThe Exhibition Division was created to allow participants to be evaluated in areas that may become categories in the futureExhibition Division participants are given the opportunity to give their presentation once for evaluation and scoring Callbacks are not conducted for Exhibition entriesAt the NFAF points are given to each entry so that evaluators may determine the recipients of Exhibition Division Honorable Mention awards and so that students may improve their work

asl storytElling 1 ASL Storytelling is for the art of telling a biblical story rendered visually using only

American Sign Language (ASL) for the purpose of ministry to the deaf 2 Storytelling entries may be comprised by one to ten eligible students 3 There is a time limit of 5 minutes 4 Handheld propssigns are allowed in this category 5 The entire presentation must be memorized 6 Entries in the ASL Storytelling category must communicate a biblical story in a creative

and culturally relevant manner 7 No live or recorded music is permitted

human viDEo EnsEmblE spanishRules 1 A Human Video Ensemble Spanish presentation is the art of telling a story through a

non-verbal drama presentation that accompanies a musical track with Spanish lyrics to be used in mission trip settings

2 Human Video Ensemble Spanish entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students

3 The musical track that accompanies Human Video entries must include lyrics Spanish voice-overs may be present in the recording but may not completely replace the lyrics

4 The Human Video technique of ldquolip syncrdquo must be present in the majority of the presentation

5 The splicing of up to three songs is allowed Entries may have more than three splicings as long as there are three songs maximum Voice-overs do not count toward the three-song limit

6 Live accompaniment is not permitted in Human Video presentations

7 No live vocal communication of any form from the actors is permitted 8 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Human Video Ensemble Spanish entries There

are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 9 Entries do not have to be original but originality is encouraged 10 Human Video Spanish entries are not required to interpret the annual theme 11 All aspects of the human video must take place within the boundaries of the stage 12 Safe gymnastic elements andor cheer-type mounts are acceptable Human Video

techniques but must fit believably within the story line or be vital to character or story development

13 Chairs are the only allowed prop Standing on chairs is not allowed and will result in disqualification The only chairs allowed are the chairs available on-site in the presentation room Participants and groups may not bring their own chairs to the NFAF

14 Costumes are not permitted T-shirts in various colors are not considered costumes 15 Neither masks nor costume makeup is allowed

instrumEntal EnsEmblE contEmporaryRules 1 Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary is the art of performing an instrumental selection

without lyrics 2 Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible

students 3 There is a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear

down 4 Selections do not have to be original but originality is encouraged 5 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

6 All individuals who perform live must meet the age or grade requirements of the NFAF register as participants and pay the accompanying fee

7 Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary entries do not need to be memorized Using the musical score will not affect the evaluation

8 Entries are allowed to include additional percussion instruments and accessories if they can be set up and torn down within the allotted 90-second time limit

9 A keyboard is provided any additional keyboards must be provided by the participant Any use of pre-programming or sequencing of keyboards is not allowed the keyboard should function only in response to manual hands-on control

pErformancE artRules 1 Performance Art is the art of expressing an idea or telling a story by creating a painting

or sketch as a live performance in front of an audience Entries in this category must be entirely the work of one eligible student including any pre-sketching

2 Music andor audio elements as well as motion may be present in the performance The splicing of up to 5 songs is permitted The use of additional media is not permitted

3 An overall time limit of 25 minutes is allowed for Performance Art entries students must be able

Exh

ibitio

n D

ivision

Exh

ibit

ion

Div

isio

n

26 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 27

to set up perform and tear down within a total of 25 minutes overall Participants may have assistance with setup

4 In the Performance Art category a single painting or sketch in one of the following mediums will be accepted

paint (acrylic watercolor or oil) chalk charcoal 5 The painting or sketch must be presented on one of the following materials canvas paper wood Plexiglas 6 Artists may start with a pre-sketched canvas paper or panel Rehearsal is encouraged 7 Entries in this exhibition may be no smaller than 32 inches by 32 inches and no larger

than 8 feet by 8 feet 8 Participants are responsible for bringing all materials and supplies necessary for

completing their entry (music canvas or surface material paints brushes charcoal easel stool etc)

9 The performance must be completely contained on the surface chosen by the participant If venue space is damaged the participant is responsible

spoKEn WorD Rules 1 An entry in Spoken Word (performance poetry) is for the art and ministry of communicating

poetry that is specifically composed for performance before an audience 2 Spoken Word entries must be entirely the original work of one eligible student 3 There is a time limit of 3 minutes for all Spoken Word entries Time begins when the

participant does or says anything to indicate the beginning of the presentation 4 Entries in this category must interpret the annual theme 5 The entire presentation must be memorized 6 The use of additional media is not permitted 7 Neither live nor recorded music is permitted 8 Costumes are not permitted

vocal EnsEmblE spanish Rules 1 A Vocal Ensemble Spanish may consist of two to ten eligible students 2 Music must be memorized 3 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

4 There is a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down

5 To ensure consistent sound level microphones are set prior to the festival by an official sound technician Participants may not ask for special sound settings It is the responsibility of the participants to move microphones to accommodate blend and volume and to make sure the microphones are turned on

6 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels 7 Accompaniment bull Vocal entries may choose to have or not to have accompaniment

bull Accompanists are not considered part of the entry bull The accompanist may be an adult or student bull Accompanists are allowed to use music bull A maximum of four instruments from the approved lists of instruments on pages 13 - 14

may be used for live accompaniment bull CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped

recordings are not accommodated bull Background vocals are not permitted for vocal ensemble entriesWorship DancE solotroupE

InformationEntries in the Worship Dance SoloTroupe categories must be presented in one of the accepted genres defined as follows Ballet A classical form of dance characterized by formally precise steps and poses A

basic vocabulary of recognized ballet technique is used as criteria for the evaluation of entries in the ballet genre

Lyrical A contemporary form of dance also referred to as ldquomodernrdquo that is a fusion between ballet and jazz This artistic dance attempts to interpret the meaning of the music through expressive and dynamic movements

Urban Also known as ldquostreet dancerdquo influenced by the various rhythms and techniques of hip-hop

Rules 1 An entry in Worship Dance is for the art and ministry of communicating a story and

expressively and worshipfully interpreting music using recognized dance technique 2 Worship Dance Troupe entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 There is a time limit of 5 minutes for all Worship Dance entries 4 The musical track that accompanies a Worship Dance entry may or may not contain lyrics

If the track contains lyrics it is not appropriate dance technic to mouth the words 5 Live accompaniment is not permitted 6 Modest attire must be worn Clothing must be appropriate for effective interpretation

intended audience and conducive to a worship atmosphere Low-cut tops backless shirts tight short shorts see-through skirts without leggings are never acceptable

7 Shoes must be worn Ballet slippers paws or jazz shoes are acceptable 8 Fine Arts Festival holds a high standard and does not permit suggestive movements

music or attire Any movement music or attire that is deemed inappropriate may receive either point deductions or disqualification

9 The use of props is not permitted 10 The use of percussion instruments is not permitted 11 The use of streamers ribbon banners or flags is permitted but must not become the focal

point of the presentation at the expense of recognized and legitimate dance technique 12 Adults may assist in choreography but the use of a director during the presentation is not

permitted 13 CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped

recordings are not accommodated

Exh

ibitio

n D

ivision

Exh

ibit

ion

Div

isio

n

28 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 29

instrumEntal DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Instrumental Division may submit entries in the following categories Guitar Solo Instrumental Ensemble Traditional Keyboard Solo Percussion SoloEnsemble Traditional Percussion Unconventional String Solo WindBrass Solo

informationGuitar Solo may use instruments from the Rhythm Strings list page 14Instrumental Ensemble Traditional may use instruments from the Keyboards Woodwinds Brass and Traditional Strings lists only (see pages 13 - 14) The following additional instruments may be used mandolin 12-string guitar dulcimer banjo acoustic guitarPlease note Instrumental Ensemble Traditional entries may not use electric guitar electric bass or drums The aforementioned instruments are neither allowed nor provided for this traditional category Students desiring to use contemporary instrumentation may enter the Exhibition Division Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary or Christian Band categoriesKeyboard Solo may use instruments from the Keyboard list page 13 (only a piano will be provided at the NFAF)Percussion SoloEnsemble Traditional may use instruments from the Percussion list page 14String Solo may use instruments from the Traditional Strings list page 14WindBrass Solo may use instruments from the Woodwinds and Brass lists pages 13 - 14

gEnEral instrumEntal Division rulEs

Guitar Solo Instrumental Ensemble Traditional Keyboard Solo String Solo amp WindBrass Solo 1 An instrumental soloensemble is the art of presenting a musical composition using only

musical instruments 2 An instrumental ensemble may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for Instrumental entries (except for Percussion

Ensemble categories) There are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down The instrumentalists may use this time to tune their instruments or conduct a brief warm up

4 Music must be memorized for all solo entries 5 Ensembles do not have to memorize their music Using the musical score will not affect

the evaluation 6 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

7 To ensure consistent sound level microphones if used are set prior to the festival by an official sound technician Participants may not ask for special sound settings It is the

responsibility of the participants to make sure the microphones are turned on and to move microphones to accommodate blend and volume

8 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels 9 A participant may play more than one instrument in an Instrumental entry as long as the

setup and tear down time limits are not exceeded 10 Use of pre-programed or pre-recorded loopssoftware is not allowed any looping or

sequencing technology must function only in response to manual and live hands-on control

11 Keyboard Solo and Percussion entries are not allowed accompaniment (either live or recorded)

12 Accompaniment bull Instrumental entries (except for Keyboard Solo and Percussion) may choose to have or

not to have accompaniment bull An accompanist is not considered part of the entry bull The accompanist may be an adult or student bull Accompanists are allowed to use music bull Only a piano or keyboard may be used for live accompaniment Only a piano is provided

by the festival bull CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped

recordings are not accommodated bull If a CD or MP3 accompaniment track is used the instrument(s) played by the student(s)

cannot be predominant on the accompaniment track bull Neither live nor recorded background vocals are permitted

pErcussion EnsEmblEsolo traDitional

InformationThe following will be provided at the NFAF for Percussion SoloEnsemble Traditional entries Solo - 1 standard drum set Ensemble - 2 standard drum sets 4 6rsquo tables are provided for handbell entries

Rules 1 A traditional percussion entry is the art of presenting a musical entry using traditional

orchestral percussion instruments and techniques 2 A Percussion Ensemble Traditional entry is comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Instruments from the approved percussion list on page 14 may be used to create the

Percussion Traditional entries 4 Personal drum sets may not be brought to the festival 5 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for Percussion Solo entries There are 90 seconds for

set up and 90 seconds for tear down 6 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Percussion Ensemble Traditional entries There are

90 seconds for set up and 90 seconds for tear down

instr

um

Enta

l D

ivision

inst

ru

mEn

tal

Div

isio

n

30 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 31

pErcussion unconvEntional

Rules 1 Percussion Unconventional is the art of presenting a musical entry in which sound is

produced by striking or tapping the body or one object upon another 2 An entry is in this category is for the composition and performance of alternative and

creative percussion techniques such as trash cans pipes sticks etc as well as ldquostomprdquo entries

3 Neither flammable nor liquid elements are permitted in Percusison Unconventional presentations

4 A Percussion Unconventional entry is comprised by one to ten eligible students 5 Percussion instruments from the Traditional percussion list may be incorporated into the

entry but must be provided by the participant A drum set is not provided for Percussion Unconventional

6 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Percussion Unconventional entries There are 90 seconds for set up and 90 seconds for tear down

vocal DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Vocal Division may submit entries in the following categories Choir Christian Band Rap Group Rap Solo Songwriting Vocal Ensemble Large Vocal Ensemble Small Vocal Solo Female Vocal Solo Male Vocal Solo Spanish Female Vocal Solo Spanish Male Worship Team

informationA participant may enter the same song in more than one category For example the student may sing a solo version of a song that is used for a vocal ensemble However a student or group of students may not enter the same category twice Synthesizerskeyboards are only provided for Worship Team Christian Band and RapA piano is provided for Songwriting Vocal solosensembles and Choir

gEnEral vocal Division rulEs 1 Use of pre-programed or pre-recorded loopssoftware is not allowed any looping or

sequencing technology must function only in response to manual and live hands-on control

2 Choir Vocal EnsembleSolo Accompaniment bull Choir and Vocal entries may choose to have or not to have accompaniment bull Accompanists are not considered part of the entry bull The accompanist may be an adult or student bull Accompanists are allowed to use music bull A maximum of four instruments from the allowed instruments list may be used for live

accompaniment A piano is the only instrument that will be provided for Vocal EnsembleSolo entries

bull CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped recordings are not accommodated

choir Rules 1 A Choir is for the art of presenting a sacred choral song selection with ministry

effectiveness in mind 2 A Choir entry must be comprised by 11 to 75 eligible students 3 Choirs are allowed 5 minutes to present their entry There are 2 1frasl2 minutes for setup and

2 1frasl2 minutes for tear down 4 CD or MP3 accompaniment tracks are allowed Background vocals are not permitted on

soundtracks 5 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels 6 A director is allowed This person may use music

instr

um

Enta

l D

ivision

voc

al

Div

isio

n

32 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 33

christian banD

Rules 1 The Christian Band category is the art of performing Christian music by students whose

focus is to perform with ministry effectiveness in mind 2 Christian Band entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Entries in this category must include both music and lyrics 4 Christian Bands have a time limit of 5 minutes with 2 and 12 minutes for set up and 2 and

12 minutes for tear down Participants may have assistance with setup 5 Christian Bands may choose to provide their own sound engineer The person chosen

to run sound must meet the age or grade requirements register as a participant and will count toward the overall 10-member group limit Note Student engineers may visit wwwfafagorg to view the equipment specifications

6 All individuals within a Christian Band entry must meet the age or grade requirements No adult accompanists vocalists or sound engineers are allowed

7 Original songs are not required but originality is encouraged 8 All music must be memorized 9 Additional Instruments and equipment andor additional percussion accessories are

permitted but must be provided by the participants and only if they can be set up and torn down within the allotted time limit Individuals are not allowed to bring their own drum sets

10 Students must refrain from any actions that may be deemed offensive or inappropriate ldquoInappropriaterdquo actions include but are not limited to improper gestures or moves stage diving and language unbecoming of a Christian Any festival equipment damaged as a result of inappropriate actions is the responsibility of the students to replace Failure to adhere to this standard will result in disqualification

rap groupsolo

Rules 1 Rap is the urban art of communicating through rhythm and rhyme 2 A Rap Group entry may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Rap entries must be the original works of the students and written during the current Fine

Arts year (September 1 through August 2) 4 All Rap entries have a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90

seconds for tear down 5 Lyric sheets for each of the evaluators must be provided at each level of participation

Lyric sheets must be typed with the lyrics divided into the sections of the song (chorus verse bridge etc) and must have a title page or heading that includes the following informationTitleCategoryComposer(s)Church name city and state

6 Students wishing to use drum machines must provide their own equipment and adhere to

the setup and tear down time limits 7 All entries must be memorized

songWriting

InformationSongwriting entries are not evaluated on the presentation of the performer(s) However the performance of the song can either strengthen or weaken the entire presentation The criteria used to evaluate Songwriting entries will not support Rap entries

Rules 1 Songwriting is the art of writing a Christian or sacred composition including both music

and lyrics 2 Songwriting entries may be comprised by one to five eligible students 3 Songwriting entries are allowed 5 minutes to present their selection There are 90 seconds

for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 4 Three sets of lyric sheets must be provided for the evaluators at each level of participation

Lyric sheets must be typed with the sections of the song clearly marked (chorus verse bridge etc) and must have a title page or heading that includes the following informationTitleCategoryComposer(s)Church name city and state

5 Songwriting entries must be the original work of the student(s) and written during the current Fine Arts year (September 1 through August 3)

6 If an accompaniment track is created for the NFAF all musicians used to create the accompaniment must meet the age or grade requirements of the NFAF but do not need to register as participants

7 A maximum of four instruments may be used for accompaniment (either recorded or live) 8 The overall number of live performers is not to exceed five people 9 Songwriting entries may be performed by the composer(s) or by another student or group

of students 10 All music performed live must be memorized 11 All students who perform live at the NFAF must meet the age or grade requirements of the

NFAF No adult accompanists or group members are allowed

vocal EnsEmblEsolo

Rules 1 An entry in a Vocal EnsembleSolo category is for the art of presenting a vocal song

selection with ministry effectiveness in mind 2 A Vocal Ensemble Small may be comprised by two to four eligible students 3 A Vocal Ensemble Large may be comprised by five to ten eligible students 4 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for all vocal solos and ensembles There are 90

vo

ca

l Divisio

n voc

al

Div

isio

n

34 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 35

seconds allowed for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 5 Music must be memorized 6 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

7 Participants may not ask for special sound settings To ensure consistent sound level microphones are set prior to the festival by an official sound technician It is the responsibility of the participants to make sure the microphones are turned on and to move microphones to accommodate blend and volume

8 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels Background vocals are allowed for solo entries Background vocals are not allowed for group entries

Worship tEam

Rules 1 A Worship Team entry is the art of leading others in worship 2 Worship Team entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Worship Team entries have a time limit of 7 minutes with 2 and 12 minutes for set up and

2 and 12 minutes for tear down Participants may have assistance with setup 4 Worship Teams may choose to provide their own sound engineer The person chosen to

run sound must meet the age or grade requirements register as a participant and will count toward the overall 10-member group limit Note Student engineers may visit wwwfafagorg to view the equipment specifications

5 All individuals within a Worship Team entry must meet the age or grade requirements No adult accompanists vocalists or sound engineers are allowed

6 Worship Team entries must be comprised by both vocalists and instrumentalists Entries are required to have more than one vocalist

7 All music must be memorized 8 Additional instruments and equipment andor additional percussion accessories are

permitted but must be provided by the participants and only if they can be set up and torn down within the allotted time limit Individuals are not allowed to bring their own drum sets

Writing Division Read the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Writing Division may submit entries in the following categories Book Chapter Childrenrsquos Literature First Person Essay Poetry Short Story Script Writing

District fEstival DElivEry instructionsFor rules and guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Writing Division entries for your district festival contact your district youth director or district Fine Arts coordinator

nfaf DElivEry instructions 1 Writing entries must be e-mailed (with the exception of Childrenrsquos Literature) as an

attachment to fafagorg with a subject line that contains the participantrsquos name and ldquo2010 Fine Arts Writing Entryrdquo The e-mail must be received within 5 days of the online processing postmark or fax date of the participantrsquos registration form and fee Writing entries will not be returned to participants

2 Writing entries must be submitted in doc docx or rtf format 3 Writing entries must be submitted in Times New Roman or Arial fonts and may contain no

art word art borders etc

booK chaptEr

Rules 1 The Book Chapter entry is for the submission of the first chapter of either a fiction or non-

fiction book for a target audience of teens to adults 2 All entries must be the original work of one student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 3 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 4 The first chapter of the book submission must be 1500-1800 words 5 The writer must include a summary of the book no longer than 150 words 6 The chapter does not need to interpret the annual theme 7 The chapter must reflect a Christian world view 8 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

vo

ca

l Divisio

nW

rit

ing

Div

isio

n

36 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 37

chilDrEnrsquos litEraturE

District Festival Delivery InstructionsFor rules and guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Writing Division entries for your district festival contact your district youth director or district Fine Arts coordinator

NFAF Delivery InstructionsThe Childrenrsquos Literature entry must be received within 5 days of online or faxed registrations Entries must accompany mailed registrations The Childrenrsquos Literature entry must be mailed to

national youth ministriesAttn Detroit20101445 North Boonville AvenueSpringfield MO 65802-1894

Rules

1 The submission of a Childrenrsquos Literature entry is the art of writing and illustrating an entire childrenrsquos book with a target audience of a toddler or early reader (first to third grades) with words and illustrations that are age appropriate

2 The Childrenrsquos Literature SoloCollaborated entry may be created by one to ten eligible students

3 The entire entry must be the original work of the student(s) (including illustrations) and may not be adapted from anotherrsquos concept

4 Illustrations may take the form of drawing painting or full-color computer-generated graphics produced from illustrator software Stock clip art is not acceptable

5 The entry must read like a book participants may not submit a manuscript with separate illustrations

6 The creator(s) is not required to be present at the NFAF However the registration form must be completed and the appropriate fees paid

7 The childrenrsquos book may not be more than 800 words in length

8 The childrenrsquos book must reflect a Christian world view

9 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following informationTitleCategoryAuthor(s)Illustrator(s)Church name city and stateWord count

first pErson Essay 1 A First Person Essay is the art of writing an essay based on personal experience 2 A First Person Essay must have a minimum of 500 words and a maximum of 1200 words

Dialogue is allowed 3 All entries must be the original work of one student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 First Person Essay entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 6 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

poEtry 1 A Poetry entry is the art of composing a piece of literature written in meter or verse 2 A Poetry entry may be rhymed or unrhymed with a maximum of 30 lines 3 All entries must be the original work of the student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Poetry entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font with at least 1-inch margins on all

sides 6 Poetry entries are not required to be double-spaced 7 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document including the

following informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateLine count

script Writing 1 A script writing entry is the art of writing a short drama that addresses a culturally relevant

issue from a Christian perspective 2 Script Writing entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 3 Script writing entries must be the original work of the one to ten eligible students and

created within the current Fine Arts year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font with at least 1-inch margins on all

sides

Wr

iting

Divisio

n Wr

itin

g

Div

isio

n

38 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook

5 Scripts are not required to be double-spaced Entries should follow standard script formatting

6 Blocking suggestions are required 7 A character listing and scene setting must be included 8 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document including the

following informationTitleCategoryAuthor(s)Church name city and state

9 The entire script entry can be no longer than six pages total including title page character listing and scene setting

short story 1 A Short Story is the art of writing a fictional or non-fictional story 2 A Short Story must have a minimum of 500 words and a maximum of 1200 words

Dialogue is allowed 3 All entries must be the original work of the student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Short Story entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 6 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

Wr

iting

Divisio

n

Page 2: This Changes Everything! - AG Web Services

Drama Division 22Categories 22Drama EnsembleSolo 22Human Video EnsembleSolo 22

Exhibition Division 24CategoriesInformation 24ASL Storytelling 24Human Video Ensemble Spanish 24Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary 25Performance Art 25Spoken Word 26Vocal Ensemble Spanish 26Worship Dance SoloTroupe 27

instrumEntal Division 28CategoriesInformation 28General Instrumental Division Rules 28Percussion EnsembleSolo Traditional 29Percussion Unconventional 30

vocal Division 31CategoriesInformation 31Choir 31Christian Band 32Rap GroupSolo 32Songwriting 33Vocal EnsembleSolo 33Worship Team 34

Writing Division 35Categories 35District Festival Delivery Instructions 35NFAF Delivery Instructions 35Book Chapter 35Childrenrsquos Literature 36First Person Essay 37Poetry 37Script Writing 37Short Story 38

nEW for thE 2010 national finE arts fEstival 6national finE arts fEstival 7

General Information 7Rules Agreement 7Kappa Tau College Fine Arts 7District Fine Arts Festivals 7Participant Requirements 8National Fine Arts Festival Registration Forms 8Detroit2010 Participants and General Attendees 9Detroit2010 Fees 9On-Site Check-In 9Cancellations 10Overpayment Refunds 102010 Speed the Light Theme 10Evaluation Process and Ratings 10Content 11Code of Conduct 11Dress Code 11Equipment Provided 11Room Configuration 11Scholarship Information 11

gEnEral rulEs 12Rule Violations 12Content 12Time Limits 12LanguageSpanish Entries 12Substitutions 12Post-Registration Substitutions 12Entry Limit Guidelines 12Group Entry Participant Guidelines 13License 13Copyrighted Material 13Approved Instruments List 13

art Division 15Categories 15District Festival Delivery Instructions 15NFAF Delivery Instructions 15General Art Division Rules 15Graphic Design 16Photography Digital 16Photography Traditional 16T-shirt Design 17Visual Art Three-dimensional 17Visual Art Two-dimensional 17

communication Division 18Categories 18American Sign Language GroupSolo 18Childrenrsquos Lesson GroupSolo 18Puppetry GroupSolo 19Short Film 20Short SermonShort Sermon Spanish 21

ta

blE o

f c

on

tEnts ta

blE

of

co

ntE

nts

6 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 7

nEW for thE 2010 national finE arts fEstival 1 The National Fine Arts Festival is implementing a new rating scale as follows

Up to 25 points Fair26 ndash 30 points Good31 ndash 35 points Excellent36 ndash 40 points Superior with Invitation (district)Superior (national)-2 points Time Violation-2 points Rule Violation

2 New registrant types and fees for Detroit2010 are as follows National Youth Convention (NYC) Participant event registration $75 per person NYC

participant registration includes NYC evening eventsservices NFAF presentationsworkshops the event T-shirt and the Official Program

General Attendee registration $10 The GA registration includes admission to NFAF presentations and the NFAF Celebration Service only The GA registration will not grant the registrant access to the evening services or workshops and will not include the event T-shirt or the Official Program

3 Categories that formerly had ldquooverallrdquo time limits now have specific set up performance and tear town time limits See specific category rules for time limits

4 Web Design is no longer a category at the National Fine Arts Festival Web page has been added as an acceptable genre in the Graphic Design category and must interpret the annual theme

5 Comic Strip is an accepted medium within the Visual Art Two-Dimensional category 6 Childrenrsquos Literature is an official category in the Writing Division 7 Spoken Word Solo is a new category in the Exhibition Division and has a time limit of 3

minutes 8 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for Human Video Solo entries There are 90 seconds

for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 9 The Worship Dance exhibition category is now accepting both Solo and Troupe entries A

Troupe entry is comprised by two to ten eligible students 10 Urban (or hip-hop) dance is now an accepted genre within the Worship Dance exhibition

category 11 Songwriting entries have a new group limit of 5 qualified students Student accompanists

in Songwriting entries no longer need to register as participants or pay the Participant registration fee

12 The Writing Division category of ldquoSketch Writingrdquo has been renamed ldquoScript Writingrdquo

13 The Vocal Division category of ldquoYouth Choirrdquo has been renamed ldquoChoirrdquo

national finE arts fEstival gEnEral informationFine Arts Festival is a discipleship tool of the national youth ministries of the Assemblies of God (AG) designed to help students discover develop and deploy their ministry giftsThrough Fine Arts Festival students are given the opportunity to develop their ministry gifts and to have their Fine Arts entries evaluated by qualified industry professionals educators and ministers who encourage excellence and offer ideas for improvement

rulEs agrEEmEntAll National Fine Arts Festival (NFAF) participants must read and abide by this 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook It is the responsibility of each participant to be familiar with the rules and procedures of this festival No other person will be held responsible for a participantrsquos lack of informationBy signing a District andor Detroit2010 registration form pastors leaders parents and students acknowledge that 1 They have read understand and agree to abide by the rules of this festival 2 They will accept the decisions of the evaluators and coordinators as finalAdditional copies of the 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook may be downloaded at wwwfafagorg

Kappa tau collEgE finE artsKappa Tau rules and information can be found at wwwkappatauagorg

District finE arts fEstivalsMost AG districts hold a Fine Arts Festival Some districts have pre-district festivals (sectional zone etc) Contact your district office for specific information on how to register for your local festival(s) Visit wwwfafagorg for district contact informationStudents must register with their home church Students may not participate with churches or districts other than their ownMost district festivals follow the same rules and policies as the NFAF However some differences in rules and procedures may include but are not limited to the establishment of alternate age or grade requirements and variant scoring proceduresThe following ratings are given to presentations at the district level of evaluation

Up to 25 points Fair26 ndash 30 points Good31 ndash 35 points Excellent36 ndash 40 points Superior with Invitation-2 points Time Violation-2 points Rule Violation

A ldquoSuperior with Invitationrdquo rating from a district festival qualifies a student to participate in the NFAF If no presentation within a category receives a ldquoSuperior with Invitationrdquo at a district festival then no one in that category will advance to the next level of evaluation

nEW fo

r 2010 n

faf

gEn

Era

l i n

for

mat

ion

8 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 9

If mistakes are made in computation of scores or if other situations arise that require attention at a district festival contact your district coordinatorsDistrict festivals are not required to offer NFAF Exhibition categories Districts may also create their own Exhibition categories with the understanding that categories not offered at the NFAF are not eligible to advanceDistrict-level Exhibition Division presentations will be given an ldquoAdvancerdquo or a ldquoNot Advancerdquo recommendation from each evaluator All Exhibition Division entries receiving an ldquoAdvancerdquo from at least two of the three evaluators are eligible to advance to the NFAFIt is the participantrsquos responsibility to contact their district office for specifics regarding the district festival NFAF is not responsible for rules policies or category variations specific to district festivals

participant rEquirEmEntsFine Arts Festival is open to all Christian students who meet the following criteria 1 Participating students must be enrolled in grades 6 - 12 or be 12 to 17 years of age as of

September 1 2009 2 Participating students must be in good standing with a local AG church andor youth

ministry Note19-year-old students may not participate in Fine Arts unless they are enrolled in

grades 6 - 12 as of September 1 2009 Students who qualify at a district Fine Arts Festival for the national festival may participate even if they turn 19 beforeduring August 2010

NFAF students must register with the district where their home church is located and with their home church Students may not participate with churches or districts other than their own

national finE arts fEstival rEgistration forms Each student who qualifies by receiving a ldquoSuperior with Invitationrdquo rating at their district festival and wishes to participate in the NFAF must submit a Detroit2010 registration form and pay the accompanying fee Participants may register online by mail or by faxOnline registration opens for qualified students at wwwfafagorg on February 1 2010 and closes at 1159 pm (CST) on June 11 2010 The Detroit2010 registration form is available at wwwfafagorg February 1 2010The final postmark deadline for all mailed and faxed NFAF participant registrations is May 27 2010 No exceptionsThe NFAF office suggests that all mailed forms and fees be sent via certified mail FedEx DHL or UPS NFAF is not responsible for mail that is lost or delayed by the delivery service chosen by the registrantsMailed registration forms and fees should be sent to

national youth ministriesAttn Detroit20101445 North Boonville AvenueSpringfield MO 65802-1894

Make checks payable to national youth ministriesFine Arts Checks money orders and credit cards are accepted for mailed registrations Neither cash nor American Express cards are accepted We accept Visa MasterCard and Discover

All forms must be filled out completely If forms are received at the NFAF office incomplete in any way the registrant may be assessed an incomplete fee of $20 If you have any questions regarding the correct procedure for completing the forms call the national office for assistance at 4178622781 x4458 Faxed registration forms are accepted at 4178621693 Credit card is the only acceptable form of payment for faxed registrations

DEtroit2010 participants anD gEnEral attEnDEEsA NFAF Participant is defined as a student who qualifies for the NFAF according to the Participant Requirements found on page 8 Qualifying students must register online or complete the Detroit2010 registration form and may only register for the category(ies) for which they qualified at the district festivalA National Youth Convention (NYC) Participant is defined as an adult or student who does not register as a participant in the NFAF (pastors youth pastors students student leaders parents etc) but wishes to attend the NFAF presentations workshops and evening services associated with Detroit2010 A General Attendee is defined as an adult or student (9 years and older) who does not register as a participant in either the NYC or the NFAF (pastors youth pastors students student leaders parents accompanists etc) but wishes to attend the student presentations and the Celebration Service only

DEtroit2010 fEEsNational Youth Convention (NYC) Participant event registration $75 per person NYC participant registration includes NYC evening eventsservices NFAF presentationsworkshop attendance the event T-shirt and the Official Program NFAF or Kappa Tau Participant add-on registration $75 NYC reigstration plus $20 per category (per person)The $75 NYC registration does not include the first NFAF category Each category selected is an additional $20 per categoryper person NFAF participant registration includes NYC event registration and materials as well initial presentation evaluation sheets and certificatesawards AIM Outreach Participant add-on registration $75 NYC registration plus $20 AIM Outreach (per person) AIM participant registration includes NYC event registration and materials as well as an AIM t-shirt General attendees wishing only to view NFAF presentations and attend the Celebration Service may purchase a General Attendee (GA) registration for $10 The GA registration includes admission to NFAF presentations and the NFAF Celebration Service only The GA registration will not grant the registrant access to the evening services or workshops and will not include the event T-shirt or the Official Program unless purchased individually

on-sitE chEcK-inAll NYC and NFAF Participants must be present or represented by an adult to complete the mandatory On-Site Check-In from 900 am until 600 pm Monday August 2 in Detroit MichiganParticipantsrsquo event materials (Official Program event shirt access badge etc) are available during On-Site Check-In Items not picked up during On-Site Check-In are not guaranteed to be available at a later time and will not be mailed post-festival

gEn

Era

l in

for

matio

n gEn

Era

l i n

for

mat

ion

10 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 11

cancEllationsNeither nym nor NFAF provide refunds for cancellations

ovErpaymEnt rEfunDsOverpayment refunds are given but may be processed post-festival and require a non-refundable processing fee of $20 Overpayment refund requests must be submitted in writing via e-mail (fafagorg) no later than November 15 2010

2010 spEED thE light thEmEThe 2009 - 2010 annual theme is ldquoThis Changes EverythingrdquoEntries in the following categories must meet the theme interpretation criteria

Childrenrsquos Lesson GroupSoloDrama EnsembleSoloGraphic DesignShort SermonShort Sermon SpanishSpoken WordT-shirt DesignAll Writing Division categories

Short Film entries may choose to submit a film that interprets the annual theme

Evaluation procEss anD ratingsThree qualified evaluators chosen for their education expertise and impartiality evaluate each presentation using the following general criteria

SelectionCommunicationPresentation and TechniqueEffectiveness

Specific evaluation criteria for each category are found at wwwfafagorgAt the NFAF an average of the scores from three evaluators determines the rating of each entry The following ratings are given to presentations at the national level of evaluation

Up to 25 points Fair26 ndash 30 points Good31 ndash 35 points Excellent36 ndash 40 points Superior-2 points Time Violation-2 points Rule Violation

The rating that NFAF participants receive during their initial presentation is the rating reflected on the evaluation sheets and certificate(s) distributed at the NFAF and is the rating(s) that serves as the permanent record for scholarship information (in addition to any National Fine Arts Festival Awards of Merit received)All evaluation sheets and certificates must be picked up by Friday August 6 2010 by 12 pm at the on-site Certificate Booth and retained for future scholarship verification No attempt is made after the NFAF to return materials not collected on site The NFAF cannot print certificates after the NFAF

At the NFAF callbacks may be conducted in categories with a large number of entries Callbacks serve to assist the evaluators in choosing the Assemblies of God National Award of Merit recipients The categories conducting callbacks at the NFAF are listed in the Detroit2010 Official Program

Neither evaluation sheets nor certificates are distributed for callback presentationsParticipants advancing to the next level of evaluation may improve on their work even to the point of completely changing the selection of their song script sermon or artwork

contEntPresentations must present a message that reflects a Christian world view and be presented with ministry effectiveness in mindMusic used in any entry must be Christian or sacred Sacred music is defined for this festival as ldquomusic intended for the purpose of the church and ministry effectivenessrdquo Both contemporary and classical music is acceptable if it is sacred If there is any question regarding the Christian message or the sacred nature of any content the national office suggests you make a different selection

coDE of conDuctNFAF maintains a high standard for its participants and attendees Parents leaders students and guests involved in this festival should be committed to the ministry and should represent Christ in their behavior It is our desire to leave a positive impression at the facilities and on the people with whom we work Therefore any participant or attendee showing disrespect for people or property in the host city may be disqualified and dismissed from the NFAF

DrEss coDEAppropriate dress is required for all entriesmdashkeeping category norms intended audience and ministry effectiveness in mind

EquipmEnt proviDEDFor a list of equipment provided at your district festival contact your District Youth Director or District Fine Arts CoordinatorFor a list of equipment provided at the NFAF visit wwwfafagorg Wherever possible the NFAF will attempt to provide in full all listed equipment However where space or other limitations require the NFAF reserves the right to remove or limit the availability of provided equipment For presentations requiring audio only digital recordings are permitted Taped recordings are neither permitted nor accommodated at the NFAF

room configurationEvery effort is made to provide adequate space for all presentations However be prepared to adjust your presentation according to room and stage sizes

scholarship informationMany AG universities colleges and Masterrsquos Commission programs offer scholarships to qualified district and NFAF participants Each institution determines and administers their own application process and award amounts Visit wwwcollegesagorg or contact the AG university or college of your choice for more information

gEn

Era

l in

for

matio

ng

EnEr

al

ru

lEs

12 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 13

gEnEral rulEs

rulE violationsRule violations in any category will receive a two-point deduction per violation per evaluator

contEntSelections or presentations that are not sacred or that do not present a message that reflects a Christian world view as defined on page 11 may receive a two-point deduction per evaluatorThe NFAF coordinators reserve the right to disqualify andor remove from display any entry deemed illegal or inappropriate for this festival in any way

timE limitsAll scheduled events have time limitations (see specific category rules to find out time limits) Each presentation room has an official timekeeper If a presentation exceeds the time limit it will receive a two-point deduction per evaluatorTime for set up begins when the name of the entryparticipant is called by the room moderator as being ldquouprdquoTime for the presentation begins when a participant does or says anything to indicate the beginning of the presentation including introductory remarks

languagEspanish EntriEsBilingual entries are not permitted Entries must be presented in either English or Spanish only English entries must be presented entirely in English Spanish entries must be presented entirely in SpanishAny background vocals must be the same language as the presentation

substitutionsOne substitution per group entry may be made between the district festival and the national festival Choir may substitute up to three participants Omission of participants is permitted as long as group membership does not fall below the required group minimum The addition of participants other than substitutes is never allowed

post-rEgistration substitutionsIf an original group member (the person who participated at the district festival) needs to be replaced after they have registered for the NFAF follow these instructions 1 If the substitute is already registered in another category a new form is not necessary

Notify the national office of the change by e-mailing fafagorg 2 If the substitute is not registered in another category submit a completed Detroit2010

registration form (available at wwwfafagorg) If the original group member is paid in full the fee transfers to the substitute

Entry limit guiDElinEsA participant or group of participants may not enter the same category of a division twice There is no limit to the number of different categories in each division for which a participant may register

There is no limit to the number of qualified entries from one church

group Entry participant guiDElinEsA groupensemble entry is defined as a presentation given by two to ten students If a category is specified as a small groupensemble it is comprised by two to four eligible students (eg Human Video Ensemble Small) If a category is specified as a large groupensemble it is comprised by five to ten eligible students (eg Drama Ensemble Large)Choir is the only group entry that is allowed more than ten participants up to 75 members are allowed

licEnsEAll NYC and NFAF general attendees andor participants by their signature on the national registration form grant permission to the General Council of the Assemblies of God and to national youth ministries to use the registrantrsquos image(s) and to photograph reproduce edit publish andor record any musical dramatic artistic photographic andor written presentation at the NFAF without compensation to the registrant author or creator of the work for the purpose of promoting the NFAF andor national youth ministries The author or creator of any entry used will retain copyright ownership

copyrightED matErialIt is the responsibility of the students parents and youth leaders to be completely legal and ethical in their conduct regarding copyrighted music scripts or any other original published or unpublished works All NFAF participants should follow these guidelines a Never use burned CDs or photocopies of music or scripts to avoid purchasing original

materials You must own an original b Never use software sound files video clips quotes or any other copyrighted work for

your presentation without obtaining the copyrights or the explicit written permission from the publisher or creator always give appropriate credit to the author or creator for all copyrighted materials used to create your Fine Arts Festival entries

c Never use unpublished music or scripts without written permission from the author or creator of the work

approvED instrumEnt lists

Keyboards (NFAF will provide either a piano or keyboard for categories that require them see individual category rules for specifications) piano keyboard synthesizer

Woodwinds flute family oboe English horn clarinet family saxophone family bassoonBrass horn family trumpet family trombone family baritone (tcbc) euphonium tuba

Traditional Strings violin viola cello string bass harp

gEn

Era

l ru

lEs gEn

Era

l r

ulE

s

14 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 15

Rhythm Strings (NFAF will provide a direct box and an amplifier) acoustic guitar banjo bass guitar dulcimer mandolin electric guitar 12-string guitarPercussion Traditional drums (and cymbals) bongo cajon congas djembe guiro hand bells maracas marimba orchestra bells sandpaper blocks shakers tambourine timbales timpani (Kettle drums) triangle vibraphone wood blocks xylophone

A basic drum set is provided for some categories See individual category rules for specifications

kick drumsingle pedal snare two rack toms floor tom crash cymbal hi-hat cymbal ride cymbal

Additional percussion accessories are permitted (double bass pedal extra cymbals etc) but must be provided by the participant setup and tear down time limits apply

Electronic versions of approved instruments are allowed (except where category rules state otherwise) as long as the participant provides the necessary amplifiers and cords and time limits are not exceeded

art DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Art Division may submit entries in the following categories Graphic Design Photography Digital Photography Traditional T-shirt Design Visual Art Three Dimensional Visual Art Two-Dimensional

District fEstival DElivEry instructionsFor rules andor guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Art Division entries for your district festival contact your District Youth Director or District Fine Arts Coordinator

nfaf DElivEry instructionsArt Division entries for the 2010 NFAF must be hand-delivered to the Art Gallery following On-Site Check-In on Monday August 2 2010 Art entries are not accepted after On-Site Check-In closes at 600 pm on August 2The artistdesigner is not required to be present at the NFAF Art entries may be delivered andor picked up at the NFAF by an adult representing a participant A letter of authorization from the participant should be presented upon delivery andor pick-upArt Division entries evaluation sheets and certificates must be picked up by Friday August 6 2010 by 1200 pm No attempt will be made to return the art entries to participants after the NFAFThe utmost care is taken in the handling of Art Division entries However the creator of the work assumes full liability for damage due to the handling of the artwork before during and after it is on display Artists desiring additional protection should personally insure their entries

gEnEral art Division rulEs 1 Art entries must be entirely the original work of one eligible student and created during the

current festival year (September 1 through August 2) 2 Each Art Division entry must have a typed information page attached to the entry upon

delivery If the information page is missing or is handwritten upon delivery at the art gallery the entry will receive a 2-point rule violation per evaluator The page must include the following informationParticipantCategoryDesignation of medium (visual art entries only)Explanation of medium (how it was created)Church name city and state

3 Only the information page is required (rule 2) An essay or story explaining the piece is not required and will not affect the evaluation if submitted

4 If set up or assembly is required for the display of Art Division entries it must be completed by the student

ar

t D

ivis

ion

gEn

Era

l ru

lEs

16 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 17

5 Graphic Design and T-shirt Design entries are required to creatively and effectively interpret the annual theme

6 The overall size of any entry in the Art Division may be no smaller than 4 by 6 inches and no larger than 32 by 32 inches

7 Entries requiring a frame must be submitted with frame only or Plexiglas in a frame (no glass is permitted)

graphic DEsign 1 Graphic Design is the art and process of creating a completely original design The use of

stock clip art is not permitted 2 In the Graphic Design category the following mediums are accepted advertisement billboard brochure bulletin business card flier letterhead logo newsletter poster web page 3 Graphic Design entries must be mounted flat on art board or framed See size requirements on

page 15 4 Entries in the Graphic Design category may take any of the following forms finished

piece full-color drawing or comprehensive full-color dummy or proof Digital imagery and computer illustrations are appropriate for this category but must be high-resolution (at least 300 dpi at 100 of output size) Students should submit the best representation of their design

photography Digital 1 Only digital cameras may be used for photographs entered in the Photography Digital

category 2 The information page that must accompany the entry must indicate the camera type of

software and any other form of technology used to produce the image under ldquoExplanation of mediumrdquo

3 Photography Digital entries are not required to interpret the annual theme Entries must reflect a Christian world view but do not have to be overtly ldquoreligiousrdquo in subject or theme

4 Computer-generated improvements are allowed in order to enhance the original photograph (cropping color depth or hue color contrast etc)

5 A montage of up to three photographs may be used to create one image All photographs used to create the image must appear to the viewer as if they are a single image All photographs used to create the image must be the original work of the student

6 No collages are permitted in this category 7 No typography is to be added to the image unless it appears to the viewer as if it is part of

the original image 8 Framing or mounting is not evaluated but is required See size requirements on page 15

photography traDitional 1 Only a 35mm camera may be used for photographs entered in the Photography

Traditional category 2 Only one image is acceptable The photograph must be single frame single exposure

3 Photography Traditional entries are not required to interpret the annual theme Entries must reflect a Christian world view but do not have to be overtly ldquoreligiousrdquo in subject or theme

4 Black-and-white or color photographs are accepted 5 Neither manipulation of the original work nor touch-ups are permitted 6 No typography is to be added to the image 7 Framing or mounting is not evaluated but is required See size requirements on page 15

t-shirt DEsign 1 T-shirt Design entries may take any of the following forms finished T-shirt full-color drawing

or comprehensive full-color computer dummy or proof Students should submit the best representation of their designs

2 The use of stock clip art is not permitted 3 Entries submitted in a finished-shirt format must be displayed over art board T-shirt board

or cardboard Neither mannequin nor bust displays are permitted 4 Entries submitted in full-color drawing format or as a computer-generated image must be

mounted flat on art board See size requirements on page 15

visual art thrEE-DimEnsional 1 In the Visual Art Three-Dimensional category the following mediums are accepted collagemontage traditional sculpture mixed media stained glass 2 Visual Art Three-Dimensional entries are not required to interpret the annual theme

Entries must reflect a Christian world view but do not have to be overtly ldquoreligiousrdquo in subject or theme

3 Mounting is not evaluated but is required See size requirements on page 15

visual art tWo-DimEnsional 1 In the Visual Art Two-Dimensional category the following mediums are accepted acrylics collagemontage comic strip montage mosaic oils sketches (ink pencil chalk charcoal) watercolors

2 Visual Art Three-Dimensional entries are not required to interpret the annual theme Entries must reflect a Christian world view but do not have to be overtly ldquoreligiousrdquo in subject or theme

3 Framing or mounting is not evaluated but is required See size requirements on page 15

ar

t Divisio

n ar

t D

ivis

ion

18 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 19

communication DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Communication Division may submit entries in the following categories American Sign Language Group American Sign Language Solo Childrenrsquos Lesson Group Childrenrsquos Lesson Solo Puppetry Group Group Puppetry Solo Short Film Short Sermon Short Sermon Spanish

amErican sign languagE groupsolo

Rules 1 American Sign Language SoloGroup is an interpretation of a pre-recorded song using

American Sign Language (ASL) to encourage a cross-cultural experience explore the correlation between ASL and English and to prepare the participant for Deaf Ministry

2 The interpreted song must be a musical track that includes lyrics 3 Sign Language Group entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 4 Sign Language Solo entries have a time limit of 5 minutes Sign Language Group entries

have a time limit of 7 minutes Both have 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down

5 ASL entries do not need to interpret the annual theme 6 The English-to-ASL interpretation must be an original work 7 Presenters must use ASL linguistic features in the interpretation This may include but is

not limited to ASL sentence structure sign choices that reflect meaning appropriate body shifts and appropriate use of space The interpretation may not be simply in English word order

8 If the presenter(s) is deaf heshe may use a cue (not a signs) or have someone mouth the words in order to stay in sync with the music This person is not considered part of the entry but evaluators must be informed of their presence and how they will be cueing the participant(s)

9 The presenter(s) must maintain a professional appearance Attire and accessories must not create visual distractions Costumes and costume make-up are not allowed

10 Mouthing lyricslip syncing is not used in American Sign Language Only linguistically appropriate facial grammar should be present This may include but is not limited to puffed cheeks pursed lips and raised eyebrows These should be used as is fitting within the language itself

11 No live music is allowed

chilDrEnrsquos lEsson groupsolo 1 Childrenrsquos Lesson GroupSolo is the art of communicating a biblical message presented

verbally and visually in a lesson geared toward children ages 5-12 2 A Childrenrsquos Lesson Group may be comprised of two to ten eligible students

3 In a Childrenrsquos Lesson Group at least one person must be in direct verbal communication with the audience

4 Childrenrsquos Lesson GroupSolo entries have a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down

5 Participants may use various means of communication (object lesson illusion ventriloquism etc) Neither flammable nor liquid illustrations are permitted

6 All entries must be original not a memorization of someone elsersquos sermon or lesson 7 The presentation must creatively and effectively interpret or reflect the annual theme 8 All presentations must be in harmony with the Statement of Fundamental Truths of the

Assemblies of God A copy of the Statement of Fundamental Truths is available online at wwwagorg under the ldquoBeliefsrdquo tab

9 The lesson must be memorized 10 A central Scripture or Bible story must be used 11 Props are permissible as long as the 90-second setup and tear down times are not

exceeded Any props used must be brought to the festival by the participant 12 Costumes are permitted as long as the face is not covered 13 A puppet stage is not permitted in Childrenrsquos Lesson Solo Any puppet(s) must be used

without the aid of a curtain or puppet stage 14 A puppet stage is provided for Childrenrsquos Lesson Group Participants may not bring their

own puppet stage 15 Childrenrsquos Lesson entries may solicit audience responseparticipation

puppEtry groupsoloBlack lights (if used) must be brought by participants as well as any necessary extension cords Each entry must provide individuals to turn room lights off and on Puppet State dimensions are listed on the Provided Equipment List posted on wwwfafagorg The puppet stage dimensions may not be adjusted Contact your district coordinators for stage dimensions provided at your district festival

Rules 1 Puppetry is the art of presenting a puppet show for the purpose of encouraging young Christians

in their faith and to share Christ with others 2 An entry in Puppetry Group may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for puppetry entries There are 90 seconds for setup

and 90 seconds for tear down 4 A puppetry entry is not required to be original but originality is encouraged 5 Puppetry entries are not required to follow the annual theme 6 Participants are not permitted to bring their own puppet stage 7 No interaction between live presenters and puppets is permitted 8 All aspects of the puppetry entry must take place within the boundaries of the puppet

stage

co

mm

un

icat

ion

Div

isio

nc

om

mu

nic

ation

Divisio

n

20 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 21

9 Props and signs may be used but must be provided by the participant(s) and must be contained within (behind) the boundaries of the puppet stage Neither flammable nor liquid props or elements are permitted in puppetry entries

10 Hand puppets or hand-manipulated puppets are to be used (no life-sized puppets are permitted)

11 Ventriloquism is not allowed in puppetry categories

short film

District Festival Delivery InstructionsFor rules and guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Short Film entries for your district festival contact your district youth director or district Fine Arts coordinator

NFAF Delivery InstructionsShort Film entries must be received within 5 days of online or faxed registrations Entries must accompany mailed registrations Short Film entries must be sent to

national youth ministriesAttn Detroit20101445 North Boonville AvenueSpringfield MO 65802-1894

Short Film entries are evaluated prior to the NFAFShort Film entries are on display at the NFAF Results of the evaluations are released at the NFAFEvaluation sheets and certificates must be picked up by Friday August 6 2010 by 12 pm No attempt is made to return the materials to participants after the NFAF

Rules 1 In the Short Film category the following genres are accepted animation comedy drama documentary experimental fictionlive action music video

2 The creation of a Short Film is the art and process of producing a film containing a combination of visual images and sounds to communicate effectively a mood emotion andor message

3 Short Film entries may be created by one to ten eligible students 4 Short Film entries must have a typed information page that accompanies the entry and

includes the following informationParticipant(s)CategoryChurch name city and state

5 Entries in Short Film have a time limit of 5 minutes

6 The creator(s)producer(s) of the film must meet the NFAF age or grade requirements and must register as participants However those appearing in the film or supporting the production (actors grips lighting boom operator etc) do not need to meet age requirements nor register as participants

7 Copyright policy national youth ministries and the General Council of the Assemblies of God are not responsible for assuring that all material included in studentsrsquo film productions is in compliance with existing copyright laws It is the responsibility of the students parents and youth leaders to be completely legal and ethical in their conduct regarding copyrighted material used to create an entry for the NFAF Students must obtain either the copyrights or explicit written permission for use of all software graphics parodies recorded music andor sound files included Credits must be included See page 13 for an additional list of guidelines

8 Any script or story line must be the original work of the participant(s)

9 Short Film entries must be submitted in DVD format VHS entries are not accepted

10 The participant(s) is not required to be present at the NFAF However the registration form and fee must be submitted by the appropriate deadline

short sErmonshort sErmon spanish 1 An entry in Short Sermon is the art of verbally communicating a biblical message that

includes Scripture quotations or readings presented by one eligible student 2 Short Sermon entries have a time limit of 5 minutes 3 All presentations must be in harmony with the Statement of Fundamental Truths of the

Assemblies of God A copy of the Statement of Fundamental Truths is available online at wwwagorg under the ldquoBeliefsrdquo tab

4 All short sermon presentations must creatively and effectively interpret the annual theme 5 All entries must be original material not just a memorization of someone elsersquos sermon

Participants are permitted to use illustrations personal testimonies statistics stories etc Sources should always be cited

6 Participants are allowed to use notes The sermon does not need to be memorized 7 Participants may only use a Bible notes a podium and handheld visual aids The festival

will provide only the podium 8 All aspects of the sermon must take place within the boundaries of the stage 9 The wearing of costumes is not permitted 10 The use of audio or audiovisual devices is not permitted Neither flammable nor liquid

visual aids are permitted 11 All presentations must be given with due reverence for God and His people and must not

be a cynical or satirical portrayal of any form of the ministry

co

mm

un

icatio

n D

ivision

co

mm

un

icat

ion

Div

isio

n

22 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 23

Drama DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Drama Division may submit entries in the following categories Drama Ensemble Large Drama Ensemble Small Drama Solo Human Video Ensemble Large Human Video Ensemble Small Human Video Solo

Drama EnsEmblEsolo 1 A Drama presentation is the art of telling a culturally relevant story through verbal

communication and action 2 Drama Ensemble Small entries may be comprised by two to four eligible students Drama

Ensemble Large entries may be comprised by five to ten eligible students 3 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for each drama entry There are 90 seconds for setup

and 90 seconds for tear down 4 Drama entries do not have to be original but originality is encouraged 5 Drama entries must creatively and effectively interpret the annual theme 6 The entire presentation must be memorized 7 No recorded or electronic sound effects are allowed Neither soundtracks nor live

background music is allowed 8 All aspects of the drama must take place within the boundaries of the stage 9 Chairs may be used as props However standing on chairs is not allowed and will result in

disqualification The only chairs allowed are the chairs available on-site in the presentation room Participants and groups may not bring their own chairs to the NFAF

10 Small handheld props are allowed in Drama entries Neither flammable nor liquid props are permitted

11 Costumes are permitted in Drama entries 12 Neither masks nor costume makeup is allowed

human viDEo EnsEmblEsolo

Rules 1 A Human Video presentation is the art of telling a story through a non-verbal drama

presentation that accompanies a musical track 2 Human Video Ensemble Small entries may be comprised by two to four eligible students

Human Video Ensemble Large entries may be comprised by five to ten eligible students 3 The musical track that accompanies Human Video entries must include lyrics Voice-overs

may be present in the recording but may not completely replace the lyrics 4 The Human Video technique of ldquolip syncrdquo must be present in the majority of the

presentation 5 The splicing of up to three songs is allowed Entries may have more than three splicings

as long as there are three songs maximum Voice-overs do not count toward the three-song limit

6 Live accompaniment is not permitted in Human Video presentations 7 No live vocal communication of any form from the actor(s) is permitted 8 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for Human Video Solo entries There are 90 seconds

for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 9 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Human Video Ensemble entries There are 90

seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 10 Entries do not have to be original but originality is encouraged 11 Human Video entries are not required to interpret the annual theme 12 All aspects of the human video must take place within the boundaries of the stage 13 Safe gymnastic elements andor cheer-type mounts are acceptable Human Video

technique but must fit believably within the story line or be vital to character or story development

14 Chairs are the only allowed prop Standing on chairs is not allowed and will result in disqualification The only chairs allowed are the chairs available on-site in the presentation room Participants and groups may not bring their own chairs to the NFAF

15 Costumes are not permitted in Human Video entries T-shirts in various colors are not considered costumes

16 Neither masks nor costume makeup is allowed

Dr

am

a Divisio

n Dr

am

a D

ivis

ion

24 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 25

Exhibition DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Exhibition Division may submit entries in the following categories

ASL Storytelling Human Video Ensemble SpanishInstrumental Ensemble Contemporary Performance ArtSpoken Word Vocal Ensemble SpanishWorship Dance Solo Worship Dance Troupe

informationThe Exhibition Division was created to allow participants to be evaluated in areas that may become categories in the futureExhibition Division participants are given the opportunity to give their presentation once for evaluation and scoring Callbacks are not conducted for Exhibition entriesAt the NFAF points are given to each entry so that evaluators may determine the recipients of Exhibition Division Honorable Mention awards and so that students may improve their work

asl storytElling 1 ASL Storytelling is for the art of telling a biblical story rendered visually using only

American Sign Language (ASL) for the purpose of ministry to the deaf 2 Storytelling entries may be comprised by one to ten eligible students 3 There is a time limit of 5 minutes 4 Handheld propssigns are allowed in this category 5 The entire presentation must be memorized 6 Entries in the ASL Storytelling category must communicate a biblical story in a creative

and culturally relevant manner 7 No live or recorded music is permitted

human viDEo EnsEmblE spanishRules 1 A Human Video Ensemble Spanish presentation is the art of telling a story through a

non-verbal drama presentation that accompanies a musical track with Spanish lyrics to be used in mission trip settings

2 Human Video Ensemble Spanish entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students

3 The musical track that accompanies Human Video entries must include lyrics Spanish voice-overs may be present in the recording but may not completely replace the lyrics

4 The Human Video technique of ldquolip syncrdquo must be present in the majority of the presentation

5 The splicing of up to three songs is allowed Entries may have more than three splicings as long as there are three songs maximum Voice-overs do not count toward the three-song limit

6 Live accompaniment is not permitted in Human Video presentations

7 No live vocal communication of any form from the actors is permitted 8 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Human Video Ensemble Spanish entries There

are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 9 Entries do not have to be original but originality is encouraged 10 Human Video Spanish entries are not required to interpret the annual theme 11 All aspects of the human video must take place within the boundaries of the stage 12 Safe gymnastic elements andor cheer-type mounts are acceptable Human Video

techniques but must fit believably within the story line or be vital to character or story development

13 Chairs are the only allowed prop Standing on chairs is not allowed and will result in disqualification The only chairs allowed are the chairs available on-site in the presentation room Participants and groups may not bring their own chairs to the NFAF

14 Costumes are not permitted T-shirts in various colors are not considered costumes 15 Neither masks nor costume makeup is allowed

instrumEntal EnsEmblE contEmporaryRules 1 Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary is the art of performing an instrumental selection

without lyrics 2 Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible

students 3 There is a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear

down 4 Selections do not have to be original but originality is encouraged 5 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

6 All individuals who perform live must meet the age or grade requirements of the NFAF register as participants and pay the accompanying fee

7 Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary entries do not need to be memorized Using the musical score will not affect the evaluation

8 Entries are allowed to include additional percussion instruments and accessories if they can be set up and torn down within the allotted 90-second time limit

9 A keyboard is provided any additional keyboards must be provided by the participant Any use of pre-programming or sequencing of keyboards is not allowed the keyboard should function only in response to manual hands-on control

pErformancE artRules 1 Performance Art is the art of expressing an idea or telling a story by creating a painting

or sketch as a live performance in front of an audience Entries in this category must be entirely the work of one eligible student including any pre-sketching

2 Music andor audio elements as well as motion may be present in the performance The splicing of up to 5 songs is permitted The use of additional media is not permitted

3 An overall time limit of 25 minutes is allowed for Performance Art entries students must be able

Exh

ibitio

n D

ivision

Exh

ibit

ion

Div

isio

n

26 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 27

to set up perform and tear down within a total of 25 minutes overall Participants may have assistance with setup

4 In the Performance Art category a single painting or sketch in one of the following mediums will be accepted

paint (acrylic watercolor or oil) chalk charcoal 5 The painting or sketch must be presented on one of the following materials canvas paper wood Plexiglas 6 Artists may start with a pre-sketched canvas paper or panel Rehearsal is encouraged 7 Entries in this exhibition may be no smaller than 32 inches by 32 inches and no larger

than 8 feet by 8 feet 8 Participants are responsible for bringing all materials and supplies necessary for

completing their entry (music canvas or surface material paints brushes charcoal easel stool etc)

9 The performance must be completely contained on the surface chosen by the participant If venue space is damaged the participant is responsible

spoKEn WorD Rules 1 An entry in Spoken Word (performance poetry) is for the art and ministry of communicating

poetry that is specifically composed for performance before an audience 2 Spoken Word entries must be entirely the original work of one eligible student 3 There is a time limit of 3 minutes for all Spoken Word entries Time begins when the

participant does or says anything to indicate the beginning of the presentation 4 Entries in this category must interpret the annual theme 5 The entire presentation must be memorized 6 The use of additional media is not permitted 7 Neither live nor recorded music is permitted 8 Costumes are not permitted

vocal EnsEmblE spanish Rules 1 A Vocal Ensemble Spanish may consist of two to ten eligible students 2 Music must be memorized 3 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

4 There is a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down

5 To ensure consistent sound level microphones are set prior to the festival by an official sound technician Participants may not ask for special sound settings It is the responsibility of the participants to move microphones to accommodate blend and volume and to make sure the microphones are turned on

6 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels 7 Accompaniment bull Vocal entries may choose to have or not to have accompaniment

bull Accompanists are not considered part of the entry bull The accompanist may be an adult or student bull Accompanists are allowed to use music bull A maximum of four instruments from the approved lists of instruments on pages 13 - 14

may be used for live accompaniment bull CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped

recordings are not accommodated bull Background vocals are not permitted for vocal ensemble entriesWorship DancE solotroupE

InformationEntries in the Worship Dance SoloTroupe categories must be presented in one of the accepted genres defined as follows Ballet A classical form of dance characterized by formally precise steps and poses A

basic vocabulary of recognized ballet technique is used as criteria for the evaluation of entries in the ballet genre

Lyrical A contemporary form of dance also referred to as ldquomodernrdquo that is a fusion between ballet and jazz This artistic dance attempts to interpret the meaning of the music through expressive and dynamic movements

Urban Also known as ldquostreet dancerdquo influenced by the various rhythms and techniques of hip-hop

Rules 1 An entry in Worship Dance is for the art and ministry of communicating a story and

expressively and worshipfully interpreting music using recognized dance technique 2 Worship Dance Troupe entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 There is a time limit of 5 minutes for all Worship Dance entries 4 The musical track that accompanies a Worship Dance entry may or may not contain lyrics

If the track contains lyrics it is not appropriate dance technic to mouth the words 5 Live accompaniment is not permitted 6 Modest attire must be worn Clothing must be appropriate for effective interpretation

intended audience and conducive to a worship atmosphere Low-cut tops backless shirts tight short shorts see-through skirts without leggings are never acceptable

7 Shoes must be worn Ballet slippers paws or jazz shoes are acceptable 8 Fine Arts Festival holds a high standard and does not permit suggestive movements

music or attire Any movement music or attire that is deemed inappropriate may receive either point deductions or disqualification

9 The use of props is not permitted 10 The use of percussion instruments is not permitted 11 The use of streamers ribbon banners or flags is permitted but must not become the focal

point of the presentation at the expense of recognized and legitimate dance technique 12 Adults may assist in choreography but the use of a director during the presentation is not

permitted 13 CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped

recordings are not accommodated

Exh

ibitio

n D

ivision

Exh

ibit

ion

Div

isio

n

28 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 29

instrumEntal DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Instrumental Division may submit entries in the following categories Guitar Solo Instrumental Ensemble Traditional Keyboard Solo Percussion SoloEnsemble Traditional Percussion Unconventional String Solo WindBrass Solo

informationGuitar Solo may use instruments from the Rhythm Strings list page 14Instrumental Ensemble Traditional may use instruments from the Keyboards Woodwinds Brass and Traditional Strings lists only (see pages 13 - 14) The following additional instruments may be used mandolin 12-string guitar dulcimer banjo acoustic guitarPlease note Instrumental Ensemble Traditional entries may not use electric guitar electric bass or drums The aforementioned instruments are neither allowed nor provided for this traditional category Students desiring to use contemporary instrumentation may enter the Exhibition Division Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary or Christian Band categoriesKeyboard Solo may use instruments from the Keyboard list page 13 (only a piano will be provided at the NFAF)Percussion SoloEnsemble Traditional may use instruments from the Percussion list page 14String Solo may use instruments from the Traditional Strings list page 14WindBrass Solo may use instruments from the Woodwinds and Brass lists pages 13 - 14

gEnEral instrumEntal Division rulEs

Guitar Solo Instrumental Ensemble Traditional Keyboard Solo String Solo amp WindBrass Solo 1 An instrumental soloensemble is the art of presenting a musical composition using only

musical instruments 2 An instrumental ensemble may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for Instrumental entries (except for Percussion

Ensemble categories) There are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down The instrumentalists may use this time to tune their instruments or conduct a brief warm up

4 Music must be memorized for all solo entries 5 Ensembles do not have to memorize their music Using the musical score will not affect

the evaluation 6 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

7 To ensure consistent sound level microphones if used are set prior to the festival by an official sound technician Participants may not ask for special sound settings It is the

responsibility of the participants to make sure the microphones are turned on and to move microphones to accommodate blend and volume

8 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels 9 A participant may play more than one instrument in an Instrumental entry as long as the

setup and tear down time limits are not exceeded 10 Use of pre-programed or pre-recorded loopssoftware is not allowed any looping or

sequencing technology must function only in response to manual and live hands-on control

11 Keyboard Solo and Percussion entries are not allowed accompaniment (either live or recorded)

12 Accompaniment bull Instrumental entries (except for Keyboard Solo and Percussion) may choose to have or

not to have accompaniment bull An accompanist is not considered part of the entry bull The accompanist may be an adult or student bull Accompanists are allowed to use music bull Only a piano or keyboard may be used for live accompaniment Only a piano is provided

by the festival bull CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped

recordings are not accommodated bull If a CD or MP3 accompaniment track is used the instrument(s) played by the student(s)

cannot be predominant on the accompaniment track bull Neither live nor recorded background vocals are permitted

pErcussion EnsEmblEsolo traDitional

InformationThe following will be provided at the NFAF for Percussion SoloEnsemble Traditional entries Solo - 1 standard drum set Ensemble - 2 standard drum sets 4 6rsquo tables are provided for handbell entries

Rules 1 A traditional percussion entry is the art of presenting a musical entry using traditional

orchestral percussion instruments and techniques 2 A Percussion Ensemble Traditional entry is comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Instruments from the approved percussion list on page 14 may be used to create the

Percussion Traditional entries 4 Personal drum sets may not be brought to the festival 5 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for Percussion Solo entries There are 90 seconds for

set up and 90 seconds for tear down 6 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Percussion Ensemble Traditional entries There are

90 seconds for set up and 90 seconds for tear down

instr

um

Enta

l D

ivision

inst

ru

mEn

tal

Div

isio

n

30 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 31

pErcussion unconvEntional

Rules 1 Percussion Unconventional is the art of presenting a musical entry in which sound is

produced by striking or tapping the body or one object upon another 2 An entry is in this category is for the composition and performance of alternative and

creative percussion techniques such as trash cans pipes sticks etc as well as ldquostomprdquo entries

3 Neither flammable nor liquid elements are permitted in Percusison Unconventional presentations

4 A Percussion Unconventional entry is comprised by one to ten eligible students 5 Percussion instruments from the Traditional percussion list may be incorporated into the

entry but must be provided by the participant A drum set is not provided for Percussion Unconventional

6 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Percussion Unconventional entries There are 90 seconds for set up and 90 seconds for tear down

vocal DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Vocal Division may submit entries in the following categories Choir Christian Band Rap Group Rap Solo Songwriting Vocal Ensemble Large Vocal Ensemble Small Vocal Solo Female Vocal Solo Male Vocal Solo Spanish Female Vocal Solo Spanish Male Worship Team

informationA participant may enter the same song in more than one category For example the student may sing a solo version of a song that is used for a vocal ensemble However a student or group of students may not enter the same category twice Synthesizerskeyboards are only provided for Worship Team Christian Band and RapA piano is provided for Songwriting Vocal solosensembles and Choir

gEnEral vocal Division rulEs 1 Use of pre-programed or pre-recorded loopssoftware is not allowed any looping or

sequencing technology must function only in response to manual and live hands-on control

2 Choir Vocal EnsembleSolo Accompaniment bull Choir and Vocal entries may choose to have or not to have accompaniment bull Accompanists are not considered part of the entry bull The accompanist may be an adult or student bull Accompanists are allowed to use music bull A maximum of four instruments from the allowed instruments list may be used for live

accompaniment A piano is the only instrument that will be provided for Vocal EnsembleSolo entries

bull CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped recordings are not accommodated

choir Rules 1 A Choir is for the art of presenting a sacred choral song selection with ministry

effectiveness in mind 2 A Choir entry must be comprised by 11 to 75 eligible students 3 Choirs are allowed 5 minutes to present their entry There are 2 1frasl2 minutes for setup and

2 1frasl2 minutes for tear down 4 CD or MP3 accompaniment tracks are allowed Background vocals are not permitted on

soundtracks 5 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels 6 A director is allowed This person may use music

instr

um

Enta

l D

ivision

voc

al

Div

isio

n

32 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 33

christian banD

Rules 1 The Christian Band category is the art of performing Christian music by students whose

focus is to perform with ministry effectiveness in mind 2 Christian Band entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Entries in this category must include both music and lyrics 4 Christian Bands have a time limit of 5 minutes with 2 and 12 minutes for set up and 2 and

12 minutes for tear down Participants may have assistance with setup 5 Christian Bands may choose to provide their own sound engineer The person chosen

to run sound must meet the age or grade requirements register as a participant and will count toward the overall 10-member group limit Note Student engineers may visit wwwfafagorg to view the equipment specifications

6 All individuals within a Christian Band entry must meet the age or grade requirements No adult accompanists vocalists or sound engineers are allowed

7 Original songs are not required but originality is encouraged 8 All music must be memorized 9 Additional Instruments and equipment andor additional percussion accessories are

permitted but must be provided by the participants and only if they can be set up and torn down within the allotted time limit Individuals are not allowed to bring their own drum sets

10 Students must refrain from any actions that may be deemed offensive or inappropriate ldquoInappropriaterdquo actions include but are not limited to improper gestures or moves stage diving and language unbecoming of a Christian Any festival equipment damaged as a result of inappropriate actions is the responsibility of the students to replace Failure to adhere to this standard will result in disqualification

rap groupsolo

Rules 1 Rap is the urban art of communicating through rhythm and rhyme 2 A Rap Group entry may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Rap entries must be the original works of the students and written during the current Fine

Arts year (September 1 through August 2) 4 All Rap entries have a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90

seconds for tear down 5 Lyric sheets for each of the evaluators must be provided at each level of participation

Lyric sheets must be typed with the lyrics divided into the sections of the song (chorus verse bridge etc) and must have a title page or heading that includes the following informationTitleCategoryComposer(s)Church name city and state

6 Students wishing to use drum machines must provide their own equipment and adhere to

the setup and tear down time limits 7 All entries must be memorized

songWriting

InformationSongwriting entries are not evaluated on the presentation of the performer(s) However the performance of the song can either strengthen or weaken the entire presentation The criteria used to evaluate Songwriting entries will not support Rap entries

Rules 1 Songwriting is the art of writing a Christian or sacred composition including both music

and lyrics 2 Songwriting entries may be comprised by one to five eligible students 3 Songwriting entries are allowed 5 minutes to present their selection There are 90 seconds

for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 4 Three sets of lyric sheets must be provided for the evaluators at each level of participation

Lyric sheets must be typed with the sections of the song clearly marked (chorus verse bridge etc) and must have a title page or heading that includes the following informationTitleCategoryComposer(s)Church name city and state

5 Songwriting entries must be the original work of the student(s) and written during the current Fine Arts year (September 1 through August 3)

6 If an accompaniment track is created for the NFAF all musicians used to create the accompaniment must meet the age or grade requirements of the NFAF but do not need to register as participants

7 A maximum of four instruments may be used for accompaniment (either recorded or live) 8 The overall number of live performers is not to exceed five people 9 Songwriting entries may be performed by the composer(s) or by another student or group

of students 10 All music performed live must be memorized 11 All students who perform live at the NFAF must meet the age or grade requirements of the

NFAF No adult accompanists or group members are allowed

vocal EnsEmblEsolo

Rules 1 An entry in a Vocal EnsembleSolo category is for the art of presenting a vocal song

selection with ministry effectiveness in mind 2 A Vocal Ensemble Small may be comprised by two to four eligible students 3 A Vocal Ensemble Large may be comprised by five to ten eligible students 4 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for all vocal solos and ensembles There are 90

vo

ca

l Divisio

n voc

al

Div

isio

n

34 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 35

seconds allowed for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 5 Music must be memorized 6 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

7 Participants may not ask for special sound settings To ensure consistent sound level microphones are set prior to the festival by an official sound technician It is the responsibility of the participants to make sure the microphones are turned on and to move microphones to accommodate blend and volume

8 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels Background vocals are allowed for solo entries Background vocals are not allowed for group entries

Worship tEam

Rules 1 A Worship Team entry is the art of leading others in worship 2 Worship Team entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Worship Team entries have a time limit of 7 minutes with 2 and 12 minutes for set up and

2 and 12 minutes for tear down Participants may have assistance with setup 4 Worship Teams may choose to provide their own sound engineer The person chosen to

run sound must meet the age or grade requirements register as a participant and will count toward the overall 10-member group limit Note Student engineers may visit wwwfafagorg to view the equipment specifications

5 All individuals within a Worship Team entry must meet the age or grade requirements No adult accompanists vocalists or sound engineers are allowed

6 Worship Team entries must be comprised by both vocalists and instrumentalists Entries are required to have more than one vocalist

7 All music must be memorized 8 Additional instruments and equipment andor additional percussion accessories are

permitted but must be provided by the participants and only if they can be set up and torn down within the allotted time limit Individuals are not allowed to bring their own drum sets

Writing Division Read the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Writing Division may submit entries in the following categories Book Chapter Childrenrsquos Literature First Person Essay Poetry Short Story Script Writing

District fEstival DElivEry instructionsFor rules and guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Writing Division entries for your district festival contact your district youth director or district Fine Arts coordinator

nfaf DElivEry instructions 1 Writing entries must be e-mailed (with the exception of Childrenrsquos Literature) as an

attachment to fafagorg with a subject line that contains the participantrsquos name and ldquo2010 Fine Arts Writing Entryrdquo The e-mail must be received within 5 days of the online processing postmark or fax date of the participantrsquos registration form and fee Writing entries will not be returned to participants

2 Writing entries must be submitted in doc docx or rtf format 3 Writing entries must be submitted in Times New Roman or Arial fonts and may contain no

art word art borders etc

booK chaptEr

Rules 1 The Book Chapter entry is for the submission of the first chapter of either a fiction or non-

fiction book for a target audience of teens to adults 2 All entries must be the original work of one student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 3 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 4 The first chapter of the book submission must be 1500-1800 words 5 The writer must include a summary of the book no longer than 150 words 6 The chapter does not need to interpret the annual theme 7 The chapter must reflect a Christian world view 8 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

vo

ca

l Divisio

nW

rit

ing

Div

isio

n

36 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 37

chilDrEnrsquos litEraturE

District Festival Delivery InstructionsFor rules and guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Writing Division entries for your district festival contact your district youth director or district Fine Arts coordinator

NFAF Delivery InstructionsThe Childrenrsquos Literature entry must be received within 5 days of online or faxed registrations Entries must accompany mailed registrations The Childrenrsquos Literature entry must be mailed to

national youth ministriesAttn Detroit20101445 North Boonville AvenueSpringfield MO 65802-1894

Rules

1 The submission of a Childrenrsquos Literature entry is the art of writing and illustrating an entire childrenrsquos book with a target audience of a toddler or early reader (first to third grades) with words and illustrations that are age appropriate

2 The Childrenrsquos Literature SoloCollaborated entry may be created by one to ten eligible students

3 The entire entry must be the original work of the student(s) (including illustrations) and may not be adapted from anotherrsquos concept

4 Illustrations may take the form of drawing painting or full-color computer-generated graphics produced from illustrator software Stock clip art is not acceptable

5 The entry must read like a book participants may not submit a manuscript with separate illustrations

6 The creator(s) is not required to be present at the NFAF However the registration form must be completed and the appropriate fees paid

7 The childrenrsquos book may not be more than 800 words in length

8 The childrenrsquos book must reflect a Christian world view

9 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following informationTitleCategoryAuthor(s)Illustrator(s)Church name city and stateWord count

first pErson Essay 1 A First Person Essay is the art of writing an essay based on personal experience 2 A First Person Essay must have a minimum of 500 words and a maximum of 1200 words

Dialogue is allowed 3 All entries must be the original work of one student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 First Person Essay entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 6 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

poEtry 1 A Poetry entry is the art of composing a piece of literature written in meter or verse 2 A Poetry entry may be rhymed or unrhymed with a maximum of 30 lines 3 All entries must be the original work of the student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Poetry entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font with at least 1-inch margins on all

sides 6 Poetry entries are not required to be double-spaced 7 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document including the

following informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateLine count

script Writing 1 A script writing entry is the art of writing a short drama that addresses a culturally relevant

issue from a Christian perspective 2 Script Writing entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 3 Script writing entries must be the original work of the one to ten eligible students and

created within the current Fine Arts year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font with at least 1-inch margins on all

sides

Wr

iting

Divisio

n Wr

itin

g

Div

isio

n

38 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook

5 Scripts are not required to be double-spaced Entries should follow standard script formatting

6 Blocking suggestions are required 7 A character listing and scene setting must be included 8 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document including the

following informationTitleCategoryAuthor(s)Church name city and state

9 The entire script entry can be no longer than six pages total including title page character listing and scene setting

short story 1 A Short Story is the art of writing a fictional or non-fictional story 2 A Short Story must have a minimum of 500 words and a maximum of 1200 words

Dialogue is allowed 3 All entries must be the original work of the student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Short Story entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 6 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

Wr

iting

Divisio

n

Page 3: This Changes Everything! - AG Web Services

6 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 7

nEW for thE 2010 national finE arts fEstival 1 The National Fine Arts Festival is implementing a new rating scale as follows

Up to 25 points Fair26 ndash 30 points Good31 ndash 35 points Excellent36 ndash 40 points Superior with Invitation (district)Superior (national)-2 points Time Violation-2 points Rule Violation

2 New registrant types and fees for Detroit2010 are as follows National Youth Convention (NYC) Participant event registration $75 per person NYC

participant registration includes NYC evening eventsservices NFAF presentationsworkshops the event T-shirt and the Official Program

General Attendee registration $10 The GA registration includes admission to NFAF presentations and the NFAF Celebration Service only The GA registration will not grant the registrant access to the evening services or workshops and will not include the event T-shirt or the Official Program

3 Categories that formerly had ldquooverallrdquo time limits now have specific set up performance and tear town time limits See specific category rules for time limits

4 Web Design is no longer a category at the National Fine Arts Festival Web page has been added as an acceptable genre in the Graphic Design category and must interpret the annual theme

5 Comic Strip is an accepted medium within the Visual Art Two-Dimensional category 6 Childrenrsquos Literature is an official category in the Writing Division 7 Spoken Word Solo is a new category in the Exhibition Division and has a time limit of 3

minutes 8 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for Human Video Solo entries There are 90 seconds

for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 9 The Worship Dance exhibition category is now accepting both Solo and Troupe entries A

Troupe entry is comprised by two to ten eligible students 10 Urban (or hip-hop) dance is now an accepted genre within the Worship Dance exhibition

category 11 Songwriting entries have a new group limit of 5 qualified students Student accompanists

in Songwriting entries no longer need to register as participants or pay the Participant registration fee

12 The Writing Division category of ldquoSketch Writingrdquo has been renamed ldquoScript Writingrdquo

13 The Vocal Division category of ldquoYouth Choirrdquo has been renamed ldquoChoirrdquo

national finE arts fEstival gEnEral informationFine Arts Festival is a discipleship tool of the national youth ministries of the Assemblies of God (AG) designed to help students discover develop and deploy their ministry giftsThrough Fine Arts Festival students are given the opportunity to develop their ministry gifts and to have their Fine Arts entries evaluated by qualified industry professionals educators and ministers who encourage excellence and offer ideas for improvement

rulEs agrEEmEntAll National Fine Arts Festival (NFAF) participants must read and abide by this 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook It is the responsibility of each participant to be familiar with the rules and procedures of this festival No other person will be held responsible for a participantrsquos lack of informationBy signing a District andor Detroit2010 registration form pastors leaders parents and students acknowledge that 1 They have read understand and agree to abide by the rules of this festival 2 They will accept the decisions of the evaluators and coordinators as finalAdditional copies of the 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook may be downloaded at wwwfafagorg

Kappa tau collEgE finE artsKappa Tau rules and information can be found at wwwkappatauagorg

District finE arts fEstivalsMost AG districts hold a Fine Arts Festival Some districts have pre-district festivals (sectional zone etc) Contact your district office for specific information on how to register for your local festival(s) Visit wwwfafagorg for district contact informationStudents must register with their home church Students may not participate with churches or districts other than their ownMost district festivals follow the same rules and policies as the NFAF However some differences in rules and procedures may include but are not limited to the establishment of alternate age or grade requirements and variant scoring proceduresThe following ratings are given to presentations at the district level of evaluation

Up to 25 points Fair26 ndash 30 points Good31 ndash 35 points Excellent36 ndash 40 points Superior with Invitation-2 points Time Violation-2 points Rule Violation

A ldquoSuperior with Invitationrdquo rating from a district festival qualifies a student to participate in the NFAF If no presentation within a category receives a ldquoSuperior with Invitationrdquo at a district festival then no one in that category will advance to the next level of evaluation

nEW fo

r 2010 n

faf

gEn

Era

l i n

for

mat

ion

8 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 9

If mistakes are made in computation of scores or if other situations arise that require attention at a district festival contact your district coordinatorsDistrict festivals are not required to offer NFAF Exhibition categories Districts may also create their own Exhibition categories with the understanding that categories not offered at the NFAF are not eligible to advanceDistrict-level Exhibition Division presentations will be given an ldquoAdvancerdquo or a ldquoNot Advancerdquo recommendation from each evaluator All Exhibition Division entries receiving an ldquoAdvancerdquo from at least two of the three evaluators are eligible to advance to the NFAFIt is the participantrsquos responsibility to contact their district office for specifics regarding the district festival NFAF is not responsible for rules policies or category variations specific to district festivals

participant rEquirEmEntsFine Arts Festival is open to all Christian students who meet the following criteria 1 Participating students must be enrolled in grades 6 - 12 or be 12 to 17 years of age as of

September 1 2009 2 Participating students must be in good standing with a local AG church andor youth

ministry Note19-year-old students may not participate in Fine Arts unless they are enrolled in

grades 6 - 12 as of September 1 2009 Students who qualify at a district Fine Arts Festival for the national festival may participate even if they turn 19 beforeduring August 2010

NFAF students must register with the district where their home church is located and with their home church Students may not participate with churches or districts other than their own

national finE arts fEstival rEgistration forms Each student who qualifies by receiving a ldquoSuperior with Invitationrdquo rating at their district festival and wishes to participate in the NFAF must submit a Detroit2010 registration form and pay the accompanying fee Participants may register online by mail or by faxOnline registration opens for qualified students at wwwfafagorg on February 1 2010 and closes at 1159 pm (CST) on June 11 2010 The Detroit2010 registration form is available at wwwfafagorg February 1 2010The final postmark deadline for all mailed and faxed NFAF participant registrations is May 27 2010 No exceptionsThe NFAF office suggests that all mailed forms and fees be sent via certified mail FedEx DHL or UPS NFAF is not responsible for mail that is lost or delayed by the delivery service chosen by the registrantsMailed registration forms and fees should be sent to

national youth ministriesAttn Detroit20101445 North Boonville AvenueSpringfield MO 65802-1894

Make checks payable to national youth ministriesFine Arts Checks money orders and credit cards are accepted for mailed registrations Neither cash nor American Express cards are accepted We accept Visa MasterCard and Discover

All forms must be filled out completely If forms are received at the NFAF office incomplete in any way the registrant may be assessed an incomplete fee of $20 If you have any questions regarding the correct procedure for completing the forms call the national office for assistance at 4178622781 x4458 Faxed registration forms are accepted at 4178621693 Credit card is the only acceptable form of payment for faxed registrations

DEtroit2010 participants anD gEnEral attEnDEEsA NFAF Participant is defined as a student who qualifies for the NFAF according to the Participant Requirements found on page 8 Qualifying students must register online or complete the Detroit2010 registration form and may only register for the category(ies) for which they qualified at the district festivalA National Youth Convention (NYC) Participant is defined as an adult or student who does not register as a participant in the NFAF (pastors youth pastors students student leaders parents etc) but wishes to attend the NFAF presentations workshops and evening services associated with Detroit2010 A General Attendee is defined as an adult or student (9 years and older) who does not register as a participant in either the NYC or the NFAF (pastors youth pastors students student leaders parents accompanists etc) but wishes to attend the student presentations and the Celebration Service only

DEtroit2010 fEEsNational Youth Convention (NYC) Participant event registration $75 per person NYC participant registration includes NYC evening eventsservices NFAF presentationsworkshop attendance the event T-shirt and the Official Program NFAF or Kappa Tau Participant add-on registration $75 NYC reigstration plus $20 per category (per person)The $75 NYC registration does not include the first NFAF category Each category selected is an additional $20 per categoryper person NFAF participant registration includes NYC event registration and materials as well initial presentation evaluation sheets and certificatesawards AIM Outreach Participant add-on registration $75 NYC registration plus $20 AIM Outreach (per person) AIM participant registration includes NYC event registration and materials as well as an AIM t-shirt General attendees wishing only to view NFAF presentations and attend the Celebration Service may purchase a General Attendee (GA) registration for $10 The GA registration includes admission to NFAF presentations and the NFAF Celebration Service only The GA registration will not grant the registrant access to the evening services or workshops and will not include the event T-shirt or the Official Program unless purchased individually

on-sitE chEcK-inAll NYC and NFAF Participants must be present or represented by an adult to complete the mandatory On-Site Check-In from 900 am until 600 pm Monday August 2 in Detroit MichiganParticipantsrsquo event materials (Official Program event shirt access badge etc) are available during On-Site Check-In Items not picked up during On-Site Check-In are not guaranteed to be available at a later time and will not be mailed post-festival

gEn

Era

l in

for

matio

n gEn

Era

l i n

for

mat

ion

10 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 11

cancEllationsNeither nym nor NFAF provide refunds for cancellations

ovErpaymEnt rEfunDsOverpayment refunds are given but may be processed post-festival and require a non-refundable processing fee of $20 Overpayment refund requests must be submitted in writing via e-mail (fafagorg) no later than November 15 2010

2010 spEED thE light thEmEThe 2009 - 2010 annual theme is ldquoThis Changes EverythingrdquoEntries in the following categories must meet the theme interpretation criteria

Childrenrsquos Lesson GroupSoloDrama EnsembleSoloGraphic DesignShort SermonShort Sermon SpanishSpoken WordT-shirt DesignAll Writing Division categories

Short Film entries may choose to submit a film that interprets the annual theme

Evaluation procEss anD ratingsThree qualified evaluators chosen for their education expertise and impartiality evaluate each presentation using the following general criteria

SelectionCommunicationPresentation and TechniqueEffectiveness

Specific evaluation criteria for each category are found at wwwfafagorgAt the NFAF an average of the scores from three evaluators determines the rating of each entry The following ratings are given to presentations at the national level of evaluation

Up to 25 points Fair26 ndash 30 points Good31 ndash 35 points Excellent36 ndash 40 points Superior-2 points Time Violation-2 points Rule Violation

The rating that NFAF participants receive during their initial presentation is the rating reflected on the evaluation sheets and certificate(s) distributed at the NFAF and is the rating(s) that serves as the permanent record for scholarship information (in addition to any National Fine Arts Festival Awards of Merit received)All evaluation sheets and certificates must be picked up by Friday August 6 2010 by 12 pm at the on-site Certificate Booth and retained for future scholarship verification No attempt is made after the NFAF to return materials not collected on site The NFAF cannot print certificates after the NFAF

At the NFAF callbacks may be conducted in categories with a large number of entries Callbacks serve to assist the evaluators in choosing the Assemblies of God National Award of Merit recipients The categories conducting callbacks at the NFAF are listed in the Detroit2010 Official Program

Neither evaluation sheets nor certificates are distributed for callback presentationsParticipants advancing to the next level of evaluation may improve on their work even to the point of completely changing the selection of their song script sermon or artwork

contEntPresentations must present a message that reflects a Christian world view and be presented with ministry effectiveness in mindMusic used in any entry must be Christian or sacred Sacred music is defined for this festival as ldquomusic intended for the purpose of the church and ministry effectivenessrdquo Both contemporary and classical music is acceptable if it is sacred If there is any question regarding the Christian message or the sacred nature of any content the national office suggests you make a different selection

coDE of conDuctNFAF maintains a high standard for its participants and attendees Parents leaders students and guests involved in this festival should be committed to the ministry and should represent Christ in their behavior It is our desire to leave a positive impression at the facilities and on the people with whom we work Therefore any participant or attendee showing disrespect for people or property in the host city may be disqualified and dismissed from the NFAF

DrEss coDEAppropriate dress is required for all entriesmdashkeeping category norms intended audience and ministry effectiveness in mind

EquipmEnt proviDEDFor a list of equipment provided at your district festival contact your District Youth Director or District Fine Arts CoordinatorFor a list of equipment provided at the NFAF visit wwwfafagorg Wherever possible the NFAF will attempt to provide in full all listed equipment However where space or other limitations require the NFAF reserves the right to remove or limit the availability of provided equipment For presentations requiring audio only digital recordings are permitted Taped recordings are neither permitted nor accommodated at the NFAF

room configurationEvery effort is made to provide adequate space for all presentations However be prepared to adjust your presentation according to room and stage sizes

scholarship informationMany AG universities colleges and Masterrsquos Commission programs offer scholarships to qualified district and NFAF participants Each institution determines and administers their own application process and award amounts Visit wwwcollegesagorg or contact the AG university or college of your choice for more information

gEn

Era

l in

for

matio

ng

EnEr

al

ru

lEs

12 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 13

gEnEral rulEs

rulE violationsRule violations in any category will receive a two-point deduction per violation per evaluator

contEntSelections or presentations that are not sacred or that do not present a message that reflects a Christian world view as defined on page 11 may receive a two-point deduction per evaluatorThe NFAF coordinators reserve the right to disqualify andor remove from display any entry deemed illegal or inappropriate for this festival in any way

timE limitsAll scheduled events have time limitations (see specific category rules to find out time limits) Each presentation room has an official timekeeper If a presentation exceeds the time limit it will receive a two-point deduction per evaluatorTime for set up begins when the name of the entryparticipant is called by the room moderator as being ldquouprdquoTime for the presentation begins when a participant does or says anything to indicate the beginning of the presentation including introductory remarks

languagEspanish EntriEsBilingual entries are not permitted Entries must be presented in either English or Spanish only English entries must be presented entirely in English Spanish entries must be presented entirely in SpanishAny background vocals must be the same language as the presentation

substitutionsOne substitution per group entry may be made between the district festival and the national festival Choir may substitute up to three participants Omission of participants is permitted as long as group membership does not fall below the required group minimum The addition of participants other than substitutes is never allowed

post-rEgistration substitutionsIf an original group member (the person who participated at the district festival) needs to be replaced after they have registered for the NFAF follow these instructions 1 If the substitute is already registered in another category a new form is not necessary

Notify the national office of the change by e-mailing fafagorg 2 If the substitute is not registered in another category submit a completed Detroit2010

registration form (available at wwwfafagorg) If the original group member is paid in full the fee transfers to the substitute

Entry limit guiDElinEsA participant or group of participants may not enter the same category of a division twice There is no limit to the number of different categories in each division for which a participant may register

There is no limit to the number of qualified entries from one church

group Entry participant guiDElinEsA groupensemble entry is defined as a presentation given by two to ten students If a category is specified as a small groupensemble it is comprised by two to four eligible students (eg Human Video Ensemble Small) If a category is specified as a large groupensemble it is comprised by five to ten eligible students (eg Drama Ensemble Large)Choir is the only group entry that is allowed more than ten participants up to 75 members are allowed

licEnsEAll NYC and NFAF general attendees andor participants by their signature on the national registration form grant permission to the General Council of the Assemblies of God and to national youth ministries to use the registrantrsquos image(s) and to photograph reproduce edit publish andor record any musical dramatic artistic photographic andor written presentation at the NFAF without compensation to the registrant author or creator of the work for the purpose of promoting the NFAF andor national youth ministries The author or creator of any entry used will retain copyright ownership

copyrightED matErialIt is the responsibility of the students parents and youth leaders to be completely legal and ethical in their conduct regarding copyrighted music scripts or any other original published or unpublished works All NFAF participants should follow these guidelines a Never use burned CDs or photocopies of music or scripts to avoid purchasing original

materials You must own an original b Never use software sound files video clips quotes or any other copyrighted work for

your presentation without obtaining the copyrights or the explicit written permission from the publisher or creator always give appropriate credit to the author or creator for all copyrighted materials used to create your Fine Arts Festival entries

c Never use unpublished music or scripts without written permission from the author or creator of the work

approvED instrumEnt lists

Keyboards (NFAF will provide either a piano or keyboard for categories that require them see individual category rules for specifications) piano keyboard synthesizer

Woodwinds flute family oboe English horn clarinet family saxophone family bassoonBrass horn family trumpet family trombone family baritone (tcbc) euphonium tuba

Traditional Strings violin viola cello string bass harp

gEn

Era

l ru

lEs gEn

Era

l r

ulE

s

14 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 15

Rhythm Strings (NFAF will provide a direct box and an amplifier) acoustic guitar banjo bass guitar dulcimer mandolin electric guitar 12-string guitarPercussion Traditional drums (and cymbals) bongo cajon congas djembe guiro hand bells maracas marimba orchestra bells sandpaper blocks shakers tambourine timbales timpani (Kettle drums) triangle vibraphone wood blocks xylophone

A basic drum set is provided for some categories See individual category rules for specifications

kick drumsingle pedal snare two rack toms floor tom crash cymbal hi-hat cymbal ride cymbal

Additional percussion accessories are permitted (double bass pedal extra cymbals etc) but must be provided by the participant setup and tear down time limits apply

Electronic versions of approved instruments are allowed (except where category rules state otherwise) as long as the participant provides the necessary amplifiers and cords and time limits are not exceeded

art DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Art Division may submit entries in the following categories Graphic Design Photography Digital Photography Traditional T-shirt Design Visual Art Three Dimensional Visual Art Two-Dimensional

District fEstival DElivEry instructionsFor rules andor guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Art Division entries for your district festival contact your District Youth Director or District Fine Arts Coordinator

nfaf DElivEry instructionsArt Division entries for the 2010 NFAF must be hand-delivered to the Art Gallery following On-Site Check-In on Monday August 2 2010 Art entries are not accepted after On-Site Check-In closes at 600 pm on August 2The artistdesigner is not required to be present at the NFAF Art entries may be delivered andor picked up at the NFAF by an adult representing a participant A letter of authorization from the participant should be presented upon delivery andor pick-upArt Division entries evaluation sheets and certificates must be picked up by Friday August 6 2010 by 1200 pm No attempt will be made to return the art entries to participants after the NFAFThe utmost care is taken in the handling of Art Division entries However the creator of the work assumes full liability for damage due to the handling of the artwork before during and after it is on display Artists desiring additional protection should personally insure their entries

gEnEral art Division rulEs 1 Art entries must be entirely the original work of one eligible student and created during the

current festival year (September 1 through August 2) 2 Each Art Division entry must have a typed information page attached to the entry upon

delivery If the information page is missing or is handwritten upon delivery at the art gallery the entry will receive a 2-point rule violation per evaluator The page must include the following informationParticipantCategoryDesignation of medium (visual art entries only)Explanation of medium (how it was created)Church name city and state

3 Only the information page is required (rule 2) An essay or story explaining the piece is not required and will not affect the evaluation if submitted

4 If set up or assembly is required for the display of Art Division entries it must be completed by the student

ar

t D

ivis

ion

gEn

Era

l ru

lEs

16 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 17

5 Graphic Design and T-shirt Design entries are required to creatively and effectively interpret the annual theme

6 The overall size of any entry in the Art Division may be no smaller than 4 by 6 inches and no larger than 32 by 32 inches

7 Entries requiring a frame must be submitted with frame only or Plexiglas in a frame (no glass is permitted)

graphic DEsign 1 Graphic Design is the art and process of creating a completely original design The use of

stock clip art is not permitted 2 In the Graphic Design category the following mediums are accepted advertisement billboard brochure bulletin business card flier letterhead logo newsletter poster web page 3 Graphic Design entries must be mounted flat on art board or framed See size requirements on

page 15 4 Entries in the Graphic Design category may take any of the following forms finished

piece full-color drawing or comprehensive full-color dummy or proof Digital imagery and computer illustrations are appropriate for this category but must be high-resolution (at least 300 dpi at 100 of output size) Students should submit the best representation of their design

photography Digital 1 Only digital cameras may be used for photographs entered in the Photography Digital

category 2 The information page that must accompany the entry must indicate the camera type of

software and any other form of technology used to produce the image under ldquoExplanation of mediumrdquo

3 Photography Digital entries are not required to interpret the annual theme Entries must reflect a Christian world view but do not have to be overtly ldquoreligiousrdquo in subject or theme

4 Computer-generated improvements are allowed in order to enhance the original photograph (cropping color depth or hue color contrast etc)

5 A montage of up to three photographs may be used to create one image All photographs used to create the image must appear to the viewer as if they are a single image All photographs used to create the image must be the original work of the student

6 No collages are permitted in this category 7 No typography is to be added to the image unless it appears to the viewer as if it is part of

the original image 8 Framing or mounting is not evaluated but is required See size requirements on page 15

photography traDitional 1 Only a 35mm camera may be used for photographs entered in the Photography

Traditional category 2 Only one image is acceptable The photograph must be single frame single exposure

3 Photography Traditional entries are not required to interpret the annual theme Entries must reflect a Christian world view but do not have to be overtly ldquoreligiousrdquo in subject or theme

4 Black-and-white or color photographs are accepted 5 Neither manipulation of the original work nor touch-ups are permitted 6 No typography is to be added to the image 7 Framing or mounting is not evaluated but is required See size requirements on page 15

t-shirt DEsign 1 T-shirt Design entries may take any of the following forms finished T-shirt full-color drawing

or comprehensive full-color computer dummy or proof Students should submit the best representation of their designs

2 The use of stock clip art is not permitted 3 Entries submitted in a finished-shirt format must be displayed over art board T-shirt board

or cardboard Neither mannequin nor bust displays are permitted 4 Entries submitted in full-color drawing format or as a computer-generated image must be

mounted flat on art board See size requirements on page 15

visual art thrEE-DimEnsional 1 In the Visual Art Three-Dimensional category the following mediums are accepted collagemontage traditional sculpture mixed media stained glass 2 Visual Art Three-Dimensional entries are not required to interpret the annual theme

Entries must reflect a Christian world view but do not have to be overtly ldquoreligiousrdquo in subject or theme

3 Mounting is not evaluated but is required See size requirements on page 15

visual art tWo-DimEnsional 1 In the Visual Art Two-Dimensional category the following mediums are accepted acrylics collagemontage comic strip montage mosaic oils sketches (ink pencil chalk charcoal) watercolors

2 Visual Art Three-Dimensional entries are not required to interpret the annual theme Entries must reflect a Christian world view but do not have to be overtly ldquoreligiousrdquo in subject or theme

3 Framing or mounting is not evaluated but is required See size requirements on page 15

ar

t Divisio

n ar

t D

ivis

ion

18 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 19

communication DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Communication Division may submit entries in the following categories American Sign Language Group American Sign Language Solo Childrenrsquos Lesson Group Childrenrsquos Lesson Solo Puppetry Group Group Puppetry Solo Short Film Short Sermon Short Sermon Spanish

amErican sign languagE groupsolo

Rules 1 American Sign Language SoloGroup is an interpretation of a pre-recorded song using

American Sign Language (ASL) to encourage a cross-cultural experience explore the correlation between ASL and English and to prepare the participant for Deaf Ministry

2 The interpreted song must be a musical track that includes lyrics 3 Sign Language Group entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 4 Sign Language Solo entries have a time limit of 5 minutes Sign Language Group entries

have a time limit of 7 minutes Both have 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down

5 ASL entries do not need to interpret the annual theme 6 The English-to-ASL interpretation must be an original work 7 Presenters must use ASL linguistic features in the interpretation This may include but is

not limited to ASL sentence structure sign choices that reflect meaning appropriate body shifts and appropriate use of space The interpretation may not be simply in English word order

8 If the presenter(s) is deaf heshe may use a cue (not a signs) or have someone mouth the words in order to stay in sync with the music This person is not considered part of the entry but evaluators must be informed of their presence and how they will be cueing the participant(s)

9 The presenter(s) must maintain a professional appearance Attire and accessories must not create visual distractions Costumes and costume make-up are not allowed

10 Mouthing lyricslip syncing is not used in American Sign Language Only linguistically appropriate facial grammar should be present This may include but is not limited to puffed cheeks pursed lips and raised eyebrows These should be used as is fitting within the language itself

11 No live music is allowed

chilDrEnrsquos lEsson groupsolo 1 Childrenrsquos Lesson GroupSolo is the art of communicating a biblical message presented

verbally and visually in a lesson geared toward children ages 5-12 2 A Childrenrsquos Lesson Group may be comprised of two to ten eligible students

3 In a Childrenrsquos Lesson Group at least one person must be in direct verbal communication with the audience

4 Childrenrsquos Lesson GroupSolo entries have a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down

5 Participants may use various means of communication (object lesson illusion ventriloquism etc) Neither flammable nor liquid illustrations are permitted

6 All entries must be original not a memorization of someone elsersquos sermon or lesson 7 The presentation must creatively and effectively interpret or reflect the annual theme 8 All presentations must be in harmony with the Statement of Fundamental Truths of the

Assemblies of God A copy of the Statement of Fundamental Truths is available online at wwwagorg under the ldquoBeliefsrdquo tab

9 The lesson must be memorized 10 A central Scripture or Bible story must be used 11 Props are permissible as long as the 90-second setup and tear down times are not

exceeded Any props used must be brought to the festival by the participant 12 Costumes are permitted as long as the face is not covered 13 A puppet stage is not permitted in Childrenrsquos Lesson Solo Any puppet(s) must be used

without the aid of a curtain or puppet stage 14 A puppet stage is provided for Childrenrsquos Lesson Group Participants may not bring their

own puppet stage 15 Childrenrsquos Lesson entries may solicit audience responseparticipation

puppEtry groupsoloBlack lights (if used) must be brought by participants as well as any necessary extension cords Each entry must provide individuals to turn room lights off and on Puppet State dimensions are listed on the Provided Equipment List posted on wwwfafagorg The puppet stage dimensions may not be adjusted Contact your district coordinators for stage dimensions provided at your district festival

Rules 1 Puppetry is the art of presenting a puppet show for the purpose of encouraging young Christians

in their faith and to share Christ with others 2 An entry in Puppetry Group may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for puppetry entries There are 90 seconds for setup

and 90 seconds for tear down 4 A puppetry entry is not required to be original but originality is encouraged 5 Puppetry entries are not required to follow the annual theme 6 Participants are not permitted to bring their own puppet stage 7 No interaction between live presenters and puppets is permitted 8 All aspects of the puppetry entry must take place within the boundaries of the puppet

stage

co

mm

un

icat

ion

Div

isio

nc

om

mu

nic

ation

Divisio

n

20 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 21

9 Props and signs may be used but must be provided by the participant(s) and must be contained within (behind) the boundaries of the puppet stage Neither flammable nor liquid props or elements are permitted in puppetry entries

10 Hand puppets or hand-manipulated puppets are to be used (no life-sized puppets are permitted)

11 Ventriloquism is not allowed in puppetry categories

short film

District Festival Delivery InstructionsFor rules and guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Short Film entries for your district festival contact your district youth director or district Fine Arts coordinator

NFAF Delivery InstructionsShort Film entries must be received within 5 days of online or faxed registrations Entries must accompany mailed registrations Short Film entries must be sent to

national youth ministriesAttn Detroit20101445 North Boonville AvenueSpringfield MO 65802-1894

Short Film entries are evaluated prior to the NFAFShort Film entries are on display at the NFAF Results of the evaluations are released at the NFAFEvaluation sheets and certificates must be picked up by Friday August 6 2010 by 12 pm No attempt is made to return the materials to participants after the NFAF

Rules 1 In the Short Film category the following genres are accepted animation comedy drama documentary experimental fictionlive action music video

2 The creation of a Short Film is the art and process of producing a film containing a combination of visual images and sounds to communicate effectively a mood emotion andor message

3 Short Film entries may be created by one to ten eligible students 4 Short Film entries must have a typed information page that accompanies the entry and

includes the following informationParticipant(s)CategoryChurch name city and state

5 Entries in Short Film have a time limit of 5 minutes

6 The creator(s)producer(s) of the film must meet the NFAF age or grade requirements and must register as participants However those appearing in the film or supporting the production (actors grips lighting boom operator etc) do not need to meet age requirements nor register as participants

7 Copyright policy national youth ministries and the General Council of the Assemblies of God are not responsible for assuring that all material included in studentsrsquo film productions is in compliance with existing copyright laws It is the responsibility of the students parents and youth leaders to be completely legal and ethical in their conduct regarding copyrighted material used to create an entry for the NFAF Students must obtain either the copyrights or explicit written permission for use of all software graphics parodies recorded music andor sound files included Credits must be included See page 13 for an additional list of guidelines

8 Any script or story line must be the original work of the participant(s)

9 Short Film entries must be submitted in DVD format VHS entries are not accepted

10 The participant(s) is not required to be present at the NFAF However the registration form and fee must be submitted by the appropriate deadline

short sErmonshort sErmon spanish 1 An entry in Short Sermon is the art of verbally communicating a biblical message that

includes Scripture quotations or readings presented by one eligible student 2 Short Sermon entries have a time limit of 5 minutes 3 All presentations must be in harmony with the Statement of Fundamental Truths of the

Assemblies of God A copy of the Statement of Fundamental Truths is available online at wwwagorg under the ldquoBeliefsrdquo tab

4 All short sermon presentations must creatively and effectively interpret the annual theme 5 All entries must be original material not just a memorization of someone elsersquos sermon

Participants are permitted to use illustrations personal testimonies statistics stories etc Sources should always be cited

6 Participants are allowed to use notes The sermon does not need to be memorized 7 Participants may only use a Bible notes a podium and handheld visual aids The festival

will provide only the podium 8 All aspects of the sermon must take place within the boundaries of the stage 9 The wearing of costumes is not permitted 10 The use of audio or audiovisual devices is not permitted Neither flammable nor liquid

visual aids are permitted 11 All presentations must be given with due reverence for God and His people and must not

be a cynical or satirical portrayal of any form of the ministry

co

mm

un

icatio

n D

ivision

co

mm

un

icat

ion

Div

isio

n

22 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 23

Drama DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Drama Division may submit entries in the following categories Drama Ensemble Large Drama Ensemble Small Drama Solo Human Video Ensemble Large Human Video Ensemble Small Human Video Solo

Drama EnsEmblEsolo 1 A Drama presentation is the art of telling a culturally relevant story through verbal

communication and action 2 Drama Ensemble Small entries may be comprised by two to four eligible students Drama

Ensemble Large entries may be comprised by five to ten eligible students 3 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for each drama entry There are 90 seconds for setup

and 90 seconds for tear down 4 Drama entries do not have to be original but originality is encouraged 5 Drama entries must creatively and effectively interpret the annual theme 6 The entire presentation must be memorized 7 No recorded or electronic sound effects are allowed Neither soundtracks nor live

background music is allowed 8 All aspects of the drama must take place within the boundaries of the stage 9 Chairs may be used as props However standing on chairs is not allowed and will result in

disqualification The only chairs allowed are the chairs available on-site in the presentation room Participants and groups may not bring their own chairs to the NFAF

10 Small handheld props are allowed in Drama entries Neither flammable nor liquid props are permitted

11 Costumes are permitted in Drama entries 12 Neither masks nor costume makeup is allowed

human viDEo EnsEmblEsolo

Rules 1 A Human Video presentation is the art of telling a story through a non-verbal drama

presentation that accompanies a musical track 2 Human Video Ensemble Small entries may be comprised by two to four eligible students

Human Video Ensemble Large entries may be comprised by five to ten eligible students 3 The musical track that accompanies Human Video entries must include lyrics Voice-overs

may be present in the recording but may not completely replace the lyrics 4 The Human Video technique of ldquolip syncrdquo must be present in the majority of the

presentation 5 The splicing of up to three songs is allowed Entries may have more than three splicings

as long as there are three songs maximum Voice-overs do not count toward the three-song limit

6 Live accompaniment is not permitted in Human Video presentations 7 No live vocal communication of any form from the actor(s) is permitted 8 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for Human Video Solo entries There are 90 seconds

for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 9 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Human Video Ensemble entries There are 90

seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 10 Entries do not have to be original but originality is encouraged 11 Human Video entries are not required to interpret the annual theme 12 All aspects of the human video must take place within the boundaries of the stage 13 Safe gymnastic elements andor cheer-type mounts are acceptable Human Video

technique but must fit believably within the story line or be vital to character or story development

14 Chairs are the only allowed prop Standing on chairs is not allowed and will result in disqualification The only chairs allowed are the chairs available on-site in the presentation room Participants and groups may not bring their own chairs to the NFAF

15 Costumes are not permitted in Human Video entries T-shirts in various colors are not considered costumes

16 Neither masks nor costume makeup is allowed

Dr

am

a Divisio

n Dr

am

a D

ivis

ion

24 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 25

Exhibition DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Exhibition Division may submit entries in the following categories

ASL Storytelling Human Video Ensemble SpanishInstrumental Ensemble Contemporary Performance ArtSpoken Word Vocal Ensemble SpanishWorship Dance Solo Worship Dance Troupe

informationThe Exhibition Division was created to allow participants to be evaluated in areas that may become categories in the futureExhibition Division participants are given the opportunity to give their presentation once for evaluation and scoring Callbacks are not conducted for Exhibition entriesAt the NFAF points are given to each entry so that evaluators may determine the recipients of Exhibition Division Honorable Mention awards and so that students may improve their work

asl storytElling 1 ASL Storytelling is for the art of telling a biblical story rendered visually using only

American Sign Language (ASL) for the purpose of ministry to the deaf 2 Storytelling entries may be comprised by one to ten eligible students 3 There is a time limit of 5 minutes 4 Handheld propssigns are allowed in this category 5 The entire presentation must be memorized 6 Entries in the ASL Storytelling category must communicate a biblical story in a creative

and culturally relevant manner 7 No live or recorded music is permitted

human viDEo EnsEmblE spanishRules 1 A Human Video Ensemble Spanish presentation is the art of telling a story through a

non-verbal drama presentation that accompanies a musical track with Spanish lyrics to be used in mission trip settings

2 Human Video Ensemble Spanish entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students

3 The musical track that accompanies Human Video entries must include lyrics Spanish voice-overs may be present in the recording but may not completely replace the lyrics

4 The Human Video technique of ldquolip syncrdquo must be present in the majority of the presentation

5 The splicing of up to three songs is allowed Entries may have more than three splicings as long as there are three songs maximum Voice-overs do not count toward the three-song limit

6 Live accompaniment is not permitted in Human Video presentations

7 No live vocal communication of any form from the actors is permitted 8 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Human Video Ensemble Spanish entries There

are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 9 Entries do not have to be original but originality is encouraged 10 Human Video Spanish entries are not required to interpret the annual theme 11 All aspects of the human video must take place within the boundaries of the stage 12 Safe gymnastic elements andor cheer-type mounts are acceptable Human Video

techniques but must fit believably within the story line or be vital to character or story development

13 Chairs are the only allowed prop Standing on chairs is not allowed and will result in disqualification The only chairs allowed are the chairs available on-site in the presentation room Participants and groups may not bring their own chairs to the NFAF

14 Costumes are not permitted T-shirts in various colors are not considered costumes 15 Neither masks nor costume makeup is allowed

instrumEntal EnsEmblE contEmporaryRules 1 Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary is the art of performing an instrumental selection

without lyrics 2 Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible

students 3 There is a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear

down 4 Selections do not have to be original but originality is encouraged 5 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

6 All individuals who perform live must meet the age or grade requirements of the NFAF register as participants and pay the accompanying fee

7 Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary entries do not need to be memorized Using the musical score will not affect the evaluation

8 Entries are allowed to include additional percussion instruments and accessories if they can be set up and torn down within the allotted 90-second time limit

9 A keyboard is provided any additional keyboards must be provided by the participant Any use of pre-programming or sequencing of keyboards is not allowed the keyboard should function only in response to manual hands-on control

pErformancE artRules 1 Performance Art is the art of expressing an idea or telling a story by creating a painting

or sketch as a live performance in front of an audience Entries in this category must be entirely the work of one eligible student including any pre-sketching

2 Music andor audio elements as well as motion may be present in the performance The splicing of up to 5 songs is permitted The use of additional media is not permitted

3 An overall time limit of 25 minutes is allowed for Performance Art entries students must be able

Exh

ibitio

n D

ivision

Exh

ibit

ion

Div

isio

n

26 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 27

to set up perform and tear down within a total of 25 minutes overall Participants may have assistance with setup

4 In the Performance Art category a single painting or sketch in one of the following mediums will be accepted

paint (acrylic watercolor or oil) chalk charcoal 5 The painting or sketch must be presented on one of the following materials canvas paper wood Plexiglas 6 Artists may start with a pre-sketched canvas paper or panel Rehearsal is encouraged 7 Entries in this exhibition may be no smaller than 32 inches by 32 inches and no larger

than 8 feet by 8 feet 8 Participants are responsible for bringing all materials and supplies necessary for

completing their entry (music canvas or surface material paints brushes charcoal easel stool etc)

9 The performance must be completely contained on the surface chosen by the participant If venue space is damaged the participant is responsible

spoKEn WorD Rules 1 An entry in Spoken Word (performance poetry) is for the art and ministry of communicating

poetry that is specifically composed for performance before an audience 2 Spoken Word entries must be entirely the original work of one eligible student 3 There is a time limit of 3 minutes for all Spoken Word entries Time begins when the

participant does or says anything to indicate the beginning of the presentation 4 Entries in this category must interpret the annual theme 5 The entire presentation must be memorized 6 The use of additional media is not permitted 7 Neither live nor recorded music is permitted 8 Costumes are not permitted

vocal EnsEmblE spanish Rules 1 A Vocal Ensemble Spanish may consist of two to ten eligible students 2 Music must be memorized 3 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

4 There is a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down

5 To ensure consistent sound level microphones are set prior to the festival by an official sound technician Participants may not ask for special sound settings It is the responsibility of the participants to move microphones to accommodate blend and volume and to make sure the microphones are turned on

6 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels 7 Accompaniment bull Vocal entries may choose to have or not to have accompaniment

bull Accompanists are not considered part of the entry bull The accompanist may be an adult or student bull Accompanists are allowed to use music bull A maximum of four instruments from the approved lists of instruments on pages 13 - 14

may be used for live accompaniment bull CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped

recordings are not accommodated bull Background vocals are not permitted for vocal ensemble entriesWorship DancE solotroupE

InformationEntries in the Worship Dance SoloTroupe categories must be presented in one of the accepted genres defined as follows Ballet A classical form of dance characterized by formally precise steps and poses A

basic vocabulary of recognized ballet technique is used as criteria for the evaluation of entries in the ballet genre

Lyrical A contemporary form of dance also referred to as ldquomodernrdquo that is a fusion between ballet and jazz This artistic dance attempts to interpret the meaning of the music through expressive and dynamic movements

Urban Also known as ldquostreet dancerdquo influenced by the various rhythms and techniques of hip-hop

Rules 1 An entry in Worship Dance is for the art and ministry of communicating a story and

expressively and worshipfully interpreting music using recognized dance technique 2 Worship Dance Troupe entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 There is a time limit of 5 minutes for all Worship Dance entries 4 The musical track that accompanies a Worship Dance entry may or may not contain lyrics

If the track contains lyrics it is not appropriate dance technic to mouth the words 5 Live accompaniment is not permitted 6 Modest attire must be worn Clothing must be appropriate for effective interpretation

intended audience and conducive to a worship atmosphere Low-cut tops backless shirts tight short shorts see-through skirts without leggings are never acceptable

7 Shoes must be worn Ballet slippers paws or jazz shoes are acceptable 8 Fine Arts Festival holds a high standard and does not permit suggestive movements

music or attire Any movement music or attire that is deemed inappropriate may receive either point deductions or disqualification

9 The use of props is not permitted 10 The use of percussion instruments is not permitted 11 The use of streamers ribbon banners or flags is permitted but must not become the focal

point of the presentation at the expense of recognized and legitimate dance technique 12 Adults may assist in choreography but the use of a director during the presentation is not

permitted 13 CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped

recordings are not accommodated

Exh

ibitio

n D

ivision

Exh

ibit

ion

Div

isio

n

28 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 29

instrumEntal DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Instrumental Division may submit entries in the following categories Guitar Solo Instrumental Ensemble Traditional Keyboard Solo Percussion SoloEnsemble Traditional Percussion Unconventional String Solo WindBrass Solo

informationGuitar Solo may use instruments from the Rhythm Strings list page 14Instrumental Ensemble Traditional may use instruments from the Keyboards Woodwinds Brass and Traditional Strings lists only (see pages 13 - 14) The following additional instruments may be used mandolin 12-string guitar dulcimer banjo acoustic guitarPlease note Instrumental Ensemble Traditional entries may not use electric guitar electric bass or drums The aforementioned instruments are neither allowed nor provided for this traditional category Students desiring to use contemporary instrumentation may enter the Exhibition Division Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary or Christian Band categoriesKeyboard Solo may use instruments from the Keyboard list page 13 (only a piano will be provided at the NFAF)Percussion SoloEnsemble Traditional may use instruments from the Percussion list page 14String Solo may use instruments from the Traditional Strings list page 14WindBrass Solo may use instruments from the Woodwinds and Brass lists pages 13 - 14

gEnEral instrumEntal Division rulEs

Guitar Solo Instrumental Ensemble Traditional Keyboard Solo String Solo amp WindBrass Solo 1 An instrumental soloensemble is the art of presenting a musical composition using only

musical instruments 2 An instrumental ensemble may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for Instrumental entries (except for Percussion

Ensemble categories) There are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down The instrumentalists may use this time to tune their instruments or conduct a brief warm up

4 Music must be memorized for all solo entries 5 Ensembles do not have to memorize their music Using the musical score will not affect

the evaluation 6 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

7 To ensure consistent sound level microphones if used are set prior to the festival by an official sound technician Participants may not ask for special sound settings It is the

responsibility of the participants to make sure the microphones are turned on and to move microphones to accommodate blend and volume

8 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels 9 A participant may play more than one instrument in an Instrumental entry as long as the

setup and tear down time limits are not exceeded 10 Use of pre-programed or pre-recorded loopssoftware is not allowed any looping or

sequencing technology must function only in response to manual and live hands-on control

11 Keyboard Solo and Percussion entries are not allowed accompaniment (either live or recorded)

12 Accompaniment bull Instrumental entries (except for Keyboard Solo and Percussion) may choose to have or

not to have accompaniment bull An accompanist is not considered part of the entry bull The accompanist may be an adult or student bull Accompanists are allowed to use music bull Only a piano or keyboard may be used for live accompaniment Only a piano is provided

by the festival bull CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped

recordings are not accommodated bull If a CD or MP3 accompaniment track is used the instrument(s) played by the student(s)

cannot be predominant on the accompaniment track bull Neither live nor recorded background vocals are permitted

pErcussion EnsEmblEsolo traDitional

InformationThe following will be provided at the NFAF for Percussion SoloEnsemble Traditional entries Solo - 1 standard drum set Ensemble - 2 standard drum sets 4 6rsquo tables are provided for handbell entries

Rules 1 A traditional percussion entry is the art of presenting a musical entry using traditional

orchestral percussion instruments and techniques 2 A Percussion Ensemble Traditional entry is comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Instruments from the approved percussion list on page 14 may be used to create the

Percussion Traditional entries 4 Personal drum sets may not be brought to the festival 5 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for Percussion Solo entries There are 90 seconds for

set up and 90 seconds for tear down 6 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Percussion Ensemble Traditional entries There are

90 seconds for set up and 90 seconds for tear down

instr

um

Enta

l D

ivision

inst

ru

mEn

tal

Div

isio

n

30 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 31

pErcussion unconvEntional

Rules 1 Percussion Unconventional is the art of presenting a musical entry in which sound is

produced by striking or tapping the body or one object upon another 2 An entry is in this category is for the composition and performance of alternative and

creative percussion techniques such as trash cans pipes sticks etc as well as ldquostomprdquo entries

3 Neither flammable nor liquid elements are permitted in Percusison Unconventional presentations

4 A Percussion Unconventional entry is comprised by one to ten eligible students 5 Percussion instruments from the Traditional percussion list may be incorporated into the

entry but must be provided by the participant A drum set is not provided for Percussion Unconventional

6 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Percussion Unconventional entries There are 90 seconds for set up and 90 seconds for tear down

vocal DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Vocal Division may submit entries in the following categories Choir Christian Band Rap Group Rap Solo Songwriting Vocal Ensemble Large Vocal Ensemble Small Vocal Solo Female Vocal Solo Male Vocal Solo Spanish Female Vocal Solo Spanish Male Worship Team

informationA participant may enter the same song in more than one category For example the student may sing a solo version of a song that is used for a vocal ensemble However a student or group of students may not enter the same category twice Synthesizerskeyboards are only provided for Worship Team Christian Band and RapA piano is provided for Songwriting Vocal solosensembles and Choir

gEnEral vocal Division rulEs 1 Use of pre-programed or pre-recorded loopssoftware is not allowed any looping or

sequencing technology must function only in response to manual and live hands-on control

2 Choir Vocal EnsembleSolo Accompaniment bull Choir and Vocal entries may choose to have or not to have accompaniment bull Accompanists are not considered part of the entry bull The accompanist may be an adult or student bull Accompanists are allowed to use music bull A maximum of four instruments from the allowed instruments list may be used for live

accompaniment A piano is the only instrument that will be provided for Vocal EnsembleSolo entries

bull CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped recordings are not accommodated

choir Rules 1 A Choir is for the art of presenting a sacred choral song selection with ministry

effectiveness in mind 2 A Choir entry must be comprised by 11 to 75 eligible students 3 Choirs are allowed 5 minutes to present their entry There are 2 1frasl2 minutes for setup and

2 1frasl2 minutes for tear down 4 CD or MP3 accompaniment tracks are allowed Background vocals are not permitted on

soundtracks 5 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels 6 A director is allowed This person may use music

instr

um

Enta

l D

ivision

voc

al

Div

isio

n

32 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 33

christian banD

Rules 1 The Christian Band category is the art of performing Christian music by students whose

focus is to perform with ministry effectiveness in mind 2 Christian Band entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Entries in this category must include both music and lyrics 4 Christian Bands have a time limit of 5 minutes with 2 and 12 minutes for set up and 2 and

12 minutes for tear down Participants may have assistance with setup 5 Christian Bands may choose to provide their own sound engineer The person chosen

to run sound must meet the age or grade requirements register as a participant and will count toward the overall 10-member group limit Note Student engineers may visit wwwfafagorg to view the equipment specifications

6 All individuals within a Christian Band entry must meet the age or grade requirements No adult accompanists vocalists or sound engineers are allowed

7 Original songs are not required but originality is encouraged 8 All music must be memorized 9 Additional Instruments and equipment andor additional percussion accessories are

permitted but must be provided by the participants and only if they can be set up and torn down within the allotted time limit Individuals are not allowed to bring their own drum sets

10 Students must refrain from any actions that may be deemed offensive or inappropriate ldquoInappropriaterdquo actions include but are not limited to improper gestures or moves stage diving and language unbecoming of a Christian Any festival equipment damaged as a result of inappropriate actions is the responsibility of the students to replace Failure to adhere to this standard will result in disqualification

rap groupsolo

Rules 1 Rap is the urban art of communicating through rhythm and rhyme 2 A Rap Group entry may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Rap entries must be the original works of the students and written during the current Fine

Arts year (September 1 through August 2) 4 All Rap entries have a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90

seconds for tear down 5 Lyric sheets for each of the evaluators must be provided at each level of participation

Lyric sheets must be typed with the lyrics divided into the sections of the song (chorus verse bridge etc) and must have a title page or heading that includes the following informationTitleCategoryComposer(s)Church name city and state

6 Students wishing to use drum machines must provide their own equipment and adhere to

the setup and tear down time limits 7 All entries must be memorized

songWriting

InformationSongwriting entries are not evaluated on the presentation of the performer(s) However the performance of the song can either strengthen or weaken the entire presentation The criteria used to evaluate Songwriting entries will not support Rap entries

Rules 1 Songwriting is the art of writing a Christian or sacred composition including both music

and lyrics 2 Songwriting entries may be comprised by one to five eligible students 3 Songwriting entries are allowed 5 minutes to present their selection There are 90 seconds

for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 4 Three sets of lyric sheets must be provided for the evaluators at each level of participation

Lyric sheets must be typed with the sections of the song clearly marked (chorus verse bridge etc) and must have a title page or heading that includes the following informationTitleCategoryComposer(s)Church name city and state

5 Songwriting entries must be the original work of the student(s) and written during the current Fine Arts year (September 1 through August 3)

6 If an accompaniment track is created for the NFAF all musicians used to create the accompaniment must meet the age or grade requirements of the NFAF but do not need to register as participants

7 A maximum of four instruments may be used for accompaniment (either recorded or live) 8 The overall number of live performers is not to exceed five people 9 Songwriting entries may be performed by the composer(s) or by another student or group

of students 10 All music performed live must be memorized 11 All students who perform live at the NFAF must meet the age or grade requirements of the

NFAF No adult accompanists or group members are allowed

vocal EnsEmblEsolo

Rules 1 An entry in a Vocal EnsembleSolo category is for the art of presenting a vocal song

selection with ministry effectiveness in mind 2 A Vocal Ensemble Small may be comprised by two to four eligible students 3 A Vocal Ensemble Large may be comprised by five to ten eligible students 4 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for all vocal solos and ensembles There are 90

vo

ca

l Divisio

n voc

al

Div

isio

n

34 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 35

seconds allowed for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 5 Music must be memorized 6 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

7 Participants may not ask for special sound settings To ensure consistent sound level microphones are set prior to the festival by an official sound technician It is the responsibility of the participants to make sure the microphones are turned on and to move microphones to accommodate blend and volume

8 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels Background vocals are allowed for solo entries Background vocals are not allowed for group entries

Worship tEam

Rules 1 A Worship Team entry is the art of leading others in worship 2 Worship Team entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Worship Team entries have a time limit of 7 minutes with 2 and 12 minutes for set up and

2 and 12 minutes for tear down Participants may have assistance with setup 4 Worship Teams may choose to provide their own sound engineer The person chosen to

run sound must meet the age or grade requirements register as a participant and will count toward the overall 10-member group limit Note Student engineers may visit wwwfafagorg to view the equipment specifications

5 All individuals within a Worship Team entry must meet the age or grade requirements No adult accompanists vocalists or sound engineers are allowed

6 Worship Team entries must be comprised by both vocalists and instrumentalists Entries are required to have more than one vocalist

7 All music must be memorized 8 Additional instruments and equipment andor additional percussion accessories are

permitted but must be provided by the participants and only if they can be set up and torn down within the allotted time limit Individuals are not allowed to bring their own drum sets

Writing Division Read the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Writing Division may submit entries in the following categories Book Chapter Childrenrsquos Literature First Person Essay Poetry Short Story Script Writing

District fEstival DElivEry instructionsFor rules and guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Writing Division entries for your district festival contact your district youth director or district Fine Arts coordinator

nfaf DElivEry instructions 1 Writing entries must be e-mailed (with the exception of Childrenrsquos Literature) as an

attachment to fafagorg with a subject line that contains the participantrsquos name and ldquo2010 Fine Arts Writing Entryrdquo The e-mail must be received within 5 days of the online processing postmark or fax date of the participantrsquos registration form and fee Writing entries will not be returned to participants

2 Writing entries must be submitted in doc docx or rtf format 3 Writing entries must be submitted in Times New Roman or Arial fonts and may contain no

art word art borders etc

booK chaptEr

Rules 1 The Book Chapter entry is for the submission of the first chapter of either a fiction or non-

fiction book for a target audience of teens to adults 2 All entries must be the original work of one student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 3 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 4 The first chapter of the book submission must be 1500-1800 words 5 The writer must include a summary of the book no longer than 150 words 6 The chapter does not need to interpret the annual theme 7 The chapter must reflect a Christian world view 8 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

vo

ca

l Divisio

nW

rit

ing

Div

isio

n

36 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 37

chilDrEnrsquos litEraturE

District Festival Delivery InstructionsFor rules and guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Writing Division entries for your district festival contact your district youth director or district Fine Arts coordinator

NFAF Delivery InstructionsThe Childrenrsquos Literature entry must be received within 5 days of online or faxed registrations Entries must accompany mailed registrations The Childrenrsquos Literature entry must be mailed to

national youth ministriesAttn Detroit20101445 North Boonville AvenueSpringfield MO 65802-1894

Rules

1 The submission of a Childrenrsquos Literature entry is the art of writing and illustrating an entire childrenrsquos book with a target audience of a toddler or early reader (first to third grades) with words and illustrations that are age appropriate

2 The Childrenrsquos Literature SoloCollaborated entry may be created by one to ten eligible students

3 The entire entry must be the original work of the student(s) (including illustrations) and may not be adapted from anotherrsquos concept

4 Illustrations may take the form of drawing painting or full-color computer-generated graphics produced from illustrator software Stock clip art is not acceptable

5 The entry must read like a book participants may not submit a manuscript with separate illustrations

6 The creator(s) is not required to be present at the NFAF However the registration form must be completed and the appropriate fees paid

7 The childrenrsquos book may not be more than 800 words in length

8 The childrenrsquos book must reflect a Christian world view

9 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following informationTitleCategoryAuthor(s)Illustrator(s)Church name city and stateWord count

first pErson Essay 1 A First Person Essay is the art of writing an essay based on personal experience 2 A First Person Essay must have a minimum of 500 words and a maximum of 1200 words

Dialogue is allowed 3 All entries must be the original work of one student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 First Person Essay entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 6 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

poEtry 1 A Poetry entry is the art of composing a piece of literature written in meter or verse 2 A Poetry entry may be rhymed or unrhymed with a maximum of 30 lines 3 All entries must be the original work of the student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Poetry entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font with at least 1-inch margins on all

sides 6 Poetry entries are not required to be double-spaced 7 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document including the

following informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateLine count

script Writing 1 A script writing entry is the art of writing a short drama that addresses a culturally relevant

issue from a Christian perspective 2 Script Writing entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 3 Script writing entries must be the original work of the one to ten eligible students and

created within the current Fine Arts year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font with at least 1-inch margins on all

sides

Wr

iting

Divisio

n Wr

itin

g

Div

isio

n

38 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook

5 Scripts are not required to be double-spaced Entries should follow standard script formatting

6 Blocking suggestions are required 7 A character listing and scene setting must be included 8 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document including the

following informationTitleCategoryAuthor(s)Church name city and state

9 The entire script entry can be no longer than six pages total including title page character listing and scene setting

short story 1 A Short Story is the art of writing a fictional or non-fictional story 2 A Short Story must have a minimum of 500 words and a maximum of 1200 words

Dialogue is allowed 3 All entries must be the original work of the student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Short Story entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 6 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

Wr

iting

Divisio

n

Page 4: This Changes Everything! - AG Web Services

8 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 9

If mistakes are made in computation of scores or if other situations arise that require attention at a district festival contact your district coordinatorsDistrict festivals are not required to offer NFAF Exhibition categories Districts may also create their own Exhibition categories with the understanding that categories not offered at the NFAF are not eligible to advanceDistrict-level Exhibition Division presentations will be given an ldquoAdvancerdquo or a ldquoNot Advancerdquo recommendation from each evaluator All Exhibition Division entries receiving an ldquoAdvancerdquo from at least two of the three evaluators are eligible to advance to the NFAFIt is the participantrsquos responsibility to contact their district office for specifics regarding the district festival NFAF is not responsible for rules policies or category variations specific to district festivals

participant rEquirEmEntsFine Arts Festival is open to all Christian students who meet the following criteria 1 Participating students must be enrolled in grades 6 - 12 or be 12 to 17 years of age as of

September 1 2009 2 Participating students must be in good standing with a local AG church andor youth

ministry Note19-year-old students may not participate in Fine Arts unless they are enrolled in

grades 6 - 12 as of September 1 2009 Students who qualify at a district Fine Arts Festival for the national festival may participate even if they turn 19 beforeduring August 2010

NFAF students must register with the district where their home church is located and with their home church Students may not participate with churches or districts other than their own

national finE arts fEstival rEgistration forms Each student who qualifies by receiving a ldquoSuperior with Invitationrdquo rating at their district festival and wishes to participate in the NFAF must submit a Detroit2010 registration form and pay the accompanying fee Participants may register online by mail or by faxOnline registration opens for qualified students at wwwfafagorg on February 1 2010 and closes at 1159 pm (CST) on June 11 2010 The Detroit2010 registration form is available at wwwfafagorg February 1 2010The final postmark deadline for all mailed and faxed NFAF participant registrations is May 27 2010 No exceptionsThe NFAF office suggests that all mailed forms and fees be sent via certified mail FedEx DHL or UPS NFAF is not responsible for mail that is lost or delayed by the delivery service chosen by the registrantsMailed registration forms and fees should be sent to

national youth ministriesAttn Detroit20101445 North Boonville AvenueSpringfield MO 65802-1894

Make checks payable to national youth ministriesFine Arts Checks money orders and credit cards are accepted for mailed registrations Neither cash nor American Express cards are accepted We accept Visa MasterCard and Discover

All forms must be filled out completely If forms are received at the NFAF office incomplete in any way the registrant may be assessed an incomplete fee of $20 If you have any questions regarding the correct procedure for completing the forms call the national office for assistance at 4178622781 x4458 Faxed registration forms are accepted at 4178621693 Credit card is the only acceptable form of payment for faxed registrations

DEtroit2010 participants anD gEnEral attEnDEEsA NFAF Participant is defined as a student who qualifies for the NFAF according to the Participant Requirements found on page 8 Qualifying students must register online or complete the Detroit2010 registration form and may only register for the category(ies) for which they qualified at the district festivalA National Youth Convention (NYC) Participant is defined as an adult or student who does not register as a participant in the NFAF (pastors youth pastors students student leaders parents etc) but wishes to attend the NFAF presentations workshops and evening services associated with Detroit2010 A General Attendee is defined as an adult or student (9 years and older) who does not register as a participant in either the NYC or the NFAF (pastors youth pastors students student leaders parents accompanists etc) but wishes to attend the student presentations and the Celebration Service only

DEtroit2010 fEEsNational Youth Convention (NYC) Participant event registration $75 per person NYC participant registration includes NYC evening eventsservices NFAF presentationsworkshop attendance the event T-shirt and the Official Program NFAF or Kappa Tau Participant add-on registration $75 NYC reigstration plus $20 per category (per person)The $75 NYC registration does not include the first NFAF category Each category selected is an additional $20 per categoryper person NFAF participant registration includes NYC event registration and materials as well initial presentation evaluation sheets and certificatesawards AIM Outreach Participant add-on registration $75 NYC registration plus $20 AIM Outreach (per person) AIM participant registration includes NYC event registration and materials as well as an AIM t-shirt General attendees wishing only to view NFAF presentations and attend the Celebration Service may purchase a General Attendee (GA) registration for $10 The GA registration includes admission to NFAF presentations and the NFAF Celebration Service only The GA registration will not grant the registrant access to the evening services or workshops and will not include the event T-shirt or the Official Program unless purchased individually

on-sitE chEcK-inAll NYC and NFAF Participants must be present or represented by an adult to complete the mandatory On-Site Check-In from 900 am until 600 pm Monday August 2 in Detroit MichiganParticipantsrsquo event materials (Official Program event shirt access badge etc) are available during On-Site Check-In Items not picked up during On-Site Check-In are not guaranteed to be available at a later time and will not be mailed post-festival

gEn

Era

l in

for

matio

n gEn

Era

l i n

for

mat

ion

10 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 11

cancEllationsNeither nym nor NFAF provide refunds for cancellations

ovErpaymEnt rEfunDsOverpayment refunds are given but may be processed post-festival and require a non-refundable processing fee of $20 Overpayment refund requests must be submitted in writing via e-mail (fafagorg) no later than November 15 2010

2010 spEED thE light thEmEThe 2009 - 2010 annual theme is ldquoThis Changes EverythingrdquoEntries in the following categories must meet the theme interpretation criteria

Childrenrsquos Lesson GroupSoloDrama EnsembleSoloGraphic DesignShort SermonShort Sermon SpanishSpoken WordT-shirt DesignAll Writing Division categories

Short Film entries may choose to submit a film that interprets the annual theme

Evaluation procEss anD ratingsThree qualified evaluators chosen for their education expertise and impartiality evaluate each presentation using the following general criteria

SelectionCommunicationPresentation and TechniqueEffectiveness

Specific evaluation criteria for each category are found at wwwfafagorgAt the NFAF an average of the scores from three evaluators determines the rating of each entry The following ratings are given to presentations at the national level of evaluation

Up to 25 points Fair26 ndash 30 points Good31 ndash 35 points Excellent36 ndash 40 points Superior-2 points Time Violation-2 points Rule Violation

The rating that NFAF participants receive during their initial presentation is the rating reflected on the evaluation sheets and certificate(s) distributed at the NFAF and is the rating(s) that serves as the permanent record for scholarship information (in addition to any National Fine Arts Festival Awards of Merit received)All evaluation sheets and certificates must be picked up by Friday August 6 2010 by 12 pm at the on-site Certificate Booth and retained for future scholarship verification No attempt is made after the NFAF to return materials not collected on site The NFAF cannot print certificates after the NFAF

At the NFAF callbacks may be conducted in categories with a large number of entries Callbacks serve to assist the evaluators in choosing the Assemblies of God National Award of Merit recipients The categories conducting callbacks at the NFAF are listed in the Detroit2010 Official Program

Neither evaluation sheets nor certificates are distributed for callback presentationsParticipants advancing to the next level of evaluation may improve on their work even to the point of completely changing the selection of their song script sermon or artwork

contEntPresentations must present a message that reflects a Christian world view and be presented with ministry effectiveness in mindMusic used in any entry must be Christian or sacred Sacred music is defined for this festival as ldquomusic intended for the purpose of the church and ministry effectivenessrdquo Both contemporary and classical music is acceptable if it is sacred If there is any question regarding the Christian message or the sacred nature of any content the national office suggests you make a different selection

coDE of conDuctNFAF maintains a high standard for its participants and attendees Parents leaders students and guests involved in this festival should be committed to the ministry and should represent Christ in their behavior It is our desire to leave a positive impression at the facilities and on the people with whom we work Therefore any participant or attendee showing disrespect for people or property in the host city may be disqualified and dismissed from the NFAF

DrEss coDEAppropriate dress is required for all entriesmdashkeeping category norms intended audience and ministry effectiveness in mind

EquipmEnt proviDEDFor a list of equipment provided at your district festival contact your District Youth Director or District Fine Arts CoordinatorFor a list of equipment provided at the NFAF visit wwwfafagorg Wherever possible the NFAF will attempt to provide in full all listed equipment However where space or other limitations require the NFAF reserves the right to remove or limit the availability of provided equipment For presentations requiring audio only digital recordings are permitted Taped recordings are neither permitted nor accommodated at the NFAF

room configurationEvery effort is made to provide adequate space for all presentations However be prepared to adjust your presentation according to room and stage sizes

scholarship informationMany AG universities colleges and Masterrsquos Commission programs offer scholarships to qualified district and NFAF participants Each institution determines and administers their own application process and award amounts Visit wwwcollegesagorg or contact the AG university or college of your choice for more information

gEn

Era

l in

for

matio

ng

EnEr

al

ru

lEs

12 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 13

gEnEral rulEs

rulE violationsRule violations in any category will receive a two-point deduction per violation per evaluator

contEntSelections or presentations that are not sacred or that do not present a message that reflects a Christian world view as defined on page 11 may receive a two-point deduction per evaluatorThe NFAF coordinators reserve the right to disqualify andor remove from display any entry deemed illegal or inappropriate for this festival in any way

timE limitsAll scheduled events have time limitations (see specific category rules to find out time limits) Each presentation room has an official timekeeper If a presentation exceeds the time limit it will receive a two-point deduction per evaluatorTime for set up begins when the name of the entryparticipant is called by the room moderator as being ldquouprdquoTime for the presentation begins when a participant does or says anything to indicate the beginning of the presentation including introductory remarks

languagEspanish EntriEsBilingual entries are not permitted Entries must be presented in either English or Spanish only English entries must be presented entirely in English Spanish entries must be presented entirely in SpanishAny background vocals must be the same language as the presentation

substitutionsOne substitution per group entry may be made between the district festival and the national festival Choir may substitute up to three participants Omission of participants is permitted as long as group membership does not fall below the required group minimum The addition of participants other than substitutes is never allowed

post-rEgistration substitutionsIf an original group member (the person who participated at the district festival) needs to be replaced after they have registered for the NFAF follow these instructions 1 If the substitute is already registered in another category a new form is not necessary

Notify the national office of the change by e-mailing fafagorg 2 If the substitute is not registered in another category submit a completed Detroit2010

registration form (available at wwwfafagorg) If the original group member is paid in full the fee transfers to the substitute

Entry limit guiDElinEsA participant or group of participants may not enter the same category of a division twice There is no limit to the number of different categories in each division for which a participant may register

There is no limit to the number of qualified entries from one church

group Entry participant guiDElinEsA groupensemble entry is defined as a presentation given by two to ten students If a category is specified as a small groupensemble it is comprised by two to four eligible students (eg Human Video Ensemble Small) If a category is specified as a large groupensemble it is comprised by five to ten eligible students (eg Drama Ensemble Large)Choir is the only group entry that is allowed more than ten participants up to 75 members are allowed

licEnsEAll NYC and NFAF general attendees andor participants by their signature on the national registration form grant permission to the General Council of the Assemblies of God and to national youth ministries to use the registrantrsquos image(s) and to photograph reproduce edit publish andor record any musical dramatic artistic photographic andor written presentation at the NFAF without compensation to the registrant author or creator of the work for the purpose of promoting the NFAF andor national youth ministries The author or creator of any entry used will retain copyright ownership

copyrightED matErialIt is the responsibility of the students parents and youth leaders to be completely legal and ethical in their conduct regarding copyrighted music scripts or any other original published or unpublished works All NFAF participants should follow these guidelines a Never use burned CDs or photocopies of music or scripts to avoid purchasing original

materials You must own an original b Never use software sound files video clips quotes or any other copyrighted work for

your presentation without obtaining the copyrights or the explicit written permission from the publisher or creator always give appropriate credit to the author or creator for all copyrighted materials used to create your Fine Arts Festival entries

c Never use unpublished music or scripts without written permission from the author or creator of the work

approvED instrumEnt lists

Keyboards (NFAF will provide either a piano or keyboard for categories that require them see individual category rules for specifications) piano keyboard synthesizer

Woodwinds flute family oboe English horn clarinet family saxophone family bassoonBrass horn family trumpet family trombone family baritone (tcbc) euphonium tuba

Traditional Strings violin viola cello string bass harp

gEn

Era

l ru

lEs gEn

Era

l r

ulE

s

14 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 15

Rhythm Strings (NFAF will provide a direct box and an amplifier) acoustic guitar banjo bass guitar dulcimer mandolin electric guitar 12-string guitarPercussion Traditional drums (and cymbals) bongo cajon congas djembe guiro hand bells maracas marimba orchestra bells sandpaper blocks shakers tambourine timbales timpani (Kettle drums) triangle vibraphone wood blocks xylophone

A basic drum set is provided for some categories See individual category rules for specifications

kick drumsingle pedal snare two rack toms floor tom crash cymbal hi-hat cymbal ride cymbal

Additional percussion accessories are permitted (double bass pedal extra cymbals etc) but must be provided by the participant setup and tear down time limits apply

Electronic versions of approved instruments are allowed (except where category rules state otherwise) as long as the participant provides the necessary amplifiers and cords and time limits are not exceeded

art DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Art Division may submit entries in the following categories Graphic Design Photography Digital Photography Traditional T-shirt Design Visual Art Three Dimensional Visual Art Two-Dimensional

District fEstival DElivEry instructionsFor rules andor guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Art Division entries for your district festival contact your District Youth Director or District Fine Arts Coordinator

nfaf DElivEry instructionsArt Division entries for the 2010 NFAF must be hand-delivered to the Art Gallery following On-Site Check-In on Monday August 2 2010 Art entries are not accepted after On-Site Check-In closes at 600 pm on August 2The artistdesigner is not required to be present at the NFAF Art entries may be delivered andor picked up at the NFAF by an adult representing a participant A letter of authorization from the participant should be presented upon delivery andor pick-upArt Division entries evaluation sheets and certificates must be picked up by Friday August 6 2010 by 1200 pm No attempt will be made to return the art entries to participants after the NFAFThe utmost care is taken in the handling of Art Division entries However the creator of the work assumes full liability for damage due to the handling of the artwork before during and after it is on display Artists desiring additional protection should personally insure their entries

gEnEral art Division rulEs 1 Art entries must be entirely the original work of one eligible student and created during the

current festival year (September 1 through August 2) 2 Each Art Division entry must have a typed information page attached to the entry upon

delivery If the information page is missing or is handwritten upon delivery at the art gallery the entry will receive a 2-point rule violation per evaluator The page must include the following informationParticipantCategoryDesignation of medium (visual art entries only)Explanation of medium (how it was created)Church name city and state

3 Only the information page is required (rule 2) An essay or story explaining the piece is not required and will not affect the evaluation if submitted

4 If set up or assembly is required for the display of Art Division entries it must be completed by the student

ar

t D

ivis

ion

gEn

Era

l ru

lEs

16 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 17

5 Graphic Design and T-shirt Design entries are required to creatively and effectively interpret the annual theme

6 The overall size of any entry in the Art Division may be no smaller than 4 by 6 inches and no larger than 32 by 32 inches

7 Entries requiring a frame must be submitted with frame only or Plexiglas in a frame (no glass is permitted)

graphic DEsign 1 Graphic Design is the art and process of creating a completely original design The use of

stock clip art is not permitted 2 In the Graphic Design category the following mediums are accepted advertisement billboard brochure bulletin business card flier letterhead logo newsletter poster web page 3 Graphic Design entries must be mounted flat on art board or framed See size requirements on

page 15 4 Entries in the Graphic Design category may take any of the following forms finished

piece full-color drawing or comprehensive full-color dummy or proof Digital imagery and computer illustrations are appropriate for this category but must be high-resolution (at least 300 dpi at 100 of output size) Students should submit the best representation of their design

photography Digital 1 Only digital cameras may be used for photographs entered in the Photography Digital

category 2 The information page that must accompany the entry must indicate the camera type of

software and any other form of technology used to produce the image under ldquoExplanation of mediumrdquo

3 Photography Digital entries are not required to interpret the annual theme Entries must reflect a Christian world view but do not have to be overtly ldquoreligiousrdquo in subject or theme

4 Computer-generated improvements are allowed in order to enhance the original photograph (cropping color depth or hue color contrast etc)

5 A montage of up to three photographs may be used to create one image All photographs used to create the image must appear to the viewer as if they are a single image All photographs used to create the image must be the original work of the student

6 No collages are permitted in this category 7 No typography is to be added to the image unless it appears to the viewer as if it is part of

the original image 8 Framing or mounting is not evaluated but is required See size requirements on page 15

photography traDitional 1 Only a 35mm camera may be used for photographs entered in the Photography

Traditional category 2 Only one image is acceptable The photograph must be single frame single exposure

3 Photography Traditional entries are not required to interpret the annual theme Entries must reflect a Christian world view but do not have to be overtly ldquoreligiousrdquo in subject or theme

4 Black-and-white or color photographs are accepted 5 Neither manipulation of the original work nor touch-ups are permitted 6 No typography is to be added to the image 7 Framing or mounting is not evaluated but is required See size requirements on page 15

t-shirt DEsign 1 T-shirt Design entries may take any of the following forms finished T-shirt full-color drawing

or comprehensive full-color computer dummy or proof Students should submit the best representation of their designs

2 The use of stock clip art is not permitted 3 Entries submitted in a finished-shirt format must be displayed over art board T-shirt board

or cardboard Neither mannequin nor bust displays are permitted 4 Entries submitted in full-color drawing format or as a computer-generated image must be

mounted flat on art board See size requirements on page 15

visual art thrEE-DimEnsional 1 In the Visual Art Three-Dimensional category the following mediums are accepted collagemontage traditional sculpture mixed media stained glass 2 Visual Art Three-Dimensional entries are not required to interpret the annual theme

Entries must reflect a Christian world view but do not have to be overtly ldquoreligiousrdquo in subject or theme

3 Mounting is not evaluated but is required See size requirements on page 15

visual art tWo-DimEnsional 1 In the Visual Art Two-Dimensional category the following mediums are accepted acrylics collagemontage comic strip montage mosaic oils sketches (ink pencil chalk charcoal) watercolors

2 Visual Art Three-Dimensional entries are not required to interpret the annual theme Entries must reflect a Christian world view but do not have to be overtly ldquoreligiousrdquo in subject or theme

3 Framing or mounting is not evaluated but is required See size requirements on page 15

ar

t Divisio

n ar

t D

ivis

ion

18 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 19

communication DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Communication Division may submit entries in the following categories American Sign Language Group American Sign Language Solo Childrenrsquos Lesson Group Childrenrsquos Lesson Solo Puppetry Group Group Puppetry Solo Short Film Short Sermon Short Sermon Spanish

amErican sign languagE groupsolo

Rules 1 American Sign Language SoloGroup is an interpretation of a pre-recorded song using

American Sign Language (ASL) to encourage a cross-cultural experience explore the correlation between ASL and English and to prepare the participant for Deaf Ministry

2 The interpreted song must be a musical track that includes lyrics 3 Sign Language Group entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 4 Sign Language Solo entries have a time limit of 5 minutes Sign Language Group entries

have a time limit of 7 minutes Both have 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down

5 ASL entries do not need to interpret the annual theme 6 The English-to-ASL interpretation must be an original work 7 Presenters must use ASL linguistic features in the interpretation This may include but is

not limited to ASL sentence structure sign choices that reflect meaning appropriate body shifts and appropriate use of space The interpretation may not be simply in English word order

8 If the presenter(s) is deaf heshe may use a cue (not a signs) or have someone mouth the words in order to stay in sync with the music This person is not considered part of the entry but evaluators must be informed of their presence and how they will be cueing the participant(s)

9 The presenter(s) must maintain a professional appearance Attire and accessories must not create visual distractions Costumes and costume make-up are not allowed

10 Mouthing lyricslip syncing is not used in American Sign Language Only linguistically appropriate facial grammar should be present This may include but is not limited to puffed cheeks pursed lips and raised eyebrows These should be used as is fitting within the language itself

11 No live music is allowed

chilDrEnrsquos lEsson groupsolo 1 Childrenrsquos Lesson GroupSolo is the art of communicating a biblical message presented

verbally and visually in a lesson geared toward children ages 5-12 2 A Childrenrsquos Lesson Group may be comprised of two to ten eligible students

3 In a Childrenrsquos Lesson Group at least one person must be in direct verbal communication with the audience

4 Childrenrsquos Lesson GroupSolo entries have a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down

5 Participants may use various means of communication (object lesson illusion ventriloquism etc) Neither flammable nor liquid illustrations are permitted

6 All entries must be original not a memorization of someone elsersquos sermon or lesson 7 The presentation must creatively and effectively interpret or reflect the annual theme 8 All presentations must be in harmony with the Statement of Fundamental Truths of the

Assemblies of God A copy of the Statement of Fundamental Truths is available online at wwwagorg under the ldquoBeliefsrdquo tab

9 The lesson must be memorized 10 A central Scripture or Bible story must be used 11 Props are permissible as long as the 90-second setup and tear down times are not

exceeded Any props used must be brought to the festival by the participant 12 Costumes are permitted as long as the face is not covered 13 A puppet stage is not permitted in Childrenrsquos Lesson Solo Any puppet(s) must be used

without the aid of a curtain or puppet stage 14 A puppet stage is provided for Childrenrsquos Lesson Group Participants may not bring their

own puppet stage 15 Childrenrsquos Lesson entries may solicit audience responseparticipation

puppEtry groupsoloBlack lights (if used) must be brought by participants as well as any necessary extension cords Each entry must provide individuals to turn room lights off and on Puppet State dimensions are listed on the Provided Equipment List posted on wwwfafagorg The puppet stage dimensions may not be adjusted Contact your district coordinators for stage dimensions provided at your district festival

Rules 1 Puppetry is the art of presenting a puppet show for the purpose of encouraging young Christians

in their faith and to share Christ with others 2 An entry in Puppetry Group may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for puppetry entries There are 90 seconds for setup

and 90 seconds for tear down 4 A puppetry entry is not required to be original but originality is encouraged 5 Puppetry entries are not required to follow the annual theme 6 Participants are not permitted to bring their own puppet stage 7 No interaction between live presenters and puppets is permitted 8 All aspects of the puppetry entry must take place within the boundaries of the puppet

stage

co

mm

un

icat

ion

Div

isio

nc

om

mu

nic

ation

Divisio

n

20 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 21

9 Props and signs may be used but must be provided by the participant(s) and must be contained within (behind) the boundaries of the puppet stage Neither flammable nor liquid props or elements are permitted in puppetry entries

10 Hand puppets or hand-manipulated puppets are to be used (no life-sized puppets are permitted)

11 Ventriloquism is not allowed in puppetry categories

short film

District Festival Delivery InstructionsFor rules and guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Short Film entries for your district festival contact your district youth director or district Fine Arts coordinator

NFAF Delivery InstructionsShort Film entries must be received within 5 days of online or faxed registrations Entries must accompany mailed registrations Short Film entries must be sent to

national youth ministriesAttn Detroit20101445 North Boonville AvenueSpringfield MO 65802-1894

Short Film entries are evaluated prior to the NFAFShort Film entries are on display at the NFAF Results of the evaluations are released at the NFAFEvaluation sheets and certificates must be picked up by Friday August 6 2010 by 12 pm No attempt is made to return the materials to participants after the NFAF

Rules 1 In the Short Film category the following genres are accepted animation comedy drama documentary experimental fictionlive action music video

2 The creation of a Short Film is the art and process of producing a film containing a combination of visual images and sounds to communicate effectively a mood emotion andor message

3 Short Film entries may be created by one to ten eligible students 4 Short Film entries must have a typed information page that accompanies the entry and

includes the following informationParticipant(s)CategoryChurch name city and state

5 Entries in Short Film have a time limit of 5 minutes

6 The creator(s)producer(s) of the film must meet the NFAF age or grade requirements and must register as participants However those appearing in the film or supporting the production (actors grips lighting boom operator etc) do not need to meet age requirements nor register as participants

7 Copyright policy national youth ministries and the General Council of the Assemblies of God are not responsible for assuring that all material included in studentsrsquo film productions is in compliance with existing copyright laws It is the responsibility of the students parents and youth leaders to be completely legal and ethical in their conduct regarding copyrighted material used to create an entry for the NFAF Students must obtain either the copyrights or explicit written permission for use of all software graphics parodies recorded music andor sound files included Credits must be included See page 13 for an additional list of guidelines

8 Any script or story line must be the original work of the participant(s)

9 Short Film entries must be submitted in DVD format VHS entries are not accepted

10 The participant(s) is not required to be present at the NFAF However the registration form and fee must be submitted by the appropriate deadline

short sErmonshort sErmon spanish 1 An entry in Short Sermon is the art of verbally communicating a biblical message that

includes Scripture quotations or readings presented by one eligible student 2 Short Sermon entries have a time limit of 5 minutes 3 All presentations must be in harmony with the Statement of Fundamental Truths of the

Assemblies of God A copy of the Statement of Fundamental Truths is available online at wwwagorg under the ldquoBeliefsrdquo tab

4 All short sermon presentations must creatively and effectively interpret the annual theme 5 All entries must be original material not just a memorization of someone elsersquos sermon

Participants are permitted to use illustrations personal testimonies statistics stories etc Sources should always be cited

6 Participants are allowed to use notes The sermon does not need to be memorized 7 Participants may only use a Bible notes a podium and handheld visual aids The festival

will provide only the podium 8 All aspects of the sermon must take place within the boundaries of the stage 9 The wearing of costumes is not permitted 10 The use of audio or audiovisual devices is not permitted Neither flammable nor liquid

visual aids are permitted 11 All presentations must be given with due reverence for God and His people and must not

be a cynical or satirical portrayal of any form of the ministry

co

mm

un

icatio

n D

ivision

co

mm

un

icat

ion

Div

isio

n

22 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 23

Drama DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Drama Division may submit entries in the following categories Drama Ensemble Large Drama Ensemble Small Drama Solo Human Video Ensemble Large Human Video Ensemble Small Human Video Solo

Drama EnsEmblEsolo 1 A Drama presentation is the art of telling a culturally relevant story through verbal

communication and action 2 Drama Ensemble Small entries may be comprised by two to four eligible students Drama

Ensemble Large entries may be comprised by five to ten eligible students 3 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for each drama entry There are 90 seconds for setup

and 90 seconds for tear down 4 Drama entries do not have to be original but originality is encouraged 5 Drama entries must creatively and effectively interpret the annual theme 6 The entire presentation must be memorized 7 No recorded or electronic sound effects are allowed Neither soundtracks nor live

background music is allowed 8 All aspects of the drama must take place within the boundaries of the stage 9 Chairs may be used as props However standing on chairs is not allowed and will result in

disqualification The only chairs allowed are the chairs available on-site in the presentation room Participants and groups may not bring their own chairs to the NFAF

10 Small handheld props are allowed in Drama entries Neither flammable nor liquid props are permitted

11 Costumes are permitted in Drama entries 12 Neither masks nor costume makeup is allowed

human viDEo EnsEmblEsolo

Rules 1 A Human Video presentation is the art of telling a story through a non-verbal drama

presentation that accompanies a musical track 2 Human Video Ensemble Small entries may be comprised by two to four eligible students

Human Video Ensemble Large entries may be comprised by five to ten eligible students 3 The musical track that accompanies Human Video entries must include lyrics Voice-overs

may be present in the recording but may not completely replace the lyrics 4 The Human Video technique of ldquolip syncrdquo must be present in the majority of the

presentation 5 The splicing of up to three songs is allowed Entries may have more than three splicings

as long as there are three songs maximum Voice-overs do not count toward the three-song limit

6 Live accompaniment is not permitted in Human Video presentations 7 No live vocal communication of any form from the actor(s) is permitted 8 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for Human Video Solo entries There are 90 seconds

for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 9 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Human Video Ensemble entries There are 90

seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 10 Entries do not have to be original but originality is encouraged 11 Human Video entries are not required to interpret the annual theme 12 All aspects of the human video must take place within the boundaries of the stage 13 Safe gymnastic elements andor cheer-type mounts are acceptable Human Video

technique but must fit believably within the story line or be vital to character or story development

14 Chairs are the only allowed prop Standing on chairs is not allowed and will result in disqualification The only chairs allowed are the chairs available on-site in the presentation room Participants and groups may not bring their own chairs to the NFAF

15 Costumes are not permitted in Human Video entries T-shirts in various colors are not considered costumes

16 Neither masks nor costume makeup is allowed

Dr

am

a Divisio

n Dr

am

a D

ivis

ion

24 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 25

Exhibition DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Exhibition Division may submit entries in the following categories

ASL Storytelling Human Video Ensemble SpanishInstrumental Ensemble Contemporary Performance ArtSpoken Word Vocal Ensemble SpanishWorship Dance Solo Worship Dance Troupe

informationThe Exhibition Division was created to allow participants to be evaluated in areas that may become categories in the futureExhibition Division participants are given the opportunity to give their presentation once for evaluation and scoring Callbacks are not conducted for Exhibition entriesAt the NFAF points are given to each entry so that evaluators may determine the recipients of Exhibition Division Honorable Mention awards and so that students may improve their work

asl storytElling 1 ASL Storytelling is for the art of telling a biblical story rendered visually using only

American Sign Language (ASL) for the purpose of ministry to the deaf 2 Storytelling entries may be comprised by one to ten eligible students 3 There is a time limit of 5 minutes 4 Handheld propssigns are allowed in this category 5 The entire presentation must be memorized 6 Entries in the ASL Storytelling category must communicate a biblical story in a creative

and culturally relevant manner 7 No live or recorded music is permitted

human viDEo EnsEmblE spanishRules 1 A Human Video Ensemble Spanish presentation is the art of telling a story through a

non-verbal drama presentation that accompanies a musical track with Spanish lyrics to be used in mission trip settings

2 Human Video Ensemble Spanish entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students

3 The musical track that accompanies Human Video entries must include lyrics Spanish voice-overs may be present in the recording but may not completely replace the lyrics

4 The Human Video technique of ldquolip syncrdquo must be present in the majority of the presentation

5 The splicing of up to three songs is allowed Entries may have more than three splicings as long as there are three songs maximum Voice-overs do not count toward the three-song limit

6 Live accompaniment is not permitted in Human Video presentations

7 No live vocal communication of any form from the actors is permitted 8 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Human Video Ensemble Spanish entries There

are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 9 Entries do not have to be original but originality is encouraged 10 Human Video Spanish entries are not required to interpret the annual theme 11 All aspects of the human video must take place within the boundaries of the stage 12 Safe gymnastic elements andor cheer-type mounts are acceptable Human Video

techniques but must fit believably within the story line or be vital to character or story development

13 Chairs are the only allowed prop Standing on chairs is not allowed and will result in disqualification The only chairs allowed are the chairs available on-site in the presentation room Participants and groups may not bring their own chairs to the NFAF

14 Costumes are not permitted T-shirts in various colors are not considered costumes 15 Neither masks nor costume makeup is allowed

instrumEntal EnsEmblE contEmporaryRules 1 Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary is the art of performing an instrumental selection

without lyrics 2 Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible

students 3 There is a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear

down 4 Selections do not have to be original but originality is encouraged 5 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

6 All individuals who perform live must meet the age or grade requirements of the NFAF register as participants and pay the accompanying fee

7 Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary entries do not need to be memorized Using the musical score will not affect the evaluation

8 Entries are allowed to include additional percussion instruments and accessories if they can be set up and torn down within the allotted 90-second time limit

9 A keyboard is provided any additional keyboards must be provided by the participant Any use of pre-programming or sequencing of keyboards is not allowed the keyboard should function only in response to manual hands-on control

pErformancE artRules 1 Performance Art is the art of expressing an idea or telling a story by creating a painting

or sketch as a live performance in front of an audience Entries in this category must be entirely the work of one eligible student including any pre-sketching

2 Music andor audio elements as well as motion may be present in the performance The splicing of up to 5 songs is permitted The use of additional media is not permitted

3 An overall time limit of 25 minutes is allowed for Performance Art entries students must be able

Exh

ibitio

n D

ivision

Exh

ibit

ion

Div

isio

n

26 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 27

to set up perform and tear down within a total of 25 minutes overall Participants may have assistance with setup

4 In the Performance Art category a single painting or sketch in one of the following mediums will be accepted

paint (acrylic watercolor or oil) chalk charcoal 5 The painting or sketch must be presented on one of the following materials canvas paper wood Plexiglas 6 Artists may start with a pre-sketched canvas paper or panel Rehearsal is encouraged 7 Entries in this exhibition may be no smaller than 32 inches by 32 inches and no larger

than 8 feet by 8 feet 8 Participants are responsible for bringing all materials and supplies necessary for

completing their entry (music canvas or surface material paints brushes charcoal easel stool etc)

9 The performance must be completely contained on the surface chosen by the participant If venue space is damaged the participant is responsible

spoKEn WorD Rules 1 An entry in Spoken Word (performance poetry) is for the art and ministry of communicating

poetry that is specifically composed for performance before an audience 2 Spoken Word entries must be entirely the original work of one eligible student 3 There is a time limit of 3 minutes for all Spoken Word entries Time begins when the

participant does or says anything to indicate the beginning of the presentation 4 Entries in this category must interpret the annual theme 5 The entire presentation must be memorized 6 The use of additional media is not permitted 7 Neither live nor recorded music is permitted 8 Costumes are not permitted

vocal EnsEmblE spanish Rules 1 A Vocal Ensemble Spanish may consist of two to ten eligible students 2 Music must be memorized 3 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

4 There is a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down

5 To ensure consistent sound level microphones are set prior to the festival by an official sound technician Participants may not ask for special sound settings It is the responsibility of the participants to move microphones to accommodate blend and volume and to make sure the microphones are turned on

6 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels 7 Accompaniment bull Vocal entries may choose to have or not to have accompaniment

bull Accompanists are not considered part of the entry bull The accompanist may be an adult or student bull Accompanists are allowed to use music bull A maximum of four instruments from the approved lists of instruments on pages 13 - 14

may be used for live accompaniment bull CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped

recordings are not accommodated bull Background vocals are not permitted for vocal ensemble entriesWorship DancE solotroupE

InformationEntries in the Worship Dance SoloTroupe categories must be presented in one of the accepted genres defined as follows Ballet A classical form of dance characterized by formally precise steps and poses A

basic vocabulary of recognized ballet technique is used as criteria for the evaluation of entries in the ballet genre

Lyrical A contemporary form of dance also referred to as ldquomodernrdquo that is a fusion between ballet and jazz This artistic dance attempts to interpret the meaning of the music through expressive and dynamic movements

Urban Also known as ldquostreet dancerdquo influenced by the various rhythms and techniques of hip-hop

Rules 1 An entry in Worship Dance is for the art and ministry of communicating a story and

expressively and worshipfully interpreting music using recognized dance technique 2 Worship Dance Troupe entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 There is a time limit of 5 minutes for all Worship Dance entries 4 The musical track that accompanies a Worship Dance entry may or may not contain lyrics

If the track contains lyrics it is not appropriate dance technic to mouth the words 5 Live accompaniment is not permitted 6 Modest attire must be worn Clothing must be appropriate for effective interpretation

intended audience and conducive to a worship atmosphere Low-cut tops backless shirts tight short shorts see-through skirts without leggings are never acceptable

7 Shoes must be worn Ballet slippers paws or jazz shoes are acceptable 8 Fine Arts Festival holds a high standard and does not permit suggestive movements

music or attire Any movement music or attire that is deemed inappropriate may receive either point deductions or disqualification

9 The use of props is not permitted 10 The use of percussion instruments is not permitted 11 The use of streamers ribbon banners or flags is permitted but must not become the focal

point of the presentation at the expense of recognized and legitimate dance technique 12 Adults may assist in choreography but the use of a director during the presentation is not

permitted 13 CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped

recordings are not accommodated

Exh

ibitio

n D

ivision

Exh

ibit

ion

Div

isio

n

28 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 29

instrumEntal DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Instrumental Division may submit entries in the following categories Guitar Solo Instrumental Ensemble Traditional Keyboard Solo Percussion SoloEnsemble Traditional Percussion Unconventional String Solo WindBrass Solo

informationGuitar Solo may use instruments from the Rhythm Strings list page 14Instrumental Ensemble Traditional may use instruments from the Keyboards Woodwinds Brass and Traditional Strings lists only (see pages 13 - 14) The following additional instruments may be used mandolin 12-string guitar dulcimer banjo acoustic guitarPlease note Instrumental Ensemble Traditional entries may not use electric guitar electric bass or drums The aforementioned instruments are neither allowed nor provided for this traditional category Students desiring to use contemporary instrumentation may enter the Exhibition Division Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary or Christian Band categoriesKeyboard Solo may use instruments from the Keyboard list page 13 (only a piano will be provided at the NFAF)Percussion SoloEnsemble Traditional may use instruments from the Percussion list page 14String Solo may use instruments from the Traditional Strings list page 14WindBrass Solo may use instruments from the Woodwinds and Brass lists pages 13 - 14

gEnEral instrumEntal Division rulEs

Guitar Solo Instrumental Ensemble Traditional Keyboard Solo String Solo amp WindBrass Solo 1 An instrumental soloensemble is the art of presenting a musical composition using only

musical instruments 2 An instrumental ensemble may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for Instrumental entries (except for Percussion

Ensemble categories) There are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down The instrumentalists may use this time to tune their instruments or conduct a brief warm up

4 Music must be memorized for all solo entries 5 Ensembles do not have to memorize their music Using the musical score will not affect

the evaluation 6 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

7 To ensure consistent sound level microphones if used are set prior to the festival by an official sound technician Participants may not ask for special sound settings It is the

responsibility of the participants to make sure the microphones are turned on and to move microphones to accommodate blend and volume

8 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels 9 A participant may play more than one instrument in an Instrumental entry as long as the

setup and tear down time limits are not exceeded 10 Use of pre-programed or pre-recorded loopssoftware is not allowed any looping or

sequencing technology must function only in response to manual and live hands-on control

11 Keyboard Solo and Percussion entries are not allowed accompaniment (either live or recorded)

12 Accompaniment bull Instrumental entries (except for Keyboard Solo and Percussion) may choose to have or

not to have accompaniment bull An accompanist is not considered part of the entry bull The accompanist may be an adult or student bull Accompanists are allowed to use music bull Only a piano or keyboard may be used for live accompaniment Only a piano is provided

by the festival bull CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped

recordings are not accommodated bull If a CD or MP3 accompaniment track is used the instrument(s) played by the student(s)

cannot be predominant on the accompaniment track bull Neither live nor recorded background vocals are permitted

pErcussion EnsEmblEsolo traDitional

InformationThe following will be provided at the NFAF for Percussion SoloEnsemble Traditional entries Solo - 1 standard drum set Ensemble - 2 standard drum sets 4 6rsquo tables are provided for handbell entries

Rules 1 A traditional percussion entry is the art of presenting a musical entry using traditional

orchestral percussion instruments and techniques 2 A Percussion Ensemble Traditional entry is comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Instruments from the approved percussion list on page 14 may be used to create the

Percussion Traditional entries 4 Personal drum sets may not be brought to the festival 5 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for Percussion Solo entries There are 90 seconds for

set up and 90 seconds for tear down 6 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Percussion Ensemble Traditional entries There are

90 seconds for set up and 90 seconds for tear down

instr

um

Enta

l D

ivision

inst

ru

mEn

tal

Div

isio

n

30 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 31

pErcussion unconvEntional

Rules 1 Percussion Unconventional is the art of presenting a musical entry in which sound is

produced by striking or tapping the body or one object upon another 2 An entry is in this category is for the composition and performance of alternative and

creative percussion techniques such as trash cans pipes sticks etc as well as ldquostomprdquo entries

3 Neither flammable nor liquid elements are permitted in Percusison Unconventional presentations

4 A Percussion Unconventional entry is comprised by one to ten eligible students 5 Percussion instruments from the Traditional percussion list may be incorporated into the

entry but must be provided by the participant A drum set is not provided for Percussion Unconventional

6 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Percussion Unconventional entries There are 90 seconds for set up and 90 seconds for tear down

vocal DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Vocal Division may submit entries in the following categories Choir Christian Band Rap Group Rap Solo Songwriting Vocal Ensemble Large Vocal Ensemble Small Vocal Solo Female Vocal Solo Male Vocal Solo Spanish Female Vocal Solo Spanish Male Worship Team

informationA participant may enter the same song in more than one category For example the student may sing a solo version of a song that is used for a vocal ensemble However a student or group of students may not enter the same category twice Synthesizerskeyboards are only provided for Worship Team Christian Band and RapA piano is provided for Songwriting Vocal solosensembles and Choir

gEnEral vocal Division rulEs 1 Use of pre-programed or pre-recorded loopssoftware is not allowed any looping or

sequencing technology must function only in response to manual and live hands-on control

2 Choir Vocal EnsembleSolo Accompaniment bull Choir and Vocal entries may choose to have or not to have accompaniment bull Accompanists are not considered part of the entry bull The accompanist may be an adult or student bull Accompanists are allowed to use music bull A maximum of four instruments from the allowed instruments list may be used for live

accompaniment A piano is the only instrument that will be provided for Vocal EnsembleSolo entries

bull CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped recordings are not accommodated

choir Rules 1 A Choir is for the art of presenting a sacred choral song selection with ministry

effectiveness in mind 2 A Choir entry must be comprised by 11 to 75 eligible students 3 Choirs are allowed 5 minutes to present their entry There are 2 1frasl2 minutes for setup and

2 1frasl2 minutes for tear down 4 CD or MP3 accompaniment tracks are allowed Background vocals are not permitted on

soundtracks 5 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels 6 A director is allowed This person may use music

instr

um

Enta

l D

ivision

voc

al

Div

isio

n

32 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 33

christian banD

Rules 1 The Christian Band category is the art of performing Christian music by students whose

focus is to perform with ministry effectiveness in mind 2 Christian Band entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Entries in this category must include both music and lyrics 4 Christian Bands have a time limit of 5 minutes with 2 and 12 minutes for set up and 2 and

12 minutes for tear down Participants may have assistance with setup 5 Christian Bands may choose to provide their own sound engineer The person chosen

to run sound must meet the age or grade requirements register as a participant and will count toward the overall 10-member group limit Note Student engineers may visit wwwfafagorg to view the equipment specifications

6 All individuals within a Christian Band entry must meet the age or grade requirements No adult accompanists vocalists or sound engineers are allowed

7 Original songs are not required but originality is encouraged 8 All music must be memorized 9 Additional Instruments and equipment andor additional percussion accessories are

permitted but must be provided by the participants and only if they can be set up and torn down within the allotted time limit Individuals are not allowed to bring their own drum sets

10 Students must refrain from any actions that may be deemed offensive or inappropriate ldquoInappropriaterdquo actions include but are not limited to improper gestures or moves stage diving and language unbecoming of a Christian Any festival equipment damaged as a result of inappropriate actions is the responsibility of the students to replace Failure to adhere to this standard will result in disqualification

rap groupsolo

Rules 1 Rap is the urban art of communicating through rhythm and rhyme 2 A Rap Group entry may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Rap entries must be the original works of the students and written during the current Fine

Arts year (September 1 through August 2) 4 All Rap entries have a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90

seconds for tear down 5 Lyric sheets for each of the evaluators must be provided at each level of participation

Lyric sheets must be typed with the lyrics divided into the sections of the song (chorus verse bridge etc) and must have a title page or heading that includes the following informationTitleCategoryComposer(s)Church name city and state

6 Students wishing to use drum machines must provide their own equipment and adhere to

the setup and tear down time limits 7 All entries must be memorized

songWriting

InformationSongwriting entries are not evaluated on the presentation of the performer(s) However the performance of the song can either strengthen or weaken the entire presentation The criteria used to evaluate Songwriting entries will not support Rap entries

Rules 1 Songwriting is the art of writing a Christian or sacred composition including both music

and lyrics 2 Songwriting entries may be comprised by one to five eligible students 3 Songwriting entries are allowed 5 minutes to present their selection There are 90 seconds

for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 4 Three sets of lyric sheets must be provided for the evaluators at each level of participation

Lyric sheets must be typed with the sections of the song clearly marked (chorus verse bridge etc) and must have a title page or heading that includes the following informationTitleCategoryComposer(s)Church name city and state

5 Songwriting entries must be the original work of the student(s) and written during the current Fine Arts year (September 1 through August 3)

6 If an accompaniment track is created for the NFAF all musicians used to create the accompaniment must meet the age or grade requirements of the NFAF but do not need to register as participants

7 A maximum of four instruments may be used for accompaniment (either recorded or live) 8 The overall number of live performers is not to exceed five people 9 Songwriting entries may be performed by the composer(s) or by another student or group

of students 10 All music performed live must be memorized 11 All students who perform live at the NFAF must meet the age or grade requirements of the

NFAF No adult accompanists or group members are allowed

vocal EnsEmblEsolo

Rules 1 An entry in a Vocal EnsembleSolo category is for the art of presenting a vocal song

selection with ministry effectiveness in mind 2 A Vocal Ensemble Small may be comprised by two to four eligible students 3 A Vocal Ensemble Large may be comprised by five to ten eligible students 4 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for all vocal solos and ensembles There are 90

vo

ca

l Divisio

n voc

al

Div

isio

n

34 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 35

seconds allowed for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 5 Music must be memorized 6 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

7 Participants may not ask for special sound settings To ensure consistent sound level microphones are set prior to the festival by an official sound technician It is the responsibility of the participants to make sure the microphones are turned on and to move microphones to accommodate blend and volume

8 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels Background vocals are allowed for solo entries Background vocals are not allowed for group entries

Worship tEam

Rules 1 A Worship Team entry is the art of leading others in worship 2 Worship Team entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Worship Team entries have a time limit of 7 minutes with 2 and 12 minutes for set up and

2 and 12 minutes for tear down Participants may have assistance with setup 4 Worship Teams may choose to provide their own sound engineer The person chosen to

run sound must meet the age or grade requirements register as a participant and will count toward the overall 10-member group limit Note Student engineers may visit wwwfafagorg to view the equipment specifications

5 All individuals within a Worship Team entry must meet the age or grade requirements No adult accompanists vocalists or sound engineers are allowed

6 Worship Team entries must be comprised by both vocalists and instrumentalists Entries are required to have more than one vocalist

7 All music must be memorized 8 Additional instruments and equipment andor additional percussion accessories are

permitted but must be provided by the participants and only if they can be set up and torn down within the allotted time limit Individuals are not allowed to bring their own drum sets

Writing Division Read the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Writing Division may submit entries in the following categories Book Chapter Childrenrsquos Literature First Person Essay Poetry Short Story Script Writing

District fEstival DElivEry instructionsFor rules and guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Writing Division entries for your district festival contact your district youth director or district Fine Arts coordinator

nfaf DElivEry instructions 1 Writing entries must be e-mailed (with the exception of Childrenrsquos Literature) as an

attachment to fafagorg with a subject line that contains the participantrsquos name and ldquo2010 Fine Arts Writing Entryrdquo The e-mail must be received within 5 days of the online processing postmark or fax date of the participantrsquos registration form and fee Writing entries will not be returned to participants

2 Writing entries must be submitted in doc docx or rtf format 3 Writing entries must be submitted in Times New Roman or Arial fonts and may contain no

art word art borders etc

booK chaptEr

Rules 1 The Book Chapter entry is for the submission of the first chapter of either a fiction or non-

fiction book for a target audience of teens to adults 2 All entries must be the original work of one student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 3 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 4 The first chapter of the book submission must be 1500-1800 words 5 The writer must include a summary of the book no longer than 150 words 6 The chapter does not need to interpret the annual theme 7 The chapter must reflect a Christian world view 8 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

vo

ca

l Divisio

nW

rit

ing

Div

isio

n

36 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 37

chilDrEnrsquos litEraturE

District Festival Delivery InstructionsFor rules and guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Writing Division entries for your district festival contact your district youth director or district Fine Arts coordinator

NFAF Delivery InstructionsThe Childrenrsquos Literature entry must be received within 5 days of online or faxed registrations Entries must accompany mailed registrations The Childrenrsquos Literature entry must be mailed to

national youth ministriesAttn Detroit20101445 North Boonville AvenueSpringfield MO 65802-1894

Rules

1 The submission of a Childrenrsquos Literature entry is the art of writing and illustrating an entire childrenrsquos book with a target audience of a toddler or early reader (first to third grades) with words and illustrations that are age appropriate

2 The Childrenrsquos Literature SoloCollaborated entry may be created by one to ten eligible students

3 The entire entry must be the original work of the student(s) (including illustrations) and may not be adapted from anotherrsquos concept

4 Illustrations may take the form of drawing painting or full-color computer-generated graphics produced from illustrator software Stock clip art is not acceptable

5 The entry must read like a book participants may not submit a manuscript with separate illustrations

6 The creator(s) is not required to be present at the NFAF However the registration form must be completed and the appropriate fees paid

7 The childrenrsquos book may not be more than 800 words in length

8 The childrenrsquos book must reflect a Christian world view

9 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following informationTitleCategoryAuthor(s)Illustrator(s)Church name city and stateWord count

first pErson Essay 1 A First Person Essay is the art of writing an essay based on personal experience 2 A First Person Essay must have a minimum of 500 words and a maximum of 1200 words

Dialogue is allowed 3 All entries must be the original work of one student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 First Person Essay entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 6 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

poEtry 1 A Poetry entry is the art of composing a piece of literature written in meter or verse 2 A Poetry entry may be rhymed or unrhymed with a maximum of 30 lines 3 All entries must be the original work of the student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Poetry entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font with at least 1-inch margins on all

sides 6 Poetry entries are not required to be double-spaced 7 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document including the

following informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateLine count

script Writing 1 A script writing entry is the art of writing a short drama that addresses a culturally relevant

issue from a Christian perspective 2 Script Writing entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 3 Script writing entries must be the original work of the one to ten eligible students and

created within the current Fine Arts year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font with at least 1-inch margins on all

sides

Wr

iting

Divisio

n Wr

itin

g

Div

isio

n

38 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook

5 Scripts are not required to be double-spaced Entries should follow standard script formatting

6 Blocking suggestions are required 7 A character listing and scene setting must be included 8 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document including the

following informationTitleCategoryAuthor(s)Church name city and state

9 The entire script entry can be no longer than six pages total including title page character listing and scene setting

short story 1 A Short Story is the art of writing a fictional or non-fictional story 2 A Short Story must have a minimum of 500 words and a maximum of 1200 words

Dialogue is allowed 3 All entries must be the original work of the student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Short Story entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 6 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

Wr

iting

Divisio

n

Page 5: This Changes Everything! - AG Web Services

10 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 11

cancEllationsNeither nym nor NFAF provide refunds for cancellations

ovErpaymEnt rEfunDsOverpayment refunds are given but may be processed post-festival and require a non-refundable processing fee of $20 Overpayment refund requests must be submitted in writing via e-mail (fafagorg) no later than November 15 2010

2010 spEED thE light thEmEThe 2009 - 2010 annual theme is ldquoThis Changes EverythingrdquoEntries in the following categories must meet the theme interpretation criteria

Childrenrsquos Lesson GroupSoloDrama EnsembleSoloGraphic DesignShort SermonShort Sermon SpanishSpoken WordT-shirt DesignAll Writing Division categories

Short Film entries may choose to submit a film that interprets the annual theme

Evaluation procEss anD ratingsThree qualified evaluators chosen for their education expertise and impartiality evaluate each presentation using the following general criteria

SelectionCommunicationPresentation and TechniqueEffectiveness

Specific evaluation criteria for each category are found at wwwfafagorgAt the NFAF an average of the scores from three evaluators determines the rating of each entry The following ratings are given to presentations at the national level of evaluation

Up to 25 points Fair26 ndash 30 points Good31 ndash 35 points Excellent36 ndash 40 points Superior-2 points Time Violation-2 points Rule Violation

The rating that NFAF participants receive during their initial presentation is the rating reflected on the evaluation sheets and certificate(s) distributed at the NFAF and is the rating(s) that serves as the permanent record for scholarship information (in addition to any National Fine Arts Festival Awards of Merit received)All evaluation sheets and certificates must be picked up by Friday August 6 2010 by 12 pm at the on-site Certificate Booth and retained for future scholarship verification No attempt is made after the NFAF to return materials not collected on site The NFAF cannot print certificates after the NFAF

At the NFAF callbacks may be conducted in categories with a large number of entries Callbacks serve to assist the evaluators in choosing the Assemblies of God National Award of Merit recipients The categories conducting callbacks at the NFAF are listed in the Detroit2010 Official Program

Neither evaluation sheets nor certificates are distributed for callback presentationsParticipants advancing to the next level of evaluation may improve on their work even to the point of completely changing the selection of their song script sermon or artwork

contEntPresentations must present a message that reflects a Christian world view and be presented with ministry effectiveness in mindMusic used in any entry must be Christian or sacred Sacred music is defined for this festival as ldquomusic intended for the purpose of the church and ministry effectivenessrdquo Both contemporary and classical music is acceptable if it is sacred If there is any question regarding the Christian message or the sacred nature of any content the national office suggests you make a different selection

coDE of conDuctNFAF maintains a high standard for its participants and attendees Parents leaders students and guests involved in this festival should be committed to the ministry and should represent Christ in their behavior It is our desire to leave a positive impression at the facilities and on the people with whom we work Therefore any participant or attendee showing disrespect for people or property in the host city may be disqualified and dismissed from the NFAF

DrEss coDEAppropriate dress is required for all entriesmdashkeeping category norms intended audience and ministry effectiveness in mind

EquipmEnt proviDEDFor a list of equipment provided at your district festival contact your District Youth Director or District Fine Arts CoordinatorFor a list of equipment provided at the NFAF visit wwwfafagorg Wherever possible the NFAF will attempt to provide in full all listed equipment However where space or other limitations require the NFAF reserves the right to remove or limit the availability of provided equipment For presentations requiring audio only digital recordings are permitted Taped recordings are neither permitted nor accommodated at the NFAF

room configurationEvery effort is made to provide adequate space for all presentations However be prepared to adjust your presentation according to room and stage sizes

scholarship informationMany AG universities colleges and Masterrsquos Commission programs offer scholarships to qualified district and NFAF participants Each institution determines and administers their own application process and award amounts Visit wwwcollegesagorg or contact the AG university or college of your choice for more information

gEn

Era

l in

for

matio

ng

EnEr

al

ru

lEs

12 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 13

gEnEral rulEs

rulE violationsRule violations in any category will receive a two-point deduction per violation per evaluator

contEntSelections or presentations that are not sacred or that do not present a message that reflects a Christian world view as defined on page 11 may receive a two-point deduction per evaluatorThe NFAF coordinators reserve the right to disqualify andor remove from display any entry deemed illegal or inappropriate for this festival in any way

timE limitsAll scheduled events have time limitations (see specific category rules to find out time limits) Each presentation room has an official timekeeper If a presentation exceeds the time limit it will receive a two-point deduction per evaluatorTime for set up begins when the name of the entryparticipant is called by the room moderator as being ldquouprdquoTime for the presentation begins when a participant does or says anything to indicate the beginning of the presentation including introductory remarks

languagEspanish EntriEsBilingual entries are not permitted Entries must be presented in either English or Spanish only English entries must be presented entirely in English Spanish entries must be presented entirely in SpanishAny background vocals must be the same language as the presentation

substitutionsOne substitution per group entry may be made between the district festival and the national festival Choir may substitute up to three participants Omission of participants is permitted as long as group membership does not fall below the required group minimum The addition of participants other than substitutes is never allowed

post-rEgistration substitutionsIf an original group member (the person who participated at the district festival) needs to be replaced after they have registered for the NFAF follow these instructions 1 If the substitute is already registered in another category a new form is not necessary

Notify the national office of the change by e-mailing fafagorg 2 If the substitute is not registered in another category submit a completed Detroit2010

registration form (available at wwwfafagorg) If the original group member is paid in full the fee transfers to the substitute

Entry limit guiDElinEsA participant or group of participants may not enter the same category of a division twice There is no limit to the number of different categories in each division for which a participant may register

There is no limit to the number of qualified entries from one church

group Entry participant guiDElinEsA groupensemble entry is defined as a presentation given by two to ten students If a category is specified as a small groupensemble it is comprised by two to four eligible students (eg Human Video Ensemble Small) If a category is specified as a large groupensemble it is comprised by five to ten eligible students (eg Drama Ensemble Large)Choir is the only group entry that is allowed more than ten participants up to 75 members are allowed

licEnsEAll NYC and NFAF general attendees andor participants by their signature on the national registration form grant permission to the General Council of the Assemblies of God and to national youth ministries to use the registrantrsquos image(s) and to photograph reproduce edit publish andor record any musical dramatic artistic photographic andor written presentation at the NFAF without compensation to the registrant author or creator of the work for the purpose of promoting the NFAF andor national youth ministries The author or creator of any entry used will retain copyright ownership

copyrightED matErialIt is the responsibility of the students parents and youth leaders to be completely legal and ethical in their conduct regarding copyrighted music scripts or any other original published or unpublished works All NFAF participants should follow these guidelines a Never use burned CDs or photocopies of music or scripts to avoid purchasing original

materials You must own an original b Never use software sound files video clips quotes or any other copyrighted work for

your presentation without obtaining the copyrights or the explicit written permission from the publisher or creator always give appropriate credit to the author or creator for all copyrighted materials used to create your Fine Arts Festival entries

c Never use unpublished music or scripts without written permission from the author or creator of the work

approvED instrumEnt lists

Keyboards (NFAF will provide either a piano or keyboard for categories that require them see individual category rules for specifications) piano keyboard synthesizer

Woodwinds flute family oboe English horn clarinet family saxophone family bassoonBrass horn family trumpet family trombone family baritone (tcbc) euphonium tuba

Traditional Strings violin viola cello string bass harp

gEn

Era

l ru

lEs gEn

Era

l r

ulE

s

14 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 15

Rhythm Strings (NFAF will provide a direct box and an amplifier) acoustic guitar banjo bass guitar dulcimer mandolin electric guitar 12-string guitarPercussion Traditional drums (and cymbals) bongo cajon congas djembe guiro hand bells maracas marimba orchestra bells sandpaper blocks shakers tambourine timbales timpani (Kettle drums) triangle vibraphone wood blocks xylophone

A basic drum set is provided for some categories See individual category rules for specifications

kick drumsingle pedal snare two rack toms floor tom crash cymbal hi-hat cymbal ride cymbal

Additional percussion accessories are permitted (double bass pedal extra cymbals etc) but must be provided by the participant setup and tear down time limits apply

Electronic versions of approved instruments are allowed (except where category rules state otherwise) as long as the participant provides the necessary amplifiers and cords and time limits are not exceeded

art DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Art Division may submit entries in the following categories Graphic Design Photography Digital Photography Traditional T-shirt Design Visual Art Three Dimensional Visual Art Two-Dimensional

District fEstival DElivEry instructionsFor rules andor guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Art Division entries for your district festival contact your District Youth Director or District Fine Arts Coordinator

nfaf DElivEry instructionsArt Division entries for the 2010 NFAF must be hand-delivered to the Art Gallery following On-Site Check-In on Monday August 2 2010 Art entries are not accepted after On-Site Check-In closes at 600 pm on August 2The artistdesigner is not required to be present at the NFAF Art entries may be delivered andor picked up at the NFAF by an adult representing a participant A letter of authorization from the participant should be presented upon delivery andor pick-upArt Division entries evaluation sheets and certificates must be picked up by Friday August 6 2010 by 1200 pm No attempt will be made to return the art entries to participants after the NFAFThe utmost care is taken in the handling of Art Division entries However the creator of the work assumes full liability for damage due to the handling of the artwork before during and after it is on display Artists desiring additional protection should personally insure their entries

gEnEral art Division rulEs 1 Art entries must be entirely the original work of one eligible student and created during the

current festival year (September 1 through August 2) 2 Each Art Division entry must have a typed information page attached to the entry upon

delivery If the information page is missing or is handwritten upon delivery at the art gallery the entry will receive a 2-point rule violation per evaluator The page must include the following informationParticipantCategoryDesignation of medium (visual art entries only)Explanation of medium (how it was created)Church name city and state

3 Only the information page is required (rule 2) An essay or story explaining the piece is not required and will not affect the evaluation if submitted

4 If set up or assembly is required for the display of Art Division entries it must be completed by the student

ar

t D

ivis

ion

gEn

Era

l ru

lEs

16 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 17

5 Graphic Design and T-shirt Design entries are required to creatively and effectively interpret the annual theme

6 The overall size of any entry in the Art Division may be no smaller than 4 by 6 inches and no larger than 32 by 32 inches

7 Entries requiring a frame must be submitted with frame only or Plexiglas in a frame (no glass is permitted)

graphic DEsign 1 Graphic Design is the art and process of creating a completely original design The use of

stock clip art is not permitted 2 In the Graphic Design category the following mediums are accepted advertisement billboard brochure bulletin business card flier letterhead logo newsletter poster web page 3 Graphic Design entries must be mounted flat on art board or framed See size requirements on

page 15 4 Entries in the Graphic Design category may take any of the following forms finished

piece full-color drawing or comprehensive full-color dummy or proof Digital imagery and computer illustrations are appropriate for this category but must be high-resolution (at least 300 dpi at 100 of output size) Students should submit the best representation of their design

photography Digital 1 Only digital cameras may be used for photographs entered in the Photography Digital

category 2 The information page that must accompany the entry must indicate the camera type of

software and any other form of technology used to produce the image under ldquoExplanation of mediumrdquo

3 Photography Digital entries are not required to interpret the annual theme Entries must reflect a Christian world view but do not have to be overtly ldquoreligiousrdquo in subject or theme

4 Computer-generated improvements are allowed in order to enhance the original photograph (cropping color depth or hue color contrast etc)

5 A montage of up to three photographs may be used to create one image All photographs used to create the image must appear to the viewer as if they are a single image All photographs used to create the image must be the original work of the student

6 No collages are permitted in this category 7 No typography is to be added to the image unless it appears to the viewer as if it is part of

the original image 8 Framing or mounting is not evaluated but is required See size requirements on page 15

photography traDitional 1 Only a 35mm camera may be used for photographs entered in the Photography

Traditional category 2 Only one image is acceptable The photograph must be single frame single exposure

3 Photography Traditional entries are not required to interpret the annual theme Entries must reflect a Christian world view but do not have to be overtly ldquoreligiousrdquo in subject or theme

4 Black-and-white or color photographs are accepted 5 Neither manipulation of the original work nor touch-ups are permitted 6 No typography is to be added to the image 7 Framing or mounting is not evaluated but is required See size requirements on page 15

t-shirt DEsign 1 T-shirt Design entries may take any of the following forms finished T-shirt full-color drawing

or comprehensive full-color computer dummy or proof Students should submit the best representation of their designs

2 The use of stock clip art is not permitted 3 Entries submitted in a finished-shirt format must be displayed over art board T-shirt board

or cardboard Neither mannequin nor bust displays are permitted 4 Entries submitted in full-color drawing format or as a computer-generated image must be

mounted flat on art board See size requirements on page 15

visual art thrEE-DimEnsional 1 In the Visual Art Three-Dimensional category the following mediums are accepted collagemontage traditional sculpture mixed media stained glass 2 Visual Art Three-Dimensional entries are not required to interpret the annual theme

Entries must reflect a Christian world view but do not have to be overtly ldquoreligiousrdquo in subject or theme

3 Mounting is not evaluated but is required See size requirements on page 15

visual art tWo-DimEnsional 1 In the Visual Art Two-Dimensional category the following mediums are accepted acrylics collagemontage comic strip montage mosaic oils sketches (ink pencil chalk charcoal) watercolors

2 Visual Art Three-Dimensional entries are not required to interpret the annual theme Entries must reflect a Christian world view but do not have to be overtly ldquoreligiousrdquo in subject or theme

3 Framing or mounting is not evaluated but is required See size requirements on page 15

ar

t Divisio

n ar

t D

ivis

ion

18 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 19

communication DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Communication Division may submit entries in the following categories American Sign Language Group American Sign Language Solo Childrenrsquos Lesson Group Childrenrsquos Lesson Solo Puppetry Group Group Puppetry Solo Short Film Short Sermon Short Sermon Spanish

amErican sign languagE groupsolo

Rules 1 American Sign Language SoloGroup is an interpretation of a pre-recorded song using

American Sign Language (ASL) to encourage a cross-cultural experience explore the correlation between ASL and English and to prepare the participant for Deaf Ministry

2 The interpreted song must be a musical track that includes lyrics 3 Sign Language Group entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 4 Sign Language Solo entries have a time limit of 5 minutes Sign Language Group entries

have a time limit of 7 minutes Both have 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down

5 ASL entries do not need to interpret the annual theme 6 The English-to-ASL interpretation must be an original work 7 Presenters must use ASL linguistic features in the interpretation This may include but is

not limited to ASL sentence structure sign choices that reflect meaning appropriate body shifts and appropriate use of space The interpretation may not be simply in English word order

8 If the presenter(s) is deaf heshe may use a cue (not a signs) or have someone mouth the words in order to stay in sync with the music This person is not considered part of the entry but evaluators must be informed of their presence and how they will be cueing the participant(s)

9 The presenter(s) must maintain a professional appearance Attire and accessories must not create visual distractions Costumes and costume make-up are not allowed

10 Mouthing lyricslip syncing is not used in American Sign Language Only linguistically appropriate facial grammar should be present This may include but is not limited to puffed cheeks pursed lips and raised eyebrows These should be used as is fitting within the language itself

11 No live music is allowed

chilDrEnrsquos lEsson groupsolo 1 Childrenrsquos Lesson GroupSolo is the art of communicating a biblical message presented

verbally and visually in a lesson geared toward children ages 5-12 2 A Childrenrsquos Lesson Group may be comprised of two to ten eligible students

3 In a Childrenrsquos Lesson Group at least one person must be in direct verbal communication with the audience

4 Childrenrsquos Lesson GroupSolo entries have a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down

5 Participants may use various means of communication (object lesson illusion ventriloquism etc) Neither flammable nor liquid illustrations are permitted

6 All entries must be original not a memorization of someone elsersquos sermon or lesson 7 The presentation must creatively and effectively interpret or reflect the annual theme 8 All presentations must be in harmony with the Statement of Fundamental Truths of the

Assemblies of God A copy of the Statement of Fundamental Truths is available online at wwwagorg under the ldquoBeliefsrdquo tab

9 The lesson must be memorized 10 A central Scripture or Bible story must be used 11 Props are permissible as long as the 90-second setup and tear down times are not

exceeded Any props used must be brought to the festival by the participant 12 Costumes are permitted as long as the face is not covered 13 A puppet stage is not permitted in Childrenrsquos Lesson Solo Any puppet(s) must be used

without the aid of a curtain or puppet stage 14 A puppet stage is provided for Childrenrsquos Lesson Group Participants may not bring their

own puppet stage 15 Childrenrsquos Lesson entries may solicit audience responseparticipation

puppEtry groupsoloBlack lights (if used) must be brought by participants as well as any necessary extension cords Each entry must provide individuals to turn room lights off and on Puppet State dimensions are listed on the Provided Equipment List posted on wwwfafagorg The puppet stage dimensions may not be adjusted Contact your district coordinators for stage dimensions provided at your district festival

Rules 1 Puppetry is the art of presenting a puppet show for the purpose of encouraging young Christians

in their faith and to share Christ with others 2 An entry in Puppetry Group may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for puppetry entries There are 90 seconds for setup

and 90 seconds for tear down 4 A puppetry entry is not required to be original but originality is encouraged 5 Puppetry entries are not required to follow the annual theme 6 Participants are not permitted to bring their own puppet stage 7 No interaction between live presenters and puppets is permitted 8 All aspects of the puppetry entry must take place within the boundaries of the puppet

stage

co

mm

un

icat

ion

Div

isio

nc

om

mu

nic

ation

Divisio

n

20 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 21

9 Props and signs may be used but must be provided by the participant(s) and must be contained within (behind) the boundaries of the puppet stage Neither flammable nor liquid props or elements are permitted in puppetry entries

10 Hand puppets or hand-manipulated puppets are to be used (no life-sized puppets are permitted)

11 Ventriloquism is not allowed in puppetry categories

short film

District Festival Delivery InstructionsFor rules and guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Short Film entries for your district festival contact your district youth director or district Fine Arts coordinator

NFAF Delivery InstructionsShort Film entries must be received within 5 days of online or faxed registrations Entries must accompany mailed registrations Short Film entries must be sent to

national youth ministriesAttn Detroit20101445 North Boonville AvenueSpringfield MO 65802-1894

Short Film entries are evaluated prior to the NFAFShort Film entries are on display at the NFAF Results of the evaluations are released at the NFAFEvaluation sheets and certificates must be picked up by Friday August 6 2010 by 12 pm No attempt is made to return the materials to participants after the NFAF

Rules 1 In the Short Film category the following genres are accepted animation comedy drama documentary experimental fictionlive action music video

2 The creation of a Short Film is the art and process of producing a film containing a combination of visual images and sounds to communicate effectively a mood emotion andor message

3 Short Film entries may be created by one to ten eligible students 4 Short Film entries must have a typed information page that accompanies the entry and

includes the following informationParticipant(s)CategoryChurch name city and state

5 Entries in Short Film have a time limit of 5 minutes

6 The creator(s)producer(s) of the film must meet the NFAF age or grade requirements and must register as participants However those appearing in the film or supporting the production (actors grips lighting boom operator etc) do not need to meet age requirements nor register as participants

7 Copyright policy national youth ministries and the General Council of the Assemblies of God are not responsible for assuring that all material included in studentsrsquo film productions is in compliance with existing copyright laws It is the responsibility of the students parents and youth leaders to be completely legal and ethical in their conduct regarding copyrighted material used to create an entry for the NFAF Students must obtain either the copyrights or explicit written permission for use of all software graphics parodies recorded music andor sound files included Credits must be included See page 13 for an additional list of guidelines

8 Any script or story line must be the original work of the participant(s)

9 Short Film entries must be submitted in DVD format VHS entries are not accepted

10 The participant(s) is not required to be present at the NFAF However the registration form and fee must be submitted by the appropriate deadline

short sErmonshort sErmon spanish 1 An entry in Short Sermon is the art of verbally communicating a biblical message that

includes Scripture quotations or readings presented by one eligible student 2 Short Sermon entries have a time limit of 5 minutes 3 All presentations must be in harmony with the Statement of Fundamental Truths of the

Assemblies of God A copy of the Statement of Fundamental Truths is available online at wwwagorg under the ldquoBeliefsrdquo tab

4 All short sermon presentations must creatively and effectively interpret the annual theme 5 All entries must be original material not just a memorization of someone elsersquos sermon

Participants are permitted to use illustrations personal testimonies statistics stories etc Sources should always be cited

6 Participants are allowed to use notes The sermon does not need to be memorized 7 Participants may only use a Bible notes a podium and handheld visual aids The festival

will provide only the podium 8 All aspects of the sermon must take place within the boundaries of the stage 9 The wearing of costumes is not permitted 10 The use of audio or audiovisual devices is not permitted Neither flammable nor liquid

visual aids are permitted 11 All presentations must be given with due reverence for God and His people and must not

be a cynical or satirical portrayal of any form of the ministry

co

mm

un

icatio

n D

ivision

co

mm

un

icat

ion

Div

isio

n

22 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 23

Drama DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Drama Division may submit entries in the following categories Drama Ensemble Large Drama Ensemble Small Drama Solo Human Video Ensemble Large Human Video Ensemble Small Human Video Solo

Drama EnsEmblEsolo 1 A Drama presentation is the art of telling a culturally relevant story through verbal

communication and action 2 Drama Ensemble Small entries may be comprised by two to four eligible students Drama

Ensemble Large entries may be comprised by five to ten eligible students 3 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for each drama entry There are 90 seconds for setup

and 90 seconds for tear down 4 Drama entries do not have to be original but originality is encouraged 5 Drama entries must creatively and effectively interpret the annual theme 6 The entire presentation must be memorized 7 No recorded or electronic sound effects are allowed Neither soundtracks nor live

background music is allowed 8 All aspects of the drama must take place within the boundaries of the stage 9 Chairs may be used as props However standing on chairs is not allowed and will result in

disqualification The only chairs allowed are the chairs available on-site in the presentation room Participants and groups may not bring their own chairs to the NFAF

10 Small handheld props are allowed in Drama entries Neither flammable nor liquid props are permitted

11 Costumes are permitted in Drama entries 12 Neither masks nor costume makeup is allowed

human viDEo EnsEmblEsolo

Rules 1 A Human Video presentation is the art of telling a story through a non-verbal drama

presentation that accompanies a musical track 2 Human Video Ensemble Small entries may be comprised by two to four eligible students

Human Video Ensemble Large entries may be comprised by five to ten eligible students 3 The musical track that accompanies Human Video entries must include lyrics Voice-overs

may be present in the recording but may not completely replace the lyrics 4 The Human Video technique of ldquolip syncrdquo must be present in the majority of the

presentation 5 The splicing of up to three songs is allowed Entries may have more than three splicings

as long as there are three songs maximum Voice-overs do not count toward the three-song limit

6 Live accompaniment is not permitted in Human Video presentations 7 No live vocal communication of any form from the actor(s) is permitted 8 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for Human Video Solo entries There are 90 seconds

for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 9 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Human Video Ensemble entries There are 90

seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 10 Entries do not have to be original but originality is encouraged 11 Human Video entries are not required to interpret the annual theme 12 All aspects of the human video must take place within the boundaries of the stage 13 Safe gymnastic elements andor cheer-type mounts are acceptable Human Video

technique but must fit believably within the story line or be vital to character or story development

14 Chairs are the only allowed prop Standing on chairs is not allowed and will result in disqualification The only chairs allowed are the chairs available on-site in the presentation room Participants and groups may not bring their own chairs to the NFAF

15 Costumes are not permitted in Human Video entries T-shirts in various colors are not considered costumes

16 Neither masks nor costume makeup is allowed

Dr

am

a Divisio

n Dr

am

a D

ivis

ion

24 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 25

Exhibition DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Exhibition Division may submit entries in the following categories

ASL Storytelling Human Video Ensemble SpanishInstrumental Ensemble Contemporary Performance ArtSpoken Word Vocal Ensemble SpanishWorship Dance Solo Worship Dance Troupe

informationThe Exhibition Division was created to allow participants to be evaluated in areas that may become categories in the futureExhibition Division participants are given the opportunity to give their presentation once for evaluation and scoring Callbacks are not conducted for Exhibition entriesAt the NFAF points are given to each entry so that evaluators may determine the recipients of Exhibition Division Honorable Mention awards and so that students may improve their work

asl storytElling 1 ASL Storytelling is for the art of telling a biblical story rendered visually using only

American Sign Language (ASL) for the purpose of ministry to the deaf 2 Storytelling entries may be comprised by one to ten eligible students 3 There is a time limit of 5 minutes 4 Handheld propssigns are allowed in this category 5 The entire presentation must be memorized 6 Entries in the ASL Storytelling category must communicate a biblical story in a creative

and culturally relevant manner 7 No live or recorded music is permitted

human viDEo EnsEmblE spanishRules 1 A Human Video Ensemble Spanish presentation is the art of telling a story through a

non-verbal drama presentation that accompanies a musical track with Spanish lyrics to be used in mission trip settings

2 Human Video Ensemble Spanish entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students

3 The musical track that accompanies Human Video entries must include lyrics Spanish voice-overs may be present in the recording but may not completely replace the lyrics

4 The Human Video technique of ldquolip syncrdquo must be present in the majority of the presentation

5 The splicing of up to three songs is allowed Entries may have more than three splicings as long as there are three songs maximum Voice-overs do not count toward the three-song limit

6 Live accompaniment is not permitted in Human Video presentations

7 No live vocal communication of any form from the actors is permitted 8 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Human Video Ensemble Spanish entries There

are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 9 Entries do not have to be original but originality is encouraged 10 Human Video Spanish entries are not required to interpret the annual theme 11 All aspects of the human video must take place within the boundaries of the stage 12 Safe gymnastic elements andor cheer-type mounts are acceptable Human Video

techniques but must fit believably within the story line or be vital to character or story development

13 Chairs are the only allowed prop Standing on chairs is not allowed and will result in disqualification The only chairs allowed are the chairs available on-site in the presentation room Participants and groups may not bring their own chairs to the NFAF

14 Costumes are not permitted T-shirts in various colors are not considered costumes 15 Neither masks nor costume makeup is allowed

instrumEntal EnsEmblE contEmporaryRules 1 Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary is the art of performing an instrumental selection

without lyrics 2 Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible

students 3 There is a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear

down 4 Selections do not have to be original but originality is encouraged 5 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

6 All individuals who perform live must meet the age or grade requirements of the NFAF register as participants and pay the accompanying fee

7 Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary entries do not need to be memorized Using the musical score will not affect the evaluation

8 Entries are allowed to include additional percussion instruments and accessories if they can be set up and torn down within the allotted 90-second time limit

9 A keyboard is provided any additional keyboards must be provided by the participant Any use of pre-programming or sequencing of keyboards is not allowed the keyboard should function only in response to manual hands-on control

pErformancE artRules 1 Performance Art is the art of expressing an idea or telling a story by creating a painting

or sketch as a live performance in front of an audience Entries in this category must be entirely the work of one eligible student including any pre-sketching

2 Music andor audio elements as well as motion may be present in the performance The splicing of up to 5 songs is permitted The use of additional media is not permitted

3 An overall time limit of 25 minutes is allowed for Performance Art entries students must be able

Exh

ibitio

n D

ivision

Exh

ibit

ion

Div

isio

n

26 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 27

to set up perform and tear down within a total of 25 minutes overall Participants may have assistance with setup

4 In the Performance Art category a single painting or sketch in one of the following mediums will be accepted

paint (acrylic watercolor or oil) chalk charcoal 5 The painting or sketch must be presented on one of the following materials canvas paper wood Plexiglas 6 Artists may start with a pre-sketched canvas paper or panel Rehearsal is encouraged 7 Entries in this exhibition may be no smaller than 32 inches by 32 inches and no larger

than 8 feet by 8 feet 8 Participants are responsible for bringing all materials and supplies necessary for

completing their entry (music canvas or surface material paints brushes charcoal easel stool etc)

9 The performance must be completely contained on the surface chosen by the participant If venue space is damaged the participant is responsible

spoKEn WorD Rules 1 An entry in Spoken Word (performance poetry) is for the art and ministry of communicating

poetry that is specifically composed for performance before an audience 2 Spoken Word entries must be entirely the original work of one eligible student 3 There is a time limit of 3 minutes for all Spoken Word entries Time begins when the

participant does or says anything to indicate the beginning of the presentation 4 Entries in this category must interpret the annual theme 5 The entire presentation must be memorized 6 The use of additional media is not permitted 7 Neither live nor recorded music is permitted 8 Costumes are not permitted

vocal EnsEmblE spanish Rules 1 A Vocal Ensemble Spanish may consist of two to ten eligible students 2 Music must be memorized 3 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

4 There is a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down

5 To ensure consistent sound level microphones are set prior to the festival by an official sound technician Participants may not ask for special sound settings It is the responsibility of the participants to move microphones to accommodate blend and volume and to make sure the microphones are turned on

6 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels 7 Accompaniment bull Vocal entries may choose to have or not to have accompaniment

bull Accompanists are not considered part of the entry bull The accompanist may be an adult or student bull Accompanists are allowed to use music bull A maximum of four instruments from the approved lists of instruments on pages 13 - 14

may be used for live accompaniment bull CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped

recordings are not accommodated bull Background vocals are not permitted for vocal ensemble entriesWorship DancE solotroupE

InformationEntries in the Worship Dance SoloTroupe categories must be presented in one of the accepted genres defined as follows Ballet A classical form of dance characterized by formally precise steps and poses A

basic vocabulary of recognized ballet technique is used as criteria for the evaluation of entries in the ballet genre

Lyrical A contemporary form of dance also referred to as ldquomodernrdquo that is a fusion between ballet and jazz This artistic dance attempts to interpret the meaning of the music through expressive and dynamic movements

Urban Also known as ldquostreet dancerdquo influenced by the various rhythms and techniques of hip-hop

Rules 1 An entry in Worship Dance is for the art and ministry of communicating a story and

expressively and worshipfully interpreting music using recognized dance technique 2 Worship Dance Troupe entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 There is a time limit of 5 minutes for all Worship Dance entries 4 The musical track that accompanies a Worship Dance entry may or may not contain lyrics

If the track contains lyrics it is not appropriate dance technic to mouth the words 5 Live accompaniment is not permitted 6 Modest attire must be worn Clothing must be appropriate for effective interpretation

intended audience and conducive to a worship atmosphere Low-cut tops backless shirts tight short shorts see-through skirts without leggings are never acceptable

7 Shoes must be worn Ballet slippers paws or jazz shoes are acceptable 8 Fine Arts Festival holds a high standard and does not permit suggestive movements

music or attire Any movement music or attire that is deemed inappropriate may receive either point deductions or disqualification

9 The use of props is not permitted 10 The use of percussion instruments is not permitted 11 The use of streamers ribbon banners or flags is permitted but must not become the focal

point of the presentation at the expense of recognized and legitimate dance technique 12 Adults may assist in choreography but the use of a director during the presentation is not

permitted 13 CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped

recordings are not accommodated

Exh

ibitio

n D

ivision

Exh

ibit

ion

Div

isio

n

28 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 29

instrumEntal DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Instrumental Division may submit entries in the following categories Guitar Solo Instrumental Ensemble Traditional Keyboard Solo Percussion SoloEnsemble Traditional Percussion Unconventional String Solo WindBrass Solo

informationGuitar Solo may use instruments from the Rhythm Strings list page 14Instrumental Ensemble Traditional may use instruments from the Keyboards Woodwinds Brass and Traditional Strings lists only (see pages 13 - 14) The following additional instruments may be used mandolin 12-string guitar dulcimer banjo acoustic guitarPlease note Instrumental Ensemble Traditional entries may not use electric guitar electric bass or drums The aforementioned instruments are neither allowed nor provided for this traditional category Students desiring to use contemporary instrumentation may enter the Exhibition Division Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary or Christian Band categoriesKeyboard Solo may use instruments from the Keyboard list page 13 (only a piano will be provided at the NFAF)Percussion SoloEnsemble Traditional may use instruments from the Percussion list page 14String Solo may use instruments from the Traditional Strings list page 14WindBrass Solo may use instruments from the Woodwinds and Brass lists pages 13 - 14

gEnEral instrumEntal Division rulEs

Guitar Solo Instrumental Ensemble Traditional Keyboard Solo String Solo amp WindBrass Solo 1 An instrumental soloensemble is the art of presenting a musical composition using only

musical instruments 2 An instrumental ensemble may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for Instrumental entries (except for Percussion

Ensemble categories) There are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down The instrumentalists may use this time to tune their instruments or conduct a brief warm up

4 Music must be memorized for all solo entries 5 Ensembles do not have to memorize their music Using the musical score will not affect

the evaluation 6 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

7 To ensure consistent sound level microphones if used are set prior to the festival by an official sound technician Participants may not ask for special sound settings It is the

responsibility of the participants to make sure the microphones are turned on and to move microphones to accommodate blend and volume

8 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels 9 A participant may play more than one instrument in an Instrumental entry as long as the

setup and tear down time limits are not exceeded 10 Use of pre-programed or pre-recorded loopssoftware is not allowed any looping or

sequencing technology must function only in response to manual and live hands-on control

11 Keyboard Solo and Percussion entries are not allowed accompaniment (either live or recorded)

12 Accompaniment bull Instrumental entries (except for Keyboard Solo and Percussion) may choose to have or

not to have accompaniment bull An accompanist is not considered part of the entry bull The accompanist may be an adult or student bull Accompanists are allowed to use music bull Only a piano or keyboard may be used for live accompaniment Only a piano is provided

by the festival bull CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped

recordings are not accommodated bull If a CD or MP3 accompaniment track is used the instrument(s) played by the student(s)

cannot be predominant on the accompaniment track bull Neither live nor recorded background vocals are permitted

pErcussion EnsEmblEsolo traDitional

InformationThe following will be provided at the NFAF for Percussion SoloEnsemble Traditional entries Solo - 1 standard drum set Ensemble - 2 standard drum sets 4 6rsquo tables are provided for handbell entries

Rules 1 A traditional percussion entry is the art of presenting a musical entry using traditional

orchestral percussion instruments and techniques 2 A Percussion Ensemble Traditional entry is comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Instruments from the approved percussion list on page 14 may be used to create the

Percussion Traditional entries 4 Personal drum sets may not be brought to the festival 5 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for Percussion Solo entries There are 90 seconds for

set up and 90 seconds for tear down 6 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Percussion Ensemble Traditional entries There are

90 seconds for set up and 90 seconds for tear down

instr

um

Enta

l D

ivision

inst

ru

mEn

tal

Div

isio

n

30 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 31

pErcussion unconvEntional

Rules 1 Percussion Unconventional is the art of presenting a musical entry in which sound is

produced by striking or tapping the body or one object upon another 2 An entry is in this category is for the composition and performance of alternative and

creative percussion techniques such as trash cans pipes sticks etc as well as ldquostomprdquo entries

3 Neither flammable nor liquid elements are permitted in Percusison Unconventional presentations

4 A Percussion Unconventional entry is comprised by one to ten eligible students 5 Percussion instruments from the Traditional percussion list may be incorporated into the

entry but must be provided by the participant A drum set is not provided for Percussion Unconventional

6 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Percussion Unconventional entries There are 90 seconds for set up and 90 seconds for tear down

vocal DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Vocal Division may submit entries in the following categories Choir Christian Band Rap Group Rap Solo Songwriting Vocal Ensemble Large Vocal Ensemble Small Vocal Solo Female Vocal Solo Male Vocal Solo Spanish Female Vocal Solo Spanish Male Worship Team

informationA participant may enter the same song in more than one category For example the student may sing a solo version of a song that is used for a vocal ensemble However a student or group of students may not enter the same category twice Synthesizerskeyboards are only provided for Worship Team Christian Band and RapA piano is provided for Songwriting Vocal solosensembles and Choir

gEnEral vocal Division rulEs 1 Use of pre-programed or pre-recorded loopssoftware is not allowed any looping or

sequencing technology must function only in response to manual and live hands-on control

2 Choir Vocal EnsembleSolo Accompaniment bull Choir and Vocal entries may choose to have or not to have accompaniment bull Accompanists are not considered part of the entry bull The accompanist may be an adult or student bull Accompanists are allowed to use music bull A maximum of four instruments from the allowed instruments list may be used for live

accompaniment A piano is the only instrument that will be provided for Vocal EnsembleSolo entries

bull CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped recordings are not accommodated

choir Rules 1 A Choir is for the art of presenting a sacred choral song selection with ministry

effectiveness in mind 2 A Choir entry must be comprised by 11 to 75 eligible students 3 Choirs are allowed 5 minutes to present their entry There are 2 1frasl2 minutes for setup and

2 1frasl2 minutes for tear down 4 CD or MP3 accompaniment tracks are allowed Background vocals are not permitted on

soundtracks 5 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels 6 A director is allowed This person may use music

instr

um

Enta

l D

ivision

voc

al

Div

isio

n

32 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 33

christian banD

Rules 1 The Christian Band category is the art of performing Christian music by students whose

focus is to perform with ministry effectiveness in mind 2 Christian Band entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Entries in this category must include both music and lyrics 4 Christian Bands have a time limit of 5 minutes with 2 and 12 minutes for set up and 2 and

12 minutes for tear down Participants may have assistance with setup 5 Christian Bands may choose to provide their own sound engineer The person chosen

to run sound must meet the age or grade requirements register as a participant and will count toward the overall 10-member group limit Note Student engineers may visit wwwfafagorg to view the equipment specifications

6 All individuals within a Christian Band entry must meet the age or grade requirements No adult accompanists vocalists or sound engineers are allowed

7 Original songs are not required but originality is encouraged 8 All music must be memorized 9 Additional Instruments and equipment andor additional percussion accessories are

permitted but must be provided by the participants and only if they can be set up and torn down within the allotted time limit Individuals are not allowed to bring their own drum sets

10 Students must refrain from any actions that may be deemed offensive or inappropriate ldquoInappropriaterdquo actions include but are not limited to improper gestures or moves stage diving and language unbecoming of a Christian Any festival equipment damaged as a result of inappropriate actions is the responsibility of the students to replace Failure to adhere to this standard will result in disqualification

rap groupsolo

Rules 1 Rap is the urban art of communicating through rhythm and rhyme 2 A Rap Group entry may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Rap entries must be the original works of the students and written during the current Fine

Arts year (September 1 through August 2) 4 All Rap entries have a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90

seconds for tear down 5 Lyric sheets for each of the evaluators must be provided at each level of participation

Lyric sheets must be typed with the lyrics divided into the sections of the song (chorus verse bridge etc) and must have a title page or heading that includes the following informationTitleCategoryComposer(s)Church name city and state

6 Students wishing to use drum machines must provide their own equipment and adhere to

the setup and tear down time limits 7 All entries must be memorized

songWriting

InformationSongwriting entries are not evaluated on the presentation of the performer(s) However the performance of the song can either strengthen or weaken the entire presentation The criteria used to evaluate Songwriting entries will not support Rap entries

Rules 1 Songwriting is the art of writing a Christian or sacred composition including both music

and lyrics 2 Songwriting entries may be comprised by one to five eligible students 3 Songwriting entries are allowed 5 minutes to present their selection There are 90 seconds

for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 4 Three sets of lyric sheets must be provided for the evaluators at each level of participation

Lyric sheets must be typed with the sections of the song clearly marked (chorus verse bridge etc) and must have a title page or heading that includes the following informationTitleCategoryComposer(s)Church name city and state

5 Songwriting entries must be the original work of the student(s) and written during the current Fine Arts year (September 1 through August 3)

6 If an accompaniment track is created for the NFAF all musicians used to create the accompaniment must meet the age or grade requirements of the NFAF but do not need to register as participants

7 A maximum of four instruments may be used for accompaniment (either recorded or live) 8 The overall number of live performers is not to exceed five people 9 Songwriting entries may be performed by the composer(s) or by another student or group

of students 10 All music performed live must be memorized 11 All students who perform live at the NFAF must meet the age or grade requirements of the

NFAF No adult accompanists or group members are allowed

vocal EnsEmblEsolo

Rules 1 An entry in a Vocal EnsembleSolo category is for the art of presenting a vocal song

selection with ministry effectiveness in mind 2 A Vocal Ensemble Small may be comprised by two to four eligible students 3 A Vocal Ensemble Large may be comprised by five to ten eligible students 4 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for all vocal solos and ensembles There are 90

vo

ca

l Divisio

n voc

al

Div

isio

n

34 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 35

seconds allowed for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 5 Music must be memorized 6 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

7 Participants may not ask for special sound settings To ensure consistent sound level microphones are set prior to the festival by an official sound technician It is the responsibility of the participants to make sure the microphones are turned on and to move microphones to accommodate blend and volume

8 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels Background vocals are allowed for solo entries Background vocals are not allowed for group entries

Worship tEam

Rules 1 A Worship Team entry is the art of leading others in worship 2 Worship Team entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Worship Team entries have a time limit of 7 minutes with 2 and 12 minutes for set up and

2 and 12 minutes for tear down Participants may have assistance with setup 4 Worship Teams may choose to provide their own sound engineer The person chosen to

run sound must meet the age or grade requirements register as a participant and will count toward the overall 10-member group limit Note Student engineers may visit wwwfafagorg to view the equipment specifications

5 All individuals within a Worship Team entry must meet the age or grade requirements No adult accompanists vocalists or sound engineers are allowed

6 Worship Team entries must be comprised by both vocalists and instrumentalists Entries are required to have more than one vocalist

7 All music must be memorized 8 Additional instruments and equipment andor additional percussion accessories are

permitted but must be provided by the participants and only if they can be set up and torn down within the allotted time limit Individuals are not allowed to bring their own drum sets

Writing Division Read the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Writing Division may submit entries in the following categories Book Chapter Childrenrsquos Literature First Person Essay Poetry Short Story Script Writing

District fEstival DElivEry instructionsFor rules and guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Writing Division entries for your district festival contact your district youth director or district Fine Arts coordinator

nfaf DElivEry instructions 1 Writing entries must be e-mailed (with the exception of Childrenrsquos Literature) as an

attachment to fafagorg with a subject line that contains the participantrsquos name and ldquo2010 Fine Arts Writing Entryrdquo The e-mail must be received within 5 days of the online processing postmark or fax date of the participantrsquos registration form and fee Writing entries will not be returned to participants

2 Writing entries must be submitted in doc docx or rtf format 3 Writing entries must be submitted in Times New Roman or Arial fonts and may contain no

art word art borders etc

booK chaptEr

Rules 1 The Book Chapter entry is for the submission of the first chapter of either a fiction or non-

fiction book for a target audience of teens to adults 2 All entries must be the original work of one student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 3 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 4 The first chapter of the book submission must be 1500-1800 words 5 The writer must include a summary of the book no longer than 150 words 6 The chapter does not need to interpret the annual theme 7 The chapter must reflect a Christian world view 8 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

vo

ca

l Divisio

nW

rit

ing

Div

isio

n

36 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 37

chilDrEnrsquos litEraturE

District Festival Delivery InstructionsFor rules and guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Writing Division entries for your district festival contact your district youth director or district Fine Arts coordinator

NFAF Delivery InstructionsThe Childrenrsquos Literature entry must be received within 5 days of online or faxed registrations Entries must accompany mailed registrations The Childrenrsquos Literature entry must be mailed to

national youth ministriesAttn Detroit20101445 North Boonville AvenueSpringfield MO 65802-1894

Rules

1 The submission of a Childrenrsquos Literature entry is the art of writing and illustrating an entire childrenrsquos book with a target audience of a toddler or early reader (first to third grades) with words and illustrations that are age appropriate

2 The Childrenrsquos Literature SoloCollaborated entry may be created by one to ten eligible students

3 The entire entry must be the original work of the student(s) (including illustrations) and may not be adapted from anotherrsquos concept

4 Illustrations may take the form of drawing painting or full-color computer-generated graphics produced from illustrator software Stock clip art is not acceptable

5 The entry must read like a book participants may not submit a manuscript with separate illustrations

6 The creator(s) is not required to be present at the NFAF However the registration form must be completed and the appropriate fees paid

7 The childrenrsquos book may not be more than 800 words in length

8 The childrenrsquos book must reflect a Christian world view

9 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following informationTitleCategoryAuthor(s)Illustrator(s)Church name city and stateWord count

first pErson Essay 1 A First Person Essay is the art of writing an essay based on personal experience 2 A First Person Essay must have a minimum of 500 words and a maximum of 1200 words

Dialogue is allowed 3 All entries must be the original work of one student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 First Person Essay entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 6 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

poEtry 1 A Poetry entry is the art of composing a piece of literature written in meter or verse 2 A Poetry entry may be rhymed or unrhymed with a maximum of 30 lines 3 All entries must be the original work of the student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Poetry entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font with at least 1-inch margins on all

sides 6 Poetry entries are not required to be double-spaced 7 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document including the

following informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateLine count

script Writing 1 A script writing entry is the art of writing a short drama that addresses a culturally relevant

issue from a Christian perspective 2 Script Writing entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 3 Script writing entries must be the original work of the one to ten eligible students and

created within the current Fine Arts year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font with at least 1-inch margins on all

sides

Wr

iting

Divisio

n Wr

itin

g

Div

isio

n

38 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook

5 Scripts are not required to be double-spaced Entries should follow standard script formatting

6 Blocking suggestions are required 7 A character listing and scene setting must be included 8 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document including the

following informationTitleCategoryAuthor(s)Church name city and state

9 The entire script entry can be no longer than six pages total including title page character listing and scene setting

short story 1 A Short Story is the art of writing a fictional or non-fictional story 2 A Short Story must have a minimum of 500 words and a maximum of 1200 words

Dialogue is allowed 3 All entries must be the original work of the student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Short Story entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 6 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

Wr

iting

Divisio

n

Page 6: This Changes Everything! - AG Web Services

12 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 13

gEnEral rulEs

rulE violationsRule violations in any category will receive a two-point deduction per violation per evaluator

contEntSelections or presentations that are not sacred or that do not present a message that reflects a Christian world view as defined on page 11 may receive a two-point deduction per evaluatorThe NFAF coordinators reserve the right to disqualify andor remove from display any entry deemed illegal or inappropriate for this festival in any way

timE limitsAll scheduled events have time limitations (see specific category rules to find out time limits) Each presentation room has an official timekeeper If a presentation exceeds the time limit it will receive a two-point deduction per evaluatorTime for set up begins when the name of the entryparticipant is called by the room moderator as being ldquouprdquoTime for the presentation begins when a participant does or says anything to indicate the beginning of the presentation including introductory remarks

languagEspanish EntriEsBilingual entries are not permitted Entries must be presented in either English or Spanish only English entries must be presented entirely in English Spanish entries must be presented entirely in SpanishAny background vocals must be the same language as the presentation

substitutionsOne substitution per group entry may be made between the district festival and the national festival Choir may substitute up to three participants Omission of participants is permitted as long as group membership does not fall below the required group minimum The addition of participants other than substitutes is never allowed

post-rEgistration substitutionsIf an original group member (the person who participated at the district festival) needs to be replaced after they have registered for the NFAF follow these instructions 1 If the substitute is already registered in another category a new form is not necessary

Notify the national office of the change by e-mailing fafagorg 2 If the substitute is not registered in another category submit a completed Detroit2010

registration form (available at wwwfafagorg) If the original group member is paid in full the fee transfers to the substitute

Entry limit guiDElinEsA participant or group of participants may not enter the same category of a division twice There is no limit to the number of different categories in each division for which a participant may register

There is no limit to the number of qualified entries from one church

group Entry participant guiDElinEsA groupensemble entry is defined as a presentation given by two to ten students If a category is specified as a small groupensemble it is comprised by two to four eligible students (eg Human Video Ensemble Small) If a category is specified as a large groupensemble it is comprised by five to ten eligible students (eg Drama Ensemble Large)Choir is the only group entry that is allowed more than ten participants up to 75 members are allowed

licEnsEAll NYC and NFAF general attendees andor participants by their signature on the national registration form grant permission to the General Council of the Assemblies of God and to national youth ministries to use the registrantrsquos image(s) and to photograph reproduce edit publish andor record any musical dramatic artistic photographic andor written presentation at the NFAF without compensation to the registrant author or creator of the work for the purpose of promoting the NFAF andor national youth ministries The author or creator of any entry used will retain copyright ownership

copyrightED matErialIt is the responsibility of the students parents and youth leaders to be completely legal and ethical in their conduct regarding copyrighted music scripts or any other original published or unpublished works All NFAF participants should follow these guidelines a Never use burned CDs or photocopies of music or scripts to avoid purchasing original

materials You must own an original b Never use software sound files video clips quotes or any other copyrighted work for

your presentation without obtaining the copyrights or the explicit written permission from the publisher or creator always give appropriate credit to the author or creator for all copyrighted materials used to create your Fine Arts Festival entries

c Never use unpublished music or scripts without written permission from the author or creator of the work

approvED instrumEnt lists

Keyboards (NFAF will provide either a piano or keyboard for categories that require them see individual category rules for specifications) piano keyboard synthesizer

Woodwinds flute family oboe English horn clarinet family saxophone family bassoonBrass horn family trumpet family trombone family baritone (tcbc) euphonium tuba

Traditional Strings violin viola cello string bass harp

gEn

Era

l ru

lEs gEn

Era

l r

ulE

s

14 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 15

Rhythm Strings (NFAF will provide a direct box and an amplifier) acoustic guitar banjo bass guitar dulcimer mandolin electric guitar 12-string guitarPercussion Traditional drums (and cymbals) bongo cajon congas djembe guiro hand bells maracas marimba orchestra bells sandpaper blocks shakers tambourine timbales timpani (Kettle drums) triangle vibraphone wood blocks xylophone

A basic drum set is provided for some categories See individual category rules for specifications

kick drumsingle pedal snare two rack toms floor tom crash cymbal hi-hat cymbal ride cymbal

Additional percussion accessories are permitted (double bass pedal extra cymbals etc) but must be provided by the participant setup and tear down time limits apply

Electronic versions of approved instruments are allowed (except where category rules state otherwise) as long as the participant provides the necessary amplifiers and cords and time limits are not exceeded

art DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Art Division may submit entries in the following categories Graphic Design Photography Digital Photography Traditional T-shirt Design Visual Art Three Dimensional Visual Art Two-Dimensional

District fEstival DElivEry instructionsFor rules andor guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Art Division entries for your district festival contact your District Youth Director or District Fine Arts Coordinator

nfaf DElivEry instructionsArt Division entries for the 2010 NFAF must be hand-delivered to the Art Gallery following On-Site Check-In on Monday August 2 2010 Art entries are not accepted after On-Site Check-In closes at 600 pm on August 2The artistdesigner is not required to be present at the NFAF Art entries may be delivered andor picked up at the NFAF by an adult representing a participant A letter of authorization from the participant should be presented upon delivery andor pick-upArt Division entries evaluation sheets and certificates must be picked up by Friday August 6 2010 by 1200 pm No attempt will be made to return the art entries to participants after the NFAFThe utmost care is taken in the handling of Art Division entries However the creator of the work assumes full liability for damage due to the handling of the artwork before during and after it is on display Artists desiring additional protection should personally insure their entries

gEnEral art Division rulEs 1 Art entries must be entirely the original work of one eligible student and created during the

current festival year (September 1 through August 2) 2 Each Art Division entry must have a typed information page attached to the entry upon

delivery If the information page is missing or is handwritten upon delivery at the art gallery the entry will receive a 2-point rule violation per evaluator The page must include the following informationParticipantCategoryDesignation of medium (visual art entries only)Explanation of medium (how it was created)Church name city and state

3 Only the information page is required (rule 2) An essay or story explaining the piece is not required and will not affect the evaluation if submitted

4 If set up or assembly is required for the display of Art Division entries it must be completed by the student

ar

t D

ivis

ion

gEn

Era

l ru

lEs

16 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 17

5 Graphic Design and T-shirt Design entries are required to creatively and effectively interpret the annual theme

6 The overall size of any entry in the Art Division may be no smaller than 4 by 6 inches and no larger than 32 by 32 inches

7 Entries requiring a frame must be submitted with frame only or Plexiglas in a frame (no glass is permitted)

graphic DEsign 1 Graphic Design is the art and process of creating a completely original design The use of

stock clip art is not permitted 2 In the Graphic Design category the following mediums are accepted advertisement billboard brochure bulletin business card flier letterhead logo newsletter poster web page 3 Graphic Design entries must be mounted flat on art board or framed See size requirements on

page 15 4 Entries in the Graphic Design category may take any of the following forms finished

piece full-color drawing or comprehensive full-color dummy or proof Digital imagery and computer illustrations are appropriate for this category but must be high-resolution (at least 300 dpi at 100 of output size) Students should submit the best representation of their design

photography Digital 1 Only digital cameras may be used for photographs entered in the Photography Digital

category 2 The information page that must accompany the entry must indicate the camera type of

software and any other form of technology used to produce the image under ldquoExplanation of mediumrdquo

3 Photography Digital entries are not required to interpret the annual theme Entries must reflect a Christian world view but do not have to be overtly ldquoreligiousrdquo in subject or theme

4 Computer-generated improvements are allowed in order to enhance the original photograph (cropping color depth or hue color contrast etc)

5 A montage of up to three photographs may be used to create one image All photographs used to create the image must appear to the viewer as if they are a single image All photographs used to create the image must be the original work of the student

6 No collages are permitted in this category 7 No typography is to be added to the image unless it appears to the viewer as if it is part of

the original image 8 Framing or mounting is not evaluated but is required See size requirements on page 15

photography traDitional 1 Only a 35mm camera may be used for photographs entered in the Photography

Traditional category 2 Only one image is acceptable The photograph must be single frame single exposure

3 Photography Traditional entries are not required to interpret the annual theme Entries must reflect a Christian world view but do not have to be overtly ldquoreligiousrdquo in subject or theme

4 Black-and-white or color photographs are accepted 5 Neither manipulation of the original work nor touch-ups are permitted 6 No typography is to be added to the image 7 Framing or mounting is not evaluated but is required See size requirements on page 15

t-shirt DEsign 1 T-shirt Design entries may take any of the following forms finished T-shirt full-color drawing

or comprehensive full-color computer dummy or proof Students should submit the best representation of their designs

2 The use of stock clip art is not permitted 3 Entries submitted in a finished-shirt format must be displayed over art board T-shirt board

or cardboard Neither mannequin nor bust displays are permitted 4 Entries submitted in full-color drawing format or as a computer-generated image must be

mounted flat on art board See size requirements on page 15

visual art thrEE-DimEnsional 1 In the Visual Art Three-Dimensional category the following mediums are accepted collagemontage traditional sculpture mixed media stained glass 2 Visual Art Three-Dimensional entries are not required to interpret the annual theme

Entries must reflect a Christian world view but do not have to be overtly ldquoreligiousrdquo in subject or theme

3 Mounting is not evaluated but is required See size requirements on page 15

visual art tWo-DimEnsional 1 In the Visual Art Two-Dimensional category the following mediums are accepted acrylics collagemontage comic strip montage mosaic oils sketches (ink pencil chalk charcoal) watercolors

2 Visual Art Three-Dimensional entries are not required to interpret the annual theme Entries must reflect a Christian world view but do not have to be overtly ldquoreligiousrdquo in subject or theme

3 Framing or mounting is not evaluated but is required See size requirements on page 15

ar

t Divisio

n ar

t D

ivis

ion

18 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 19

communication DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Communication Division may submit entries in the following categories American Sign Language Group American Sign Language Solo Childrenrsquos Lesson Group Childrenrsquos Lesson Solo Puppetry Group Group Puppetry Solo Short Film Short Sermon Short Sermon Spanish

amErican sign languagE groupsolo

Rules 1 American Sign Language SoloGroup is an interpretation of a pre-recorded song using

American Sign Language (ASL) to encourage a cross-cultural experience explore the correlation between ASL and English and to prepare the participant for Deaf Ministry

2 The interpreted song must be a musical track that includes lyrics 3 Sign Language Group entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 4 Sign Language Solo entries have a time limit of 5 minutes Sign Language Group entries

have a time limit of 7 minutes Both have 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down

5 ASL entries do not need to interpret the annual theme 6 The English-to-ASL interpretation must be an original work 7 Presenters must use ASL linguistic features in the interpretation This may include but is

not limited to ASL sentence structure sign choices that reflect meaning appropriate body shifts and appropriate use of space The interpretation may not be simply in English word order

8 If the presenter(s) is deaf heshe may use a cue (not a signs) or have someone mouth the words in order to stay in sync with the music This person is not considered part of the entry but evaluators must be informed of their presence and how they will be cueing the participant(s)

9 The presenter(s) must maintain a professional appearance Attire and accessories must not create visual distractions Costumes and costume make-up are not allowed

10 Mouthing lyricslip syncing is not used in American Sign Language Only linguistically appropriate facial grammar should be present This may include but is not limited to puffed cheeks pursed lips and raised eyebrows These should be used as is fitting within the language itself

11 No live music is allowed

chilDrEnrsquos lEsson groupsolo 1 Childrenrsquos Lesson GroupSolo is the art of communicating a biblical message presented

verbally and visually in a lesson geared toward children ages 5-12 2 A Childrenrsquos Lesson Group may be comprised of two to ten eligible students

3 In a Childrenrsquos Lesson Group at least one person must be in direct verbal communication with the audience

4 Childrenrsquos Lesson GroupSolo entries have a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down

5 Participants may use various means of communication (object lesson illusion ventriloquism etc) Neither flammable nor liquid illustrations are permitted

6 All entries must be original not a memorization of someone elsersquos sermon or lesson 7 The presentation must creatively and effectively interpret or reflect the annual theme 8 All presentations must be in harmony with the Statement of Fundamental Truths of the

Assemblies of God A copy of the Statement of Fundamental Truths is available online at wwwagorg under the ldquoBeliefsrdquo tab

9 The lesson must be memorized 10 A central Scripture or Bible story must be used 11 Props are permissible as long as the 90-second setup and tear down times are not

exceeded Any props used must be brought to the festival by the participant 12 Costumes are permitted as long as the face is not covered 13 A puppet stage is not permitted in Childrenrsquos Lesson Solo Any puppet(s) must be used

without the aid of a curtain or puppet stage 14 A puppet stage is provided for Childrenrsquos Lesson Group Participants may not bring their

own puppet stage 15 Childrenrsquos Lesson entries may solicit audience responseparticipation

puppEtry groupsoloBlack lights (if used) must be brought by participants as well as any necessary extension cords Each entry must provide individuals to turn room lights off and on Puppet State dimensions are listed on the Provided Equipment List posted on wwwfafagorg The puppet stage dimensions may not be adjusted Contact your district coordinators for stage dimensions provided at your district festival

Rules 1 Puppetry is the art of presenting a puppet show for the purpose of encouraging young Christians

in their faith and to share Christ with others 2 An entry in Puppetry Group may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for puppetry entries There are 90 seconds for setup

and 90 seconds for tear down 4 A puppetry entry is not required to be original but originality is encouraged 5 Puppetry entries are not required to follow the annual theme 6 Participants are not permitted to bring their own puppet stage 7 No interaction between live presenters and puppets is permitted 8 All aspects of the puppetry entry must take place within the boundaries of the puppet

stage

co

mm

un

icat

ion

Div

isio

nc

om

mu

nic

ation

Divisio

n

20 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 21

9 Props and signs may be used but must be provided by the participant(s) and must be contained within (behind) the boundaries of the puppet stage Neither flammable nor liquid props or elements are permitted in puppetry entries

10 Hand puppets or hand-manipulated puppets are to be used (no life-sized puppets are permitted)

11 Ventriloquism is not allowed in puppetry categories

short film

District Festival Delivery InstructionsFor rules and guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Short Film entries for your district festival contact your district youth director or district Fine Arts coordinator

NFAF Delivery InstructionsShort Film entries must be received within 5 days of online or faxed registrations Entries must accompany mailed registrations Short Film entries must be sent to

national youth ministriesAttn Detroit20101445 North Boonville AvenueSpringfield MO 65802-1894

Short Film entries are evaluated prior to the NFAFShort Film entries are on display at the NFAF Results of the evaluations are released at the NFAFEvaluation sheets and certificates must be picked up by Friday August 6 2010 by 12 pm No attempt is made to return the materials to participants after the NFAF

Rules 1 In the Short Film category the following genres are accepted animation comedy drama documentary experimental fictionlive action music video

2 The creation of a Short Film is the art and process of producing a film containing a combination of visual images and sounds to communicate effectively a mood emotion andor message

3 Short Film entries may be created by one to ten eligible students 4 Short Film entries must have a typed information page that accompanies the entry and

includes the following informationParticipant(s)CategoryChurch name city and state

5 Entries in Short Film have a time limit of 5 minutes

6 The creator(s)producer(s) of the film must meet the NFAF age or grade requirements and must register as participants However those appearing in the film or supporting the production (actors grips lighting boom operator etc) do not need to meet age requirements nor register as participants

7 Copyright policy national youth ministries and the General Council of the Assemblies of God are not responsible for assuring that all material included in studentsrsquo film productions is in compliance with existing copyright laws It is the responsibility of the students parents and youth leaders to be completely legal and ethical in their conduct regarding copyrighted material used to create an entry for the NFAF Students must obtain either the copyrights or explicit written permission for use of all software graphics parodies recorded music andor sound files included Credits must be included See page 13 for an additional list of guidelines

8 Any script or story line must be the original work of the participant(s)

9 Short Film entries must be submitted in DVD format VHS entries are not accepted

10 The participant(s) is not required to be present at the NFAF However the registration form and fee must be submitted by the appropriate deadline

short sErmonshort sErmon spanish 1 An entry in Short Sermon is the art of verbally communicating a biblical message that

includes Scripture quotations or readings presented by one eligible student 2 Short Sermon entries have a time limit of 5 minutes 3 All presentations must be in harmony with the Statement of Fundamental Truths of the

Assemblies of God A copy of the Statement of Fundamental Truths is available online at wwwagorg under the ldquoBeliefsrdquo tab

4 All short sermon presentations must creatively and effectively interpret the annual theme 5 All entries must be original material not just a memorization of someone elsersquos sermon

Participants are permitted to use illustrations personal testimonies statistics stories etc Sources should always be cited

6 Participants are allowed to use notes The sermon does not need to be memorized 7 Participants may only use a Bible notes a podium and handheld visual aids The festival

will provide only the podium 8 All aspects of the sermon must take place within the boundaries of the stage 9 The wearing of costumes is not permitted 10 The use of audio or audiovisual devices is not permitted Neither flammable nor liquid

visual aids are permitted 11 All presentations must be given with due reverence for God and His people and must not

be a cynical or satirical portrayal of any form of the ministry

co

mm

un

icatio

n D

ivision

co

mm

un

icat

ion

Div

isio

n

22 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 23

Drama DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Drama Division may submit entries in the following categories Drama Ensemble Large Drama Ensemble Small Drama Solo Human Video Ensemble Large Human Video Ensemble Small Human Video Solo

Drama EnsEmblEsolo 1 A Drama presentation is the art of telling a culturally relevant story through verbal

communication and action 2 Drama Ensemble Small entries may be comprised by two to four eligible students Drama

Ensemble Large entries may be comprised by five to ten eligible students 3 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for each drama entry There are 90 seconds for setup

and 90 seconds for tear down 4 Drama entries do not have to be original but originality is encouraged 5 Drama entries must creatively and effectively interpret the annual theme 6 The entire presentation must be memorized 7 No recorded or electronic sound effects are allowed Neither soundtracks nor live

background music is allowed 8 All aspects of the drama must take place within the boundaries of the stage 9 Chairs may be used as props However standing on chairs is not allowed and will result in

disqualification The only chairs allowed are the chairs available on-site in the presentation room Participants and groups may not bring their own chairs to the NFAF

10 Small handheld props are allowed in Drama entries Neither flammable nor liquid props are permitted

11 Costumes are permitted in Drama entries 12 Neither masks nor costume makeup is allowed

human viDEo EnsEmblEsolo

Rules 1 A Human Video presentation is the art of telling a story through a non-verbal drama

presentation that accompanies a musical track 2 Human Video Ensemble Small entries may be comprised by two to four eligible students

Human Video Ensemble Large entries may be comprised by five to ten eligible students 3 The musical track that accompanies Human Video entries must include lyrics Voice-overs

may be present in the recording but may not completely replace the lyrics 4 The Human Video technique of ldquolip syncrdquo must be present in the majority of the

presentation 5 The splicing of up to three songs is allowed Entries may have more than three splicings

as long as there are three songs maximum Voice-overs do not count toward the three-song limit

6 Live accompaniment is not permitted in Human Video presentations 7 No live vocal communication of any form from the actor(s) is permitted 8 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for Human Video Solo entries There are 90 seconds

for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 9 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Human Video Ensemble entries There are 90

seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 10 Entries do not have to be original but originality is encouraged 11 Human Video entries are not required to interpret the annual theme 12 All aspects of the human video must take place within the boundaries of the stage 13 Safe gymnastic elements andor cheer-type mounts are acceptable Human Video

technique but must fit believably within the story line or be vital to character or story development

14 Chairs are the only allowed prop Standing on chairs is not allowed and will result in disqualification The only chairs allowed are the chairs available on-site in the presentation room Participants and groups may not bring their own chairs to the NFAF

15 Costumes are not permitted in Human Video entries T-shirts in various colors are not considered costumes

16 Neither masks nor costume makeup is allowed

Dr

am

a Divisio

n Dr

am

a D

ivis

ion

24 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 25

Exhibition DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Exhibition Division may submit entries in the following categories

ASL Storytelling Human Video Ensemble SpanishInstrumental Ensemble Contemporary Performance ArtSpoken Word Vocal Ensemble SpanishWorship Dance Solo Worship Dance Troupe

informationThe Exhibition Division was created to allow participants to be evaluated in areas that may become categories in the futureExhibition Division participants are given the opportunity to give their presentation once for evaluation and scoring Callbacks are not conducted for Exhibition entriesAt the NFAF points are given to each entry so that evaluators may determine the recipients of Exhibition Division Honorable Mention awards and so that students may improve their work

asl storytElling 1 ASL Storytelling is for the art of telling a biblical story rendered visually using only

American Sign Language (ASL) for the purpose of ministry to the deaf 2 Storytelling entries may be comprised by one to ten eligible students 3 There is a time limit of 5 minutes 4 Handheld propssigns are allowed in this category 5 The entire presentation must be memorized 6 Entries in the ASL Storytelling category must communicate a biblical story in a creative

and culturally relevant manner 7 No live or recorded music is permitted

human viDEo EnsEmblE spanishRules 1 A Human Video Ensemble Spanish presentation is the art of telling a story through a

non-verbal drama presentation that accompanies a musical track with Spanish lyrics to be used in mission trip settings

2 Human Video Ensemble Spanish entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students

3 The musical track that accompanies Human Video entries must include lyrics Spanish voice-overs may be present in the recording but may not completely replace the lyrics

4 The Human Video technique of ldquolip syncrdquo must be present in the majority of the presentation

5 The splicing of up to three songs is allowed Entries may have more than three splicings as long as there are three songs maximum Voice-overs do not count toward the three-song limit

6 Live accompaniment is not permitted in Human Video presentations

7 No live vocal communication of any form from the actors is permitted 8 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Human Video Ensemble Spanish entries There

are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 9 Entries do not have to be original but originality is encouraged 10 Human Video Spanish entries are not required to interpret the annual theme 11 All aspects of the human video must take place within the boundaries of the stage 12 Safe gymnastic elements andor cheer-type mounts are acceptable Human Video

techniques but must fit believably within the story line or be vital to character or story development

13 Chairs are the only allowed prop Standing on chairs is not allowed and will result in disqualification The only chairs allowed are the chairs available on-site in the presentation room Participants and groups may not bring their own chairs to the NFAF

14 Costumes are not permitted T-shirts in various colors are not considered costumes 15 Neither masks nor costume makeup is allowed

instrumEntal EnsEmblE contEmporaryRules 1 Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary is the art of performing an instrumental selection

without lyrics 2 Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible

students 3 There is a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear

down 4 Selections do not have to be original but originality is encouraged 5 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

6 All individuals who perform live must meet the age or grade requirements of the NFAF register as participants and pay the accompanying fee

7 Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary entries do not need to be memorized Using the musical score will not affect the evaluation

8 Entries are allowed to include additional percussion instruments and accessories if they can be set up and torn down within the allotted 90-second time limit

9 A keyboard is provided any additional keyboards must be provided by the participant Any use of pre-programming or sequencing of keyboards is not allowed the keyboard should function only in response to manual hands-on control

pErformancE artRules 1 Performance Art is the art of expressing an idea or telling a story by creating a painting

or sketch as a live performance in front of an audience Entries in this category must be entirely the work of one eligible student including any pre-sketching

2 Music andor audio elements as well as motion may be present in the performance The splicing of up to 5 songs is permitted The use of additional media is not permitted

3 An overall time limit of 25 minutes is allowed for Performance Art entries students must be able

Exh

ibitio

n D

ivision

Exh

ibit

ion

Div

isio

n

26 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 27

to set up perform and tear down within a total of 25 minutes overall Participants may have assistance with setup

4 In the Performance Art category a single painting or sketch in one of the following mediums will be accepted

paint (acrylic watercolor or oil) chalk charcoal 5 The painting or sketch must be presented on one of the following materials canvas paper wood Plexiglas 6 Artists may start with a pre-sketched canvas paper or panel Rehearsal is encouraged 7 Entries in this exhibition may be no smaller than 32 inches by 32 inches and no larger

than 8 feet by 8 feet 8 Participants are responsible for bringing all materials and supplies necessary for

completing their entry (music canvas or surface material paints brushes charcoal easel stool etc)

9 The performance must be completely contained on the surface chosen by the participant If venue space is damaged the participant is responsible

spoKEn WorD Rules 1 An entry in Spoken Word (performance poetry) is for the art and ministry of communicating

poetry that is specifically composed for performance before an audience 2 Spoken Word entries must be entirely the original work of one eligible student 3 There is a time limit of 3 minutes for all Spoken Word entries Time begins when the

participant does or says anything to indicate the beginning of the presentation 4 Entries in this category must interpret the annual theme 5 The entire presentation must be memorized 6 The use of additional media is not permitted 7 Neither live nor recorded music is permitted 8 Costumes are not permitted

vocal EnsEmblE spanish Rules 1 A Vocal Ensemble Spanish may consist of two to ten eligible students 2 Music must be memorized 3 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

4 There is a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down

5 To ensure consistent sound level microphones are set prior to the festival by an official sound technician Participants may not ask for special sound settings It is the responsibility of the participants to move microphones to accommodate blend and volume and to make sure the microphones are turned on

6 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels 7 Accompaniment bull Vocal entries may choose to have or not to have accompaniment

bull Accompanists are not considered part of the entry bull The accompanist may be an adult or student bull Accompanists are allowed to use music bull A maximum of four instruments from the approved lists of instruments on pages 13 - 14

may be used for live accompaniment bull CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped

recordings are not accommodated bull Background vocals are not permitted for vocal ensemble entriesWorship DancE solotroupE

InformationEntries in the Worship Dance SoloTroupe categories must be presented in one of the accepted genres defined as follows Ballet A classical form of dance characterized by formally precise steps and poses A

basic vocabulary of recognized ballet technique is used as criteria for the evaluation of entries in the ballet genre

Lyrical A contemporary form of dance also referred to as ldquomodernrdquo that is a fusion between ballet and jazz This artistic dance attempts to interpret the meaning of the music through expressive and dynamic movements

Urban Also known as ldquostreet dancerdquo influenced by the various rhythms and techniques of hip-hop

Rules 1 An entry in Worship Dance is for the art and ministry of communicating a story and

expressively and worshipfully interpreting music using recognized dance technique 2 Worship Dance Troupe entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 There is a time limit of 5 minutes for all Worship Dance entries 4 The musical track that accompanies a Worship Dance entry may or may not contain lyrics

If the track contains lyrics it is not appropriate dance technic to mouth the words 5 Live accompaniment is not permitted 6 Modest attire must be worn Clothing must be appropriate for effective interpretation

intended audience and conducive to a worship atmosphere Low-cut tops backless shirts tight short shorts see-through skirts without leggings are never acceptable

7 Shoes must be worn Ballet slippers paws or jazz shoes are acceptable 8 Fine Arts Festival holds a high standard and does not permit suggestive movements

music or attire Any movement music or attire that is deemed inappropriate may receive either point deductions or disqualification

9 The use of props is not permitted 10 The use of percussion instruments is not permitted 11 The use of streamers ribbon banners or flags is permitted but must not become the focal

point of the presentation at the expense of recognized and legitimate dance technique 12 Adults may assist in choreography but the use of a director during the presentation is not

permitted 13 CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped

recordings are not accommodated

Exh

ibitio

n D

ivision

Exh

ibit

ion

Div

isio

n

28 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 29

instrumEntal DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Instrumental Division may submit entries in the following categories Guitar Solo Instrumental Ensemble Traditional Keyboard Solo Percussion SoloEnsemble Traditional Percussion Unconventional String Solo WindBrass Solo

informationGuitar Solo may use instruments from the Rhythm Strings list page 14Instrumental Ensemble Traditional may use instruments from the Keyboards Woodwinds Brass and Traditional Strings lists only (see pages 13 - 14) The following additional instruments may be used mandolin 12-string guitar dulcimer banjo acoustic guitarPlease note Instrumental Ensemble Traditional entries may not use electric guitar electric bass or drums The aforementioned instruments are neither allowed nor provided for this traditional category Students desiring to use contemporary instrumentation may enter the Exhibition Division Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary or Christian Band categoriesKeyboard Solo may use instruments from the Keyboard list page 13 (only a piano will be provided at the NFAF)Percussion SoloEnsemble Traditional may use instruments from the Percussion list page 14String Solo may use instruments from the Traditional Strings list page 14WindBrass Solo may use instruments from the Woodwinds and Brass lists pages 13 - 14

gEnEral instrumEntal Division rulEs

Guitar Solo Instrumental Ensemble Traditional Keyboard Solo String Solo amp WindBrass Solo 1 An instrumental soloensemble is the art of presenting a musical composition using only

musical instruments 2 An instrumental ensemble may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for Instrumental entries (except for Percussion

Ensemble categories) There are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down The instrumentalists may use this time to tune their instruments or conduct a brief warm up

4 Music must be memorized for all solo entries 5 Ensembles do not have to memorize their music Using the musical score will not affect

the evaluation 6 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

7 To ensure consistent sound level microphones if used are set prior to the festival by an official sound technician Participants may not ask for special sound settings It is the

responsibility of the participants to make sure the microphones are turned on and to move microphones to accommodate blend and volume

8 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels 9 A participant may play more than one instrument in an Instrumental entry as long as the

setup and tear down time limits are not exceeded 10 Use of pre-programed or pre-recorded loopssoftware is not allowed any looping or

sequencing technology must function only in response to manual and live hands-on control

11 Keyboard Solo and Percussion entries are not allowed accompaniment (either live or recorded)

12 Accompaniment bull Instrumental entries (except for Keyboard Solo and Percussion) may choose to have or

not to have accompaniment bull An accompanist is not considered part of the entry bull The accompanist may be an adult or student bull Accompanists are allowed to use music bull Only a piano or keyboard may be used for live accompaniment Only a piano is provided

by the festival bull CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped

recordings are not accommodated bull If a CD or MP3 accompaniment track is used the instrument(s) played by the student(s)

cannot be predominant on the accompaniment track bull Neither live nor recorded background vocals are permitted

pErcussion EnsEmblEsolo traDitional

InformationThe following will be provided at the NFAF for Percussion SoloEnsemble Traditional entries Solo - 1 standard drum set Ensemble - 2 standard drum sets 4 6rsquo tables are provided for handbell entries

Rules 1 A traditional percussion entry is the art of presenting a musical entry using traditional

orchestral percussion instruments and techniques 2 A Percussion Ensemble Traditional entry is comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Instruments from the approved percussion list on page 14 may be used to create the

Percussion Traditional entries 4 Personal drum sets may not be brought to the festival 5 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for Percussion Solo entries There are 90 seconds for

set up and 90 seconds for tear down 6 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Percussion Ensemble Traditional entries There are

90 seconds for set up and 90 seconds for tear down

instr

um

Enta

l D

ivision

inst

ru

mEn

tal

Div

isio

n

30 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 31

pErcussion unconvEntional

Rules 1 Percussion Unconventional is the art of presenting a musical entry in which sound is

produced by striking or tapping the body or one object upon another 2 An entry is in this category is for the composition and performance of alternative and

creative percussion techniques such as trash cans pipes sticks etc as well as ldquostomprdquo entries

3 Neither flammable nor liquid elements are permitted in Percusison Unconventional presentations

4 A Percussion Unconventional entry is comprised by one to ten eligible students 5 Percussion instruments from the Traditional percussion list may be incorporated into the

entry but must be provided by the participant A drum set is not provided for Percussion Unconventional

6 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Percussion Unconventional entries There are 90 seconds for set up and 90 seconds for tear down

vocal DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Vocal Division may submit entries in the following categories Choir Christian Band Rap Group Rap Solo Songwriting Vocal Ensemble Large Vocal Ensemble Small Vocal Solo Female Vocal Solo Male Vocal Solo Spanish Female Vocal Solo Spanish Male Worship Team

informationA participant may enter the same song in more than one category For example the student may sing a solo version of a song that is used for a vocal ensemble However a student or group of students may not enter the same category twice Synthesizerskeyboards are only provided for Worship Team Christian Band and RapA piano is provided for Songwriting Vocal solosensembles and Choir

gEnEral vocal Division rulEs 1 Use of pre-programed or pre-recorded loopssoftware is not allowed any looping or

sequencing technology must function only in response to manual and live hands-on control

2 Choir Vocal EnsembleSolo Accompaniment bull Choir and Vocal entries may choose to have or not to have accompaniment bull Accompanists are not considered part of the entry bull The accompanist may be an adult or student bull Accompanists are allowed to use music bull A maximum of four instruments from the allowed instruments list may be used for live

accompaniment A piano is the only instrument that will be provided for Vocal EnsembleSolo entries

bull CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped recordings are not accommodated

choir Rules 1 A Choir is for the art of presenting a sacred choral song selection with ministry

effectiveness in mind 2 A Choir entry must be comprised by 11 to 75 eligible students 3 Choirs are allowed 5 minutes to present their entry There are 2 1frasl2 minutes for setup and

2 1frasl2 minutes for tear down 4 CD or MP3 accompaniment tracks are allowed Background vocals are not permitted on

soundtracks 5 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels 6 A director is allowed This person may use music

instr

um

Enta

l D

ivision

voc

al

Div

isio

n

32 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 33

christian banD

Rules 1 The Christian Band category is the art of performing Christian music by students whose

focus is to perform with ministry effectiveness in mind 2 Christian Band entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Entries in this category must include both music and lyrics 4 Christian Bands have a time limit of 5 minutes with 2 and 12 minutes for set up and 2 and

12 minutes for tear down Participants may have assistance with setup 5 Christian Bands may choose to provide their own sound engineer The person chosen

to run sound must meet the age or grade requirements register as a participant and will count toward the overall 10-member group limit Note Student engineers may visit wwwfafagorg to view the equipment specifications

6 All individuals within a Christian Band entry must meet the age or grade requirements No adult accompanists vocalists or sound engineers are allowed

7 Original songs are not required but originality is encouraged 8 All music must be memorized 9 Additional Instruments and equipment andor additional percussion accessories are

permitted but must be provided by the participants and only if they can be set up and torn down within the allotted time limit Individuals are not allowed to bring their own drum sets

10 Students must refrain from any actions that may be deemed offensive or inappropriate ldquoInappropriaterdquo actions include but are not limited to improper gestures or moves stage diving and language unbecoming of a Christian Any festival equipment damaged as a result of inappropriate actions is the responsibility of the students to replace Failure to adhere to this standard will result in disqualification

rap groupsolo

Rules 1 Rap is the urban art of communicating through rhythm and rhyme 2 A Rap Group entry may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Rap entries must be the original works of the students and written during the current Fine

Arts year (September 1 through August 2) 4 All Rap entries have a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90

seconds for tear down 5 Lyric sheets for each of the evaluators must be provided at each level of participation

Lyric sheets must be typed with the lyrics divided into the sections of the song (chorus verse bridge etc) and must have a title page or heading that includes the following informationTitleCategoryComposer(s)Church name city and state

6 Students wishing to use drum machines must provide their own equipment and adhere to

the setup and tear down time limits 7 All entries must be memorized

songWriting

InformationSongwriting entries are not evaluated on the presentation of the performer(s) However the performance of the song can either strengthen or weaken the entire presentation The criteria used to evaluate Songwriting entries will not support Rap entries

Rules 1 Songwriting is the art of writing a Christian or sacred composition including both music

and lyrics 2 Songwriting entries may be comprised by one to five eligible students 3 Songwriting entries are allowed 5 minutes to present their selection There are 90 seconds

for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 4 Three sets of lyric sheets must be provided for the evaluators at each level of participation

Lyric sheets must be typed with the sections of the song clearly marked (chorus verse bridge etc) and must have a title page or heading that includes the following informationTitleCategoryComposer(s)Church name city and state

5 Songwriting entries must be the original work of the student(s) and written during the current Fine Arts year (September 1 through August 3)

6 If an accompaniment track is created for the NFAF all musicians used to create the accompaniment must meet the age or grade requirements of the NFAF but do not need to register as participants

7 A maximum of four instruments may be used for accompaniment (either recorded or live) 8 The overall number of live performers is not to exceed five people 9 Songwriting entries may be performed by the composer(s) or by another student or group

of students 10 All music performed live must be memorized 11 All students who perform live at the NFAF must meet the age or grade requirements of the

NFAF No adult accompanists or group members are allowed

vocal EnsEmblEsolo

Rules 1 An entry in a Vocal EnsembleSolo category is for the art of presenting a vocal song

selection with ministry effectiveness in mind 2 A Vocal Ensemble Small may be comprised by two to four eligible students 3 A Vocal Ensemble Large may be comprised by five to ten eligible students 4 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for all vocal solos and ensembles There are 90

vo

ca

l Divisio

n voc

al

Div

isio

n

34 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 35

seconds allowed for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 5 Music must be memorized 6 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

7 Participants may not ask for special sound settings To ensure consistent sound level microphones are set prior to the festival by an official sound technician It is the responsibility of the participants to make sure the microphones are turned on and to move microphones to accommodate blend and volume

8 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels Background vocals are allowed for solo entries Background vocals are not allowed for group entries

Worship tEam

Rules 1 A Worship Team entry is the art of leading others in worship 2 Worship Team entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Worship Team entries have a time limit of 7 minutes with 2 and 12 minutes for set up and

2 and 12 minutes for tear down Participants may have assistance with setup 4 Worship Teams may choose to provide their own sound engineer The person chosen to

run sound must meet the age or grade requirements register as a participant and will count toward the overall 10-member group limit Note Student engineers may visit wwwfafagorg to view the equipment specifications

5 All individuals within a Worship Team entry must meet the age or grade requirements No adult accompanists vocalists or sound engineers are allowed

6 Worship Team entries must be comprised by both vocalists and instrumentalists Entries are required to have more than one vocalist

7 All music must be memorized 8 Additional instruments and equipment andor additional percussion accessories are

permitted but must be provided by the participants and only if they can be set up and torn down within the allotted time limit Individuals are not allowed to bring their own drum sets

Writing Division Read the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Writing Division may submit entries in the following categories Book Chapter Childrenrsquos Literature First Person Essay Poetry Short Story Script Writing

District fEstival DElivEry instructionsFor rules and guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Writing Division entries for your district festival contact your district youth director or district Fine Arts coordinator

nfaf DElivEry instructions 1 Writing entries must be e-mailed (with the exception of Childrenrsquos Literature) as an

attachment to fafagorg with a subject line that contains the participantrsquos name and ldquo2010 Fine Arts Writing Entryrdquo The e-mail must be received within 5 days of the online processing postmark or fax date of the participantrsquos registration form and fee Writing entries will not be returned to participants

2 Writing entries must be submitted in doc docx or rtf format 3 Writing entries must be submitted in Times New Roman or Arial fonts and may contain no

art word art borders etc

booK chaptEr

Rules 1 The Book Chapter entry is for the submission of the first chapter of either a fiction or non-

fiction book for a target audience of teens to adults 2 All entries must be the original work of one student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 3 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 4 The first chapter of the book submission must be 1500-1800 words 5 The writer must include a summary of the book no longer than 150 words 6 The chapter does not need to interpret the annual theme 7 The chapter must reflect a Christian world view 8 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

vo

ca

l Divisio

nW

rit

ing

Div

isio

n

36 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 37

chilDrEnrsquos litEraturE

District Festival Delivery InstructionsFor rules and guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Writing Division entries for your district festival contact your district youth director or district Fine Arts coordinator

NFAF Delivery InstructionsThe Childrenrsquos Literature entry must be received within 5 days of online or faxed registrations Entries must accompany mailed registrations The Childrenrsquos Literature entry must be mailed to

national youth ministriesAttn Detroit20101445 North Boonville AvenueSpringfield MO 65802-1894

Rules

1 The submission of a Childrenrsquos Literature entry is the art of writing and illustrating an entire childrenrsquos book with a target audience of a toddler or early reader (first to third grades) with words and illustrations that are age appropriate

2 The Childrenrsquos Literature SoloCollaborated entry may be created by one to ten eligible students

3 The entire entry must be the original work of the student(s) (including illustrations) and may not be adapted from anotherrsquos concept

4 Illustrations may take the form of drawing painting or full-color computer-generated graphics produced from illustrator software Stock clip art is not acceptable

5 The entry must read like a book participants may not submit a manuscript with separate illustrations

6 The creator(s) is not required to be present at the NFAF However the registration form must be completed and the appropriate fees paid

7 The childrenrsquos book may not be more than 800 words in length

8 The childrenrsquos book must reflect a Christian world view

9 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following informationTitleCategoryAuthor(s)Illustrator(s)Church name city and stateWord count

first pErson Essay 1 A First Person Essay is the art of writing an essay based on personal experience 2 A First Person Essay must have a minimum of 500 words and a maximum of 1200 words

Dialogue is allowed 3 All entries must be the original work of one student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 First Person Essay entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 6 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

poEtry 1 A Poetry entry is the art of composing a piece of literature written in meter or verse 2 A Poetry entry may be rhymed or unrhymed with a maximum of 30 lines 3 All entries must be the original work of the student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Poetry entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font with at least 1-inch margins on all

sides 6 Poetry entries are not required to be double-spaced 7 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document including the

following informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateLine count

script Writing 1 A script writing entry is the art of writing a short drama that addresses a culturally relevant

issue from a Christian perspective 2 Script Writing entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 3 Script writing entries must be the original work of the one to ten eligible students and

created within the current Fine Arts year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font with at least 1-inch margins on all

sides

Wr

iting

Divisio

n Wr

itin

g

Div

isio

n

38 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook

5 Scripts are not required to be double-spaced Entries should follow standard script formatting

6 Blocking suggestions are required 7 A character listing and scene setting must be included 8 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document including the

following informationTitleCategoryAuthor(s)Church name city and state

9 The entire script entry can be no longer than six pages total including title page character listing and scene setting

short story 1 A Short Story is the art of writing a fictional or non-fictional story 2 A Short Story must have a minimum of 500 words and a maximum of 1200 words

Dialogue is allowed 3 All entries must be the original work of the student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Short Story entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 6 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

Wr

iting

Divisio

n

Page 7: This Changes Everything! - AG Web Services

14 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 15

Rhythm Strings (NFAF will provide a direct box and an amplifier) acoustic guitar banjo bass guitar dulcimer mandolin electric guitar 12-string guitarPercussion Traditional drums (and cymbals) bongo cajon congas djembe guiro hand bells maracas marimba orchestra bells sandpaper blocks shakers tambourine timbales timpani (Kettle drums) triangle vibraphone wood blocks xylophone

A basic drum set is provided for some categories See individual category rules for specifications

kick drumsingle pedal snare two rack toms floor tom crash cymbal hi-hat cymbal ride cymbal

Additional percussion accessories are permitted (double bass pedal extra cymbals etc) but must be provided by the participant setup and tear down time limits apply

Electronic versions of approved instruments are allowed (except where category rules state otherwise) as long as the participant provides the necessary amplifiers and cords and time limits are not exceeded

art DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Art Division may submit entries in the following categories Graphic Design Photography Digital Photography Traditional T-shirt Design Visual Art Three Dimensional Visual Art Two-Dimensional

District fEstival DElivEry instructionsFor rules andor guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Art Division entries for your district festival contact your District Youth Director or District Fine Arts Coordinator

nfaf DElivEry instructionsArt Division entries for the 2010 NFAF must be hand-delivered to the Art Gallery following On-Site Check-In on Monday August 2 2010 Art entries are not accepted after On-Site Check-In closes at 600 pm on August 2The artistdesigner is not required to be present at the NFAF Art entries may be delivered andor picked up at the NFAF by an adult representing a participant A letter of authorization from the participant should be presented upon delivery andor pick-upArt Division entries evaluation sheets and certificates must be picked up by Friday August 6 2010 by 1200 pm No attempt will be made to return the art entries to participants after the NFAFThe utmost care is taken in the handling of Art Division entries However the creator of the work assumes full liability for damage due to the handling of the artwork before during and after it is on display Artists desiring additional protection should personally insure their entries

gEnEral art Division rulEs 1 Art entries must be entirely the original work of one eligible student and created during the

current festival year (September 1 through August 2) 2 Each Art Division entry must have a typed information page attached to the entry upon

delivery If the information page is missing or is handwritten upon delivery at the art gallery the entry will receive a 2-point rule violation per evaluator The page must include the following informationParticipantCategoryDesignation of medium (visual art entries only)Explanation of medium (how it was created)Church name city and state

3 Only the information page is required (rule 2) An essay or story explaining the piece is not required and will not affect the evaluation if submitted

4 If set up or assembly is required for the display of Art Division entries it must be completed by the student

ar

t D

ivis

ion

gEn

Era

l ru

lEs

16 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 17

5 Graphic Design and T-shirt Design entries are required to creatively and effectively interpret the annual theme

6 The overall size of any entry in the Art Division may be no smaller than 4 by 6 inches and no larger than 32 by 32 inches

7 Entries requiring a frame must be submitted with frame only or Plexiglas in a frame (no glass is permitted)

graphic DEsign 1 Graphic Design is the art and process of creating a completely original design The use of

stock clip art is not permitted 2 In the Graphic Design category the following mediums are accepted advertisement billboard brochure bulletin business card flier letterhead logo newsletter poster web page 3 Graphic Design entries must be mounted flat on art board or framed See size requirements on

page 15 4 Entries in the Graphic Design category may take any of the following forms finished

piece full-color drawing or comprehensive full-color dummy or proof Digital imagery and computer illustrations are appropriate for this category but must be high-resolution (at least 300 dpi at 100 of output size) Students should submit the best representation of their design

photography Digital 1 Only digital cameras may be used for photographs entered in the Photography Digital

category 2 The information page that must accompany the entry must indicate the camera type of

software and any other form of technology used to produce the image under ldquoExplanation of mediumrdquo

3 Photography Digital entries are not required to interpret the annual theme Entries must reflect a Christian world view but do not have to be overtly ldquoreligiousrdquo in subject or theme

4 Computer-generated improvements are allowed in order to enhance the original photograph (cropping color depth or hue color contrast etc)

5 A montage of up to three photographs may be used to create one image All photographs used to create the image must appear to the viewer as if they are a single image All photographs used to create the image must be the original work of the student

6 No collages are permitted in this category 7 No typography is to be added to the image unless it appears to the viewer as if it is part of

the original image 8 Framing or mounting is not evaluated but is required See size requirements on page 15

photography traDitional 1 Only a 35mm camera may be used for photographs entered in the Photography

Traditional category 2 Only one image is acceptable The photograph must be single frame single exposure

3 Photography Traditional entries are not required to interpret the annual theme Entries must reflect a Christian world view but do not have to be overtly ldquoreligiousrdquo in subject or theme

4 Black-and-white or color photographs are accepted 5 Neither manipulation of the original work nor touch-ups are permitted 6 No typography is to be added to the image 7 Framing or mounting is not evaluated but is required See size requirements on page 15

t-shirt DEsign 1 T-shirt Design entries may take any of the following forms finished T-shirt full-color drawing

or comprehensive full-color computer dummy or proof Students should submit the best representation of their designs

2 The use of stock clip art is not permitted 3 Entries submitted in a finished-shirt format must be displayed over art board T-shirt board

or cardboard Neither mannequin nor bust displays are permitted 4 Entries submitted in full-color drawing format or as a computer-generated image must be

mounted flat on art board See size requirements on page 15

visual art thrEE-DimEnsional 1 In the Visual Art Three-Dimensional category the following mediums are accepted collagemontage traditional sculpture mixed media stained glass 2 Visual Art Three-Dimensional entries are not required to interpret the annual theme

Entries must reflect a Christian world view but do not have to be overtly ldquoreligiousrdquo in subject or theme

3 Mounting is not evaluated but is required See size requirements on page 15

visual art tWo-DimEnsional 1 In the Visual Art Two-Dimensional category the following mediums are accepted acrylics collagemontage comic strip montage mosaic oils sketches (ink pencil chalk charcoal) watercolors

2 Visual Art Three-Dimensional entries are not required to interpret the annual theme Entries must reflect a Christian world view but do not have to be overtly ldquoreligiousrdquo in subject or theme

3 Framing or mounting is not evaluated but is required See size requirements on page 15

ar

t Divisio

n ar

t D

ivis

ion

18 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 19

communication DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Communication Division may submit entries in the following categories American Sign Language Group American Sign Language Solo Childrenrsquos Lesson Group Childrenrsquos Lesson Solo Puppetry Group Group Puppetry Solo Short Film Short Sermon Short Sermon Spanish

amErican sign languagE groupsolo

Rules 1 American Sign Language SoloGroup is an interpretation of a pre-recorded song using

American Sign Language (ASL) to encourage a cross-cultural experience explore the correlation between ASL and English and to prepare the participant for Deaf Ministry

2 The interpreted song must be a musical track that includes lyrics 3 Sign Language Group entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 4 Sign Language Solo entries have a time limit of 5 minutes Sign Language Group entries

have a time limit of 7 minutes Both have 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down

5 ASL entries do not need to interpret the annual theme 6 The English-to-ASL interpretation must be an original work 7 Presenters must use ASL linguistic features in the interpretation This may include but is

not limited to ASL sentence structure sign choices that reflect meaning appropriate body shifts and appropriate use of space The interpretation may not be simply in English word order

8 If the presenter(s) is deaf heshe may use a cue (not a signs) or have someone mouth the words in order to stay in sync with the music This person is not considered part of the entry but evaluators must be informed of their presence and how they will be cueing the participant(s)

9 The presenter(s) must maintain a professional appearance Attire and accessories must not create visual distractions Costumes and costume make-up are not allowed

10 Mouthing lyricslip syncing is not used in American Sign Language Only linguistically appropriate facial grammar should be present This may include but is not limited to puffed cheeks pursed lips and raised eyebrows These should be used as is fitting within the language itself

11 No live music is allowed

chilDrEnrsquos lEsson groupsolo 1 Childrenrsquos Lesson GroupSolo is the art of communicating a biblical message presented

verbally and visually in a lesson geared toward children ages 5-12 2 A Childrenrsquos Lesson Group may be comprised of two to ten eligible students

3 In a Childrenrsquos Lesson Group at least one person must be in direct verbal communication with the audience

4 Childrenrsquos Lesson GroupSolo entries have a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down

5 Participants may use various means of communication (object lesson illusion ventriloquism etc) Neither flammable nor liquid illustrations are permitted

6 All entries must be original not a memorization of someone elsersquos sermon or lesson 7 The presentation must creatively and effectively interpret or reflect the annual theme 8 All presentations must be in harmony with the Statement of Fundamental Truths of the

Assemblies of God A copy of the Statement of Fundamental Truths is available online at wwwagorg under the ldquoBeliefsrdquo tab

9 The lesson must be memorized 10 A central Scripture or Bible story must be used 11 Props are permissible as long as the 90-second setup and tear down times are not

exceeded Any props used must be brought to the festival by the participant 12 Costumes are permitted as long as the face is not covered 13 A puppet stage is not permitted in Childrenrsquos Lesson Solo Any puppet(s) must be used

without the aid of a curtain or puppet stage 14 A puppet stage is provided for Childrenrsquos Lesson Group Participants may not bring their

own puppet stage 15 Childrenrsquos Lesson entries may solicit audience responseparticipation

puppEtry groupsoloBlack lights (if used) must be brought by participants as well as any necessary extension cords Each entry must provide individuals to turn room lights off and on Puppet State dimensions are listed on the Provided Equipment List posted on wwwfafagorg The puppet stage dimensions may not be adjusted Contact your district coordinators for stage dimensions provided at your district festival

Rules 1 Puppetry is the art of presenting a puppet show for the purpose of encouraging young Christians

in their faith and to share Christ with others 2 An entry in Puppetry Group may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for puppetry entries There are 90 seconds for setup

and 90 seconds for tear down 4 A puppetry entry is not required to be original but originality is encouraged 5 Puppetry entries are not required to follow the annual theme 6 Participants are not permitted to bring their own puppet stage 7 No interaction between live presenters and puppets is permitted 8 All aspects of the puppetry entry must take place within the boundaries of the puppet

stage

co

mm

un

icat

ion

Div

isio

nc

om

mu

nic

ation

Divisio

n

20 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 21

9 Props and signs may be used but must be provided by the participant(s) and must be contained within (behind) the boundaries of the puppet stage Neither flammable nor liquid props or elements are permitted in puppetry entries

10 Hand puppets or hand-manipulated puppets are to be used (no life-sized puppets are permitted)

11 Ventriloquism is not allowed in puppetry categories

short film

District Festival Delivery InstructionsFor rules and guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Short Film entries for your district festival contact your district youth director or district Fine Arts coordinator

NFAF Delivery InstructionsShort Film entries must be received within 5 days of online or faxed registrations Entries must accompany mailed registrations Short Film entries must be sent to

national youth ministriesAttn Detroit20101445 North Boonville AvenueSpringfield MO 65802-1894

Short Film entries are evaluated prior to the NFAFShort Film entries are on display at the NFAF Results of the evaluations are released at the NFAFEvaluation sheets and certificates must be picked up by Friday August 6 2010 by 12 pm No attempt is made to return the materials to participants after the NFAF

Rules 1 In the Short Film category the following genres are accepted animation comedy drama documentary experimental fictionlive action music video

2 The creation of a Short Film is the art and process of producing a film containing a combination of visual images and sounds to communicate effectively a mood emotion andor message

3 Short Film entries may be created by one to ten eligible students 4 Short Film entries must have a typed information page that accompanies the entry and

includes the following informationParticipant(s)CategoryChurch name city and state

5 Entries in Short Film have a time limit of 5 minutes

6 The creator(s)producer(s) of the film must meet the NFAF age or grade requirements and must register as participants However those appearing in the film or supporting the production (actors grips lighting boom operator etc) do not need to meet age requirements nor register as participants

7 Copyright policy national youth ministries and the General Council of the Assemblies of God are not responsible for assuring that all material included in studentsrsquo film productions is in compliance with existing copyright laws It is the responsibility of the students parents and youth leaders to be completely legal and ethical in their conduct regarding copyrighted material used to create an entry for the NFAF Students must obtain either the copyrights or explicit written permission for use of all software graphics parodies recorded music andor sound files included Credits must be included See page 13 for an additional list of guidelines

8 Any script or story line must be the original work of the participant(s)

9 Short Film entries must be submitted in DVD format VHS entries are not accepted

10 The participant(s) is not required to be present at the NFAF However the registration form and fee must be submitted by the appropriate deadline

short sErmonshort sErmon spanish 1 An entry in Short Sermon is the art of verbally communicating a biblical message that

includes Scripture quotations or readings presented by one eligible student 2 Short Sermon entries have a time limit of 5 minutes 3 All presentations must be in harmony with the Statement of Fundamental Truths of the

Assemblies of God A copy of the Statement of Fundamental Truths is available online at wwwagorg under the ldquoBeliefsrdquo tab

4 All short sermon presentations must creatively and effectively interpret the annual theme 5 All entries must be original material not just a memorization of someone elsersquos sermon

Participants are permitted to use illustrations personal testimonies statistics stories etc Sources should always be cited

6 Participants are allowed to use notes The sermon does not need to be memorized 7 Participants may only use a Bible notes a podium and handheld visual aids The festival

will provide only the podium 8 All aspects of the sermon must take place within the boundaries of the stage 9 The wearing of costumes is not permitted 10 The use of audio or audiovisual devices is not permitted Neither flammable nor liquid

visual aids are permitted 11 All presentations must be given with due reverence for God and His people and must not

be a cynical or satirical portrayal of any form of the ministry

co

mm

un

icatio

n D

ivision

co

mm

un

icat

ion

Div

isio

n

22 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 23

Drama DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Drama Division may submit entries in the following categories Drama Ensemble Large Drama Ensemble Small Drama Solo Human Video Ensemble Large Human Video Ensemble Small Human Video Solo

Drama EnsEmblEsolo 1 A Drama presentation is the art of telling a culturally relevant story through verbal

communication and action 2 Drama Ensemble Small entries may be comprised by two to four eligible students Drama

Ensemble Large entries may be comprised by five to ten eligible students 3 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for each drama entry There are 90 seconds for setup

and 90 seconds for tear down 4 Drama entries do not have to be original but originality is encouraged 5 Drama entries must creatively and effectively interpret the annual theme 6 The entire presentation must be memorized 7 No recorded or electronic sound effects are allowed Neither soundtracks nor live

background music is allowed 8 All aspects of the drama must take place within the boundaries of the stage 9 Chairs may be used as props However standing on chairs is not allowed and will result in

disqualification The only chairs allowed are the chairs available on-site in the presentation room Participants and groups may not bring their own chairs to the NFAF

10 Small handheld props are allowed in Drama entries Neither flammable nor liquid props are permitted

11 Costumes are permitted in Drama entries 12 Neither masks nor costume makeup is allowed

human viDEo EnsEmblEsolo

Rules 1 A Human Video presentation is the art of telling a story through a non-verbal drama

presentation that accompanies a musical track 2 Human Video Ensemble Small entries may be comprised by two to four eligible students

Human Video Ensemble Large entries may be comprised by five to ten eligible students 3 The musical track that accompanies Human Video entries must include lyrics Voice-overs

may be present in the recording but may not completely replace the lyrics 4 The Human Video technique of ldquolip syncrdquo must be present in the majority of the

presentation 5 The splicing of up to three songs is allowed Entries may have more than three splicings

as long as there are three songs maximum Voice-overs do not count toward the three-song limit

6 Live accompaniment is not permitted in Human Video presentations 7 No live vocal communication of any form from the actor(s) is permitted 8 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for Human Video Solo entries There are 90 seconds

for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 9 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Human Video Ensemble entries There are 90

seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 10 Entries do not have to be original but originality is encouraged 11 Human Video entries are not required to interpret the annual theme 12 All aspects of the human video must take place within the boundaries of the stage 13 Safe gymnastic elements andor cheer-type mounts are acceptable Human Video

technique but must fit believably within the story line or be vital to character or story development

14 Chairs are the only allowed prop Standing on chairs is not allowed and will result in disqualification The only chairs allowed are the chairs available on-site in the presentation room Participants and groups may not bring their own chairs to the NFAF

15 Costumes are not permitted in Human Video entries T-shirts in various colors are not considered costumes

16 Neither masks nor costume makeup is allowed

Dr

am

a Divisio

n Dr

am

a D

ivis

ion

24 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 25

Exhibition DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Exhibition Division may submit entries in the following categories

ASL Storytelling Human Video Ensemble SpanishInstrumental Ensemble Contemporary Performance ArtSpoken Word Vocal Ensemble SpanishWorship Dance Solo Worship Dance Troupe

informationThe Exhibition Division was created to allow participants to be evaluated in areas that may become categories in the futureExhibition Division participants are given the opportunity to give their presentation once for evaluation and scoring Callbacks are not conducted for Exhibition entriesAt the NFAF points are given to each entry so that evaluators may determine the recipients of Exhibition Division Honorable Mention awards and so that students may improve their work

asl storytElling 1 ASL Storytelling is for the art of telling a biblical story rendered visually using only

American Sign Language (ASL) for the purpose of ministry to the deaf 2 Storytelling entries may be comprised by one to ten eligible students 3 There is a time limit of 5 minutes 4 Handheld propssigns are allowed in this category 5 The entire presentation must be memorized 6 Entries in the ASL Storytelling category must communicate a biblical story in a creative

and culturally relevant manner 7 No live or recorded music is permitted

human viDEo EnsEmblE spanishRules 1 A Human Video Ensemble Spanish presentation is the art of telling a story through a

non-verbal drama presentation that accompanies a musical track with Spanish lyrics to be used in mission trip settings

2 Human Video Ensemble Spanish entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students

3 The musical track that accompanies Human Video entries must include lyrics Spanish voice-overs may be present in the recording but may not completely replace the lyrics

4 The Human Video technique of ldquolip syncrdquo must be present in the majority of the presentation

5 The splicing of up to three songs is allowed Entries may have more than three splicings as long as there are three songs maximum Voice-overs do not count toward the three-song limit

6 Live accompaniment is not permitted in Human Video presentations

7 No live vocal communication of any form from the actors is permitted 8 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Human Video Ensemble Spanish entries There

are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 9 Entries do not have to be original but originality is encouraged 10 Human Video Spanish entries are not required to interpret the annual theme 11 All aspects of the human video must take place within the boundaries of the stage 12 Safe gymnastic elements andor cheer-type mounts are acceptable Human Video

techniques but must fit believably within the story line or be vital to character or story development

13 Chairs are the only allowed prop Standing on chairs is not allowed and will result in disqualification The only chairs allowed are the chairs available on-site in the presentation room Participants and groups may not bring their own chairs to the NFAF

14 Costumes are not permitted T-shirts in various colors are not considered costumes 15 Neither masks nor costume makeup is allowed

instrumEntal EnsEmblE contEmporaryRules 1 Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary is the art of performing an instrumental selection

without lyrics 2 Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible

students 3 There is a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear

down 4 Selections do not have to be original but originality is encouraged 5 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

6 All individuals who perform live must meet the age or grade requirements of the NFAF register as participants and pay the accompanying fee

7 Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary entries do not need to be memorized Using the musical score will not affect the evaluation

8 Entries are allowed to include additional percussion instruments and accessories if they can be set up and torn down within the allotted 90-second time limit

9 A keyboard is provided any additional keyboards must be provided by the participant Any use of pre-programming or sequencing of keyboards is not allowed the keyboard should function only in response to manual hands-on control

pErformancE artRules 1 Performance Art is the art of expressing an idea or telling a story by creating a painting

or sketch as a live performance in front of an audience Entries in this category must be entirely the work of one eligible student including any pre-sketching

2 Music andor audio elements as well as motion may be present in the performance The splicing of up to 5 songs is permitted The use of additional media is not permitted

3 An overall time limit of 25 minutes is allowed for Performance Art entries students must be able

Exh

ibitio

n D

ivision

Exh

ibit

ion

Div

isio

n

26 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 27

to set up perform and tear down within a total of 25 minutes overall Participants may have assistance with setup

4 In the Performance Art category a single painting or sketch in one of the following mediums will be accepted

paint (acrylic watercolor or oil) chalk charcoal 5 The painting or sketch must be presented on one of the following materials canvas paper wood Plexiglas 6 Artists may start with a pre-sketched canvas paper or panel Rehearsal is encouraged 7 Entries in this exhibition may be no smaller than 32 inches by 32 inches and no larger

than 8 feet by 8 feet 8 Participants are responsible for bringing all materials and supplies necessary for

completing their entry (music canvas or surface material paints brushes charcoal easel stool etc)

9 The performance must be completely contained on the surface chosen by the participant If venue space is damaged the participant is responsible

spoKEn WorD Rules 1 An entry in Spoken Word (performance poetry) is for the art and ministry of communicating

poetry that is specifically composed for performance before an audience 2 Spoken Word entries must be entirely the original work of one eligible student 3 There is a time limit of 3 minutes for all Spoken Word entries Time begins when the

participant does or says anything to indicate the beginning of the presentation 4 Entries in this category must interpret the annual theme 5 The entire presentation must be memorized 6 The use of additional media is not permitted 7 Neither live nor recorded music is permitted 8 Costumes are not permitted

vocal EnsEmblE spanish Rules 1 A Vocal Ensemble Spanish may consist of two to ten eligible students 2 Music must be memorized 3 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

4 There is a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down

5 To ensure consistent sound level microphones are set prior to the festival by an official sound technician Participants may not ask for special sound settings It is the responsibility of the participants to move microphones to accommodate blend and volume and to make sure the microphones are turned on

6 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels 7 Accompaniment bull Vocal entries may choose to have or not to have accompaniment

bull Accompanists are not considered part of the entry bull The accompanist may be an adult or student bull Accompanists are allowed to use music bull A maximum of four instruments from the approved lists of instruments on pages 13 - 14

may be used for live accompaniment bull CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped

recordings are not accommodated bull Background vocals are not permitted for vocal ensemble entriesWorship DancE solotroupE

InformationEntries in the Worship Dance SoloTroupe categories must be presented in one of the accepted genres defined as follows Ballet A classical form of dance characterized by formally precise steps and poses A

basic vocabulary of recognized ballet technique is used as criteria for the evaluation of entries in the ballet genre

Lyrical A contemporary form of dance also referred to as ldquomodernrdquo that is a fusion between ballet and jazz This artistic dance attempts to interpret the meaning of the music through expressive and dynamic movements

Urban Also known as ldquostreet dancerdquo influenced by the various rhythms and techniques of hip-hop

Rules 1 An entry in Worship Dance is for the art and ministry of communicating a story and

expressively and worshipfully interpreting music using recognized dance technique 2 Worship Dance Troupe entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 There is a time limit of 5 minutes for all Worship Dance entries 4 The musical track that accompanies a Worship Dance entry may or may not contain lyrics

If the track contains lyrics it is not appropriate dance technic to mouth the words 5 Live accompaniment is not permitted 6 Modest attire must be worn Clothing must be appropriate for effective interpretation

intended audience and conducive to a worship atmosphere Low-cut tops backless shirts tight short shorts see-through skirts without leggings are never acceptable

7 Shoes must be worn Ballet slippers paws or jazz shoes are acceptable 8 Fine Arts Festival holds a high standard and does not permit suggestive movements

music or attire Any movement music or attire that is deemed inappropriate may receive either point deductions or disqualification

9 The use of props is not permitted 10 The use of percussion instruments is not permitted 11 The use of streamers ribbon banners or flags is permitted but must not become the focal

point of the presentation at the expense of recognized and legitimate dance technique 12 Adults may assist in choreography but the use of a director during the presentation is not

permitted 13 CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped

recordings are not accommodated

Exh

ibitio

n D

ivision

Exh

ibit

ion

Div

isio

n

28 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 29

instrumEntal DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Instrumental Division may submit entries in the following categories Guitar Solo Instrumental Ensemble Traditional Keyboard Solo Percussion SoloEnsemble Traditional Percussion Unconventional String Solo WindBrass Solo

informationGuitar Solo may use instruments from the Rhythm Strings list page 14Instrumental Ensemble Traditional may use instruments from the Keyboards Woodwinds Brass and Traditional Strings lists only (see pages 13 - 14) The following additional instruments may be used mandolin 12-string guitar dulcimer banjo acoustic guitarPlease note Instrumental Ensemble Traditional entries may not use electric guitar electric bass or drums The aforementioned instruments are neither allowed nor provided for this traditional category Students desiring to use contemporary instrumentation may enter the Exhibition Division Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary or Christian Band categoriesKeyboard Solo may use instruments from the Keyboard list page 13 (only a piano will be provided at the NFAF)Percussion SoloEnsemble Traditional may use instruments from the Percussion list page 14String Solo may use instruments from the Traditional Strings list page 14WindBrass Solo may use instruments from the Woodwinds and Brass lists pages 13 - 14

gEnEral instrumEntal Division rulEs

Guitar Solo Instrumental Ensemble Traditional Keyboard Solo String Solo amp WindBrass Solo 1 An instrumental soloensemble is the art of presenting a musical composition using only

musical instruments 2 An instrumental ensemble may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for Instrumental entries (except for Percussion

Ensemble categories) There are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down The instrumentalists may use this time to tune their instruments or conduct a brief warm up

4 Music must be memorized for all solo entries 5 Ensembles do not have to memorize their music Using the musical score will not affect

the evaluation 6 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

7 To ensure consistent sound level microphones if used are set prior to the festival by an official sound technician Participants may not ask for special sound settings It is the

responsibility of the participants to make sure the microphones are turned on and to move microphones to accommodate blend and volume

8 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels 9 A participant may play more than one instrument in an Instrumental entry as long as the

setup and tear down time limits are not exceeded 10 Use of pre-programed or pre-recorded loopssoftware is not allowed any looping or

sequencing technology must function only in response to manual and live hands-on control

11 Keyboard Solo and Percussion entries are not allowed accompaniment (either live or recorded)

12 Accompaniment bull Instrumental entries (except for Keyboard Solo and Percussion) may choose to have or

not to have accompaniment bull An accompanist is not considered part of the entry bull The accompanist may be an adult or student bull Accompanists are allowed to use music bull Only a piano or keyboard may be used for live accompaniment Only a piano is provided

by the festival bull CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped

recordings are not accommodated bull If a CD or MP3 accompaniment track is used the instrument(s) played by the student(s)

cannot be predominant on the accompaniment track bull Neither live nor recorded background vocals are permitted

pErcussion EnsEmblEsolo traDitional

InformationThe following will be provided at the NFAF for Percussion SoloEnsemble Traditional entries Solo - 1 standard drum set Ensemble - 2 standard drum sets 4 6rsquo tables are provided for handbell entries

Rules 1 A traditional percussion entry is the art of presenting a musical entry using traditional

orchestral percussion instruments and techniques 2 A Percussion Ensemble Traditional entry is comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Instruments from the approved percussion list on page 14 may be used to create the

Percussion Traditional entries 4 Personal drum sets may not be brought to the festival 5 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for Percussion Solo entries There are 90 seconds for

set up and 90 seconds for tear down 6 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Percussion Ensemble Traditional entries There are

90 seconds for set up and 90 seconds for tear down

instr

um

Enta

l D

ivision

inst

ru

mEn

tal

Div

isio

n

30 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 31

pErcussion unconvEntional

Rules 1 Percussion Unconventional is the art of presenting a musical entry in which sound is

produced by striking or tapping the body or one object upon another 2 An entry is in this category is for the composition and performance of alternative and

creative percussion techniques such as trash cans pipes sticks etc as well as ldquostomprdquo entries

3 Neither flammable nor liquid elements are permitted in Percusison Unconventional presentations

4 A Percussion Unconventional entry is comprised by one to ten eligible students 5 Percussion instruments from the Traditional percussion list may be incorporated into the

entry but must be provided by the participant A drum set is not provided for Percussion Unconventional

6 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Percussion Unconventional entries There are 90 seconds for set up and 90 seconds for tear down

vocal DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Vocal Division may submit entries in the following categories Choir Christian Band Rap Group Rap Solo Songwriting Vocal Ensemble Large Vocal Ensemble Small Vocal Solo Female Vocal Solo Male Vocal Solo Spanish Female Vocal Solo Spanish Male Worship Team

informationA participant may enter the same song in more than one category For example the student may sing a solo version of a song that is used for a vocal ensemble However a student or group of students may not enter the same category twice Synthesizerskeyboards are only provided for Worship Team Christian Band and RapA piano is provided for Songwriting Vocal solosensembles and Choir

gEnEral vocal Division rulEs 1 Use of pre-programed or pre-recorded loopssoftware is not allowed any looping or

sequencing technology must function only in response to manual and live hands-on control

2 Choir Vocal EnsembleSolo Accompaniment bull Choir and Vocal entries may choose to have or not to have accompaniment bull Accompanists are not considered part of the entry bull The accompanist may be an adult or student bull Accompanists are allowed to use music bull A maximum of four instruments from the allowed instruments list may be used for live

accompaniment A piano is the only instrument that will be provided for Vocal EnsembleSolo entries

bull CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped recordings are not accommodated

choir Rules 1 A Choir is for the art of presenting a sacred choral song selection with ministry

effectiveness in mind 2 A Choir entry must be comprised by 11 to 75 eligible students 3 Choirs are allowed 5 minutes to present their entry There are 2 1frasl2 minutes for setup and

2 1frasl2 minutes for tear down 4 CD or MP3 accompaniment tracks are allowed Background vocals are not permitted on

soundtracks 5 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels 6 A director is allowed This person may use music

instr

um

Enta

l D

ivision

voc

al

Div

isio

n

32 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 33

christian banD

Rules 1 The Christian Band category is the art of performing Christian music by students whose

focus is to perform with ministry effectiveness in mind 2 Christian Band entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Entries in this category must include both music and lyrics 4 Christian Bands have a time limit of 5 minutes with 2 and 12 minutes for set up and 2 and

12 minutes for tear down Participants may have assistance with setup 5 Christian Bands may choose to provide their own sound engineer The person chosen

to run sound must meet the age or grade requirements register as a participant and will count toward the overall 10-member group limit Note Student engineers may visit wwwfafagorg to view the equipment specifications

6 All individuals within a Christian Band entry must meet the age or grade requirements No adult accompanists vocalists or sound engineers are allowed

7 Original songs are not required but originality is encouraged 8 All music must be memorized 9 Additional Instruments and equipment andor additional percussion accessories are

permitted but must be provided by the participants and only if they can be set up and torn down within the allotted time limit Individuals are not allowed to bring their own drum sets

10 Students must refrain from any actions that may be deemed offensive or inappropriate ldquoInappropriaterdquo actions include but are not limited to improper gestures or moves stage diving and language unbecoming of a Christian Any festival equipment damaged as a result of inappropriate actions is the responsibility of the students to replace Failure to adhere to this standard will result in disqualification

rap groupsolo

Rules 1 Rap is the urban art of communicating through rhythm and rhyme 2 A Rap Group entry may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Rap entries must be the original works of the students and written during the current Fine

Arts year (September 1 through August 2) 4 All Rap entries have a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90

seconds for tear down 5 Lyric sheets for each of the evaluators must be provided at each level of participation

Lyric sheets must be typed with the lyrics divided into the sections of the song (chorus verse bridge etc) and must have a title page or heading that includes the following informationTitleCategoryComposer(s)Church name city and state

6 Students wishing to use drum machines must provide their own equipment and adhere to

the setup and tear down time limits 7 All entries must be memorized

songWriting

InformationSongwriting entries are not evaluated on the presentation of the performer(s) However the performance of the song can either strengthen or weaken the entire presentation The criteria used to evaluate Songwriting entries will not support Rap entries

Rules 1 Songwriting is the art of writing a Christian or sacred composition including both music

and lyrics 2 Songwriting entries may be comprised by one to five eligible students 3 Songwriting entries are allowed 5 minutes to present their selection There are 90 seconds

for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 4 Three sets of lyric sheets must be provided for the evaluators at each level of participation

Lyric sheets must be typed with the sections of the song clearly marked (chorus verse bridge etc) and must have a title page or heading that includes the following informationTitleCategoryComposer(s)Church name city and state

5 Songwriting entries must be the original work of the student(s) and written during the current Fine Arts year (September 1 through August 3)

6 If an accompaniment track is created for the NFAF all musicians used to create the accompaniment must meet the age or grade requirements of the NFAF but do not need to register as participants

7 A maximum of four instruments may be used for accompaniment (either recorded or live) 8 The overall number of live performers is not to exceed five people 9 Songwriting entries may be performed by the composer(s) or by another student or group

of students 10 All music performed live must be memorized 11 All students who perform live at the NFAF must meet the age or grade requirements of the

NFAF No adult accompanists or group members are allowed

vocal EnsEmblEsolo

Rules 1 An entry in a Vocal EnsembleSolo category is for the art of presenting a vocal song

selection with ministry effectiveness in mind 2 A Vocal Ensemble Small may be comprised by two to four eligible students 3 A Vocal Ensemble Large may be comprised by five to ten eligible students 4 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for all vocal solos and ensembles There are 90

vo

ca

l Divisio

n voc

al

Div

isio

n

34 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 35

seconds allowed for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 5 Music must be memorized 6 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

7 Participants may not ask for special sound settings To ensure consistent sound level microphones are set prior to the festival by an official sound technician It is the responsibility of the participants to make sure the microphones are turned on and to move microphones to accommodate blend and volume

8 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels Background vocals are allowed for solo entries Background vocals are not allowed for group entries

Worship tEam

Rules 1 A Worship Team entry is the art of leading others in worship 2 Worship Team entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Worship Team entries have a time limit of 7 minutes with 2 and 12 minutes for set up and

2 and 12 minutes for tear down Participants may have assistance with setup 4 Worship Teams may choose to provide their own sound engineer The person chosen to

run sound must meet the age or grade requirements register as a participant and will count toward the overall 10-member group limit Note Student engineers may visit wwwfafagorg to view the equipment specifications

5 All individuals within a Worship Team entry must meet the age or grade requirements No adult accompanists vocalists or sound engineers are allowed

6 Worship Team entries must be comprised by both vocalists and instrumentalists Entries are required to have more than one vocalist

7 All music must be memorized 8 Additional instruments and equipment andor additional percussion accessories are

permitted but must be provided by the participants and only if they can be set up and torn down within the allotted time limit Individuals are not allowed to bring their own drum sets

Writing Division Read the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Writing Division may submit entries in the following categories Book Chapter Childrenrsquos Literature First Person Essay Poetry Short Story Script Writing

District fEstival DElivEry instructionsFor rules and guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Writing Division entries for your district festival contact your district youth director or district Fine Arts coordinator

nfaf DElivEry instructions 1 Writing entries must be e-mailed (with the exception of Childrenrsquos Literature) as an

attachment to fafagorg with a subject line that contains the participantrsquos name and ldquo2010 Fine Arts Writing Entryrdquo The e-mail must be received within 5 days of the online processing postmark or fax date of the participantrsquos registration form and fee Writing entries will not be returned to participants

2 Writing entries must be submitted in doc docx or rtf format 3 Writing entries must be submitted in Times New Roman or Arial fonts and may contain no

art word art borders etc

booK chaptEr

Rules 1 The Book Chapter entry is for the submission of the first chapter of either a fiction or non-

fiction book for a target audience of teens to adults 2 All entries must be the original work of one student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 3 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 4 The first chapter of the book submission must be 1500-1800 words 5 The writer must include a summary of the book no longer than 150 words 6 The chapter does not need to interpret the annual theme 7 The chapter must reflect a Christian world view 8 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

vo

ca

l Divisio

nW

rit

ing

Div

isio

n

36 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 37

chilDrEnrsquos litEraturE

District Festival Delivery InstructionsFor rules and guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Writing Division entries for your district festival contact your district youth director or district Fine Arts coordinator

NFAF Delivery InstructionsThe Childrenrsquos Literature entry must be received within 5 days of online or faxed registrations Entries must accompany mailed registrations The Childrenrsquos Literature entry must be mailed to

national youth ministriesAttn Detroit20101445 North Boonville AvenueSpringfield MO 65802-1894

Rules

1 The submission of a Childrenrsquos Literature entry is the art of writing and illustrating an entire childrenrsquos book with a target audience of a toddler or early reader (first to third grades) with words and illustrations that are age appropriate

2 The Childrenrsquos Literature SoloCollaborated entry may be created by one to ten eligible students

3 The entire entry must be the original work of the student(s) (including illustrations) and may not be adapted from anotherrsquos concept

4 Illustrations may take the form of drawing painting or full-color computer-generated graphics produced from illustrator software Stock clip art is not acceptable

5 The entry must read like a book participants may not submit a manuscript with separate illustrations

6 The creator(s) is not required to be present at the NFAF However the registration form must be completed and the appropriate fees paid

7 The childrenrsquos book may not be more than 800 words in length

8 The childrenrsquos book must reflect a Christian world view

9 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following informationTitleCategoryAuthor(s)Illustrator(s)Church name city and stateWord count

first pErson Essay 1 A First Person Essay is the art of writing an essay based on personal experience 2 A First Person Essay must have a minimum of 500 words and a maximum of 1200 words

Dialogue is allowed 3 All entries must be the original work of one student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 First Person Essay entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 6 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

poEtry 1 A Poetry entry is the art of composing a piece of literature written in meter or verse 2 A Poetry entry may be rhymed or unrhymed with a maximum of 30 lines 3 All entries must be the original work of the student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Poetry entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font with at least 1-inch margins on all

sides 6 Poetry entries are not required to be double-spaced 7 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document including the

following informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateLine count

script Writing 1 A script writing entry is the art of writing a short drama that addresses a culturally relevant

issue from a Christian perspective 2 Script Writing entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 3 Script writing entries must be the original work of the one to ten eligible students and

created within the current Fine Arts year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font with at least 1-inch margins on all

sides

Wr

iting

Divisio

n Wr

itin

g

Div

isio

n

38 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook

5 Scripts are not required to be double-spaced Entries should follow standard script formatting

6 Blocking suggestions are required 7 A character listing and scene setting must be included 8 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document including the

following informationTitleCategoryAuthor(s)Church name city and state

9 The entire script entry can be no longer than six pages total including title page character listing and scene setting

short story 1 A Short Story is the art of writing a fictional or non-fictional story 2 A Short Story must have a minimum of 500 words and a maximum of 1200 words

Dialogue is allowed 3 All entries must be the original work of the student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Short Story entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 6 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

Wr

iting

Divisio

n

Page 8: This Changes Everything! - AG Web Services

16 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 17

5 Graphic Design and T-shirt Design entries are required to creatively and effectively interpret the annual theme

6 The overall size of any entry in the Art Division may be no smaller than 4 by 6 inches and no larger than 32 by 32 inches

7 Entries requiring a frame must be submitted with frame only or Plexiglas in a frame (no glass is permitted)

graphic DEsign 1 Graphic Design is the art and process of creating a completely original design The use of

stock clip art is not permitted 2 In the Graphic Design category the following mediums are accepted advertisement billboard brochure bulletin business card flier letterhead logo newsletter poster web page 3 Graphic Design entries must be mounted flat on art board or framed See size requirements on

page 15 4 Entries in the Graphic Design category may take any of the following forms finished

piece full-color drawing or comprehensive full-color dummy or proof Digital imagery and computer illustrations are appropriate for this category but must be high-resolution (at least 300 dpi at 100 of output size) Students should submit the best representation of their design

photography Digital 1 Only digital cameras may be used for photographs entered in the Photography Digital

category 2 The information page that must accompany the entry must indicate the camera type of

software and any other form of technology used to produce the image under ldquoExplanation of mediumrdquo

3 Photography Digital entries are not required to interpret the annual theme Entries must reflect a Christian world view but do not have to be overtly ldquoreligiousrdquo in subject or theme

4 Computer-generated improvements are allowed in order to enhance the original photograph (cropping color depth or hue color contrast etc)

5 A montage of up to three photographs may be used to create one image All photographs used to create the image must appear to the viewer as if they are a single image All photographs used to create the image must be the original work of the student

6 No collages are permitted in this category 7 No typography is to be added to the image unless it appears to the viewer as if it is part of

the original image 8 Framing or mounting is not evaluated but is required See size requirements on page 15

photography traDitional 1 Only a 35mm camera may be used for photographs entered in the Photography

Traditional category 2 Only one image is acceptable The photograph must be single frame single exposure

3 Photography Traditional entries are not required to interpret the annual theme Entries must reflect a Christian world view but do not have to be overtly ldquoreligiousrdquo in subject or theme

4 Black-and-white or color photographs are accepted 5 Neither manipulation of the original work nor touch-ups are permitted 6 No typography is to be added to the image 7 Framing or mounting is not evaluated but is required See size requirements on page 15

t-shirt DEsign 1 T-shirt Design entries may take any of the following forms finished T-shirt full-color drawing

or comprehensive full-color computer dummy or proof Students should submit the best representation of their designs

2 The use of stock clip art is not permitted 3 Entries submitted in a finished-shirt format must be displayed over art board T-shirt board

or cardboard Neither mannequin nor bust displays are permitted 4 Entries submitted in full-color drawing format or as a computer-generated image must be

mounted flat on art board See size requirements on page 15

visual art thrEE-DimEnsional 1 In the Visual Art Three-Dimensional category the following mediums are accepted collagemontage traditional sculpture mixed media stained glass 2 Visual Art Three-Dimensional entries are not required to interpret the annual theme

Entries must reflect a Christian world view but do not have to be overtly ldquoreligiousrdquo in subject or theme

3 Mounting is not evaluated but is required See size requirements on page 15

visual art tWo-DimEnsional 1 In the Visual Art Two-Dimensional category the following mediums are accepted acrylics collagemontage comic strip montage mosaic oils sketches (ink pencil chalk charcoal) watercolors

2 Visual Art Three-Dimensional entries are not required to interpret the annual theme Entries must reflect a Christian world view but do not have to be overtly ldquoreligiousrdquo in subject or theme

3 Framing or mounting is not evaluated but is required See size requirements on page 15

ar

t Divisio

n ar

t D

ivis

ion

18 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 19

communication DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Communication Division may submit entries in the following categories American Sign Language Group American Sign Language Solo Childrenrsquos Lesson Group Childrenrsquos Lesson Solo Puppetry Group Group Puppetry Solo Short Film Short Sermon Short Sermon Spanish

amErican sign languagE groupsolo

Rules 1 American Sign Language SoloGroup is an interpretation of a pre-recorded song using

American Sign Language (ASL) to encourage a cross-cultural experience explore the correlation between ASL and English and to prepare the participant for Deaf Ministry

2 The interpreted song must be a musical track that includes lyrics 3 Sign Language Group entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 4 Sign Language Solo entries have a time limit of 5 minutes Sign Language Group entries

have a time limit of 7 minutes Both have 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down

5 ASL entries do not need to interpret the annual theme 6 The English-to-ASL interpretation must be an original work 7 Presenters must use ASL linguistic features in the interpretation This may include but is

not limited to ASL sentence structure sign choices that reflect meaning appropriate body shifts and appropriate use of space The interpretation may not be simply in English word order

8 If the presenter(s) is deaf heshe may use a cue (not a signs) or have someone mouth the words in order to stay in sync with the music This person is not considered part of the entry but evaluators must be informed of their presence and how they will be cueing the participant(s)

9 The presenter(s) must maintain a professional appearance Attire and accessories must not create visual distractions Costumes and costume make-up are not allowed

10 Mouthing lyricslip syncing is not used in American Sign Language Only linguistically appropriate facial grammar should be present This may include but is not limited to puffed cheeks pursed lips and raised eyebrows These should be used as is fitting within the language itself

11 No live music is allowed

chilDrEnrsquos lEsson groupsolo 1 Childrenrsquos Lesson GroupSolo is the art of communicating a biblical message presented

verbally and visually in a lesson geared toward children ages 5-12 2 A Childrenrsquos Lesson Group may be comprised of two to ten eligible students

3 In a Childrenrsquos Lesson Group at least one person must be in direct verbal communication with the audience

4 Childrenrsquos Lesson GroupSolo entries have a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down

5 Participants may use various means of communication (object lesson illusion ventriloquism etc) Neither flammable nor liquid illustrations are permitted

6 All entries must be original not a memorization of someone elsersquos sermon or lesson 7 The presentation must creatively and effectively interpret or reflect the annual theme 8 All presentations must be in harmony with the Statement of Fundamental Truths of the

Assemblies of God A copy of the Statement of Fundamental Truths is available online at wwwagorg under the ldquoBeliefsrdquo tab

9 The lesson must be memorized 10 A central Scripture or Bible story must be used 11 Props are permissible as long as the 90-second setup and tear down times are not

exceeded Any props used must be brought to the festival by the participant 12 Costumes are permitted as long as the face is not covered 13 A puppet stage is not permitted in Childrenrsquos Lesson Solo Any puppet(s) must be used

without the aid of a curtain or puppet stage 14 A puppet stage is provided for Childrenrsquos Lesson Group Participants may not bring their

own puppet stage 15 Childrenrsquos Lesson entries may solicit audience responseparticipation

puppEtry groupsoloBlack lights (if used) must be brought by participants as well as any necessary extension cords Each entry must provide individuals to turn room lights off and on Puppet State dimensions are listed on the Provided Equipment List posted on wwwfafagorg The puppet stage dimensions may not be adjusted Contact your district coordinators for stage dimensions provided at your district festival

Rules 1 Puppetry is the art of presenting a puppet show for the purpose of encouraging young Christians

in their faith and to share Christ with others 2 An entry in Puppetry Group may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for puppetry entries There are 90 seconds for setup

and 90 seconds for tear down 4 A puppetry entry is not required to be original but originality is encouraged 5 Puppetry entries are not required to follow the annual theme 6 Participants are not permitted to bring their own puppet stage 7 No interaction between live presenters and puppets is permitted 8 All aspects of the puppetry entry must take place within the boundaries of the puppet

stage

co

mm

un

icat

ion

Div

isio

nc

om

mu

nic

ation

Divisio

n

20 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 21

9 Props and signs may be used but must be provided by the participant(s) and must be contained within (behind) the boundaries of the puppet stage Neither flammable nor liquid props or elements are permitted in puppetry entries

10 Hand puppets or hand-manipulated puppets are to be used (no life-sized puppets are permitted)

11 Ventriloquism is not allowed in puppetry categories

short film

District Festival Delivery InstructionsFor rules and guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Short Film entries for your district festival contact your district youth director or district Fine Arts coordinator

NFAF Delivery InstructionsShort Film entries must be received within 5 days of online or faxed registrations Entries must accompany mailed registrations Short Film entries must be sent to

national youth ministriesAttn Detroit20101445 North Boonville AvenueSpringfield MO 65802-1894

Short Film entries are evaluated prior to the NFAFShort Film entries are on display at the NFAF Results of the evaluations are released at the NFAFEvaluation sheets and certificates must be picked up by Friday August 6 2010 by 12 pm No attempt is made to return the materials to participants after the NFAF

Rules 1 In the Short Film category the following genres are accepted animation comedy drama documentary experimental fictionlive action music video

2 The creation of a Short Film is the art and process of producing a film containing a combination of visual images and sounds to communicate effectively a mood emotion andor message

3 Short Film entries may be created by one to ten eligible students 4 Short Film entries must have a typed information page that accompanies the entry and

includes the following informationParticipant(s)CategoryChurch name city and state

5 Entries in Short Film have a time limit of 5 minutes

6 The creator(s)producer(s) of the film must meet the NFAF age or grade requirements and must register as participants However those appearing in the film or supporting the production (actors grips lighting boom operator etc) do not need to meet age requirements nor register as participants

7 Copyright policy national youth ministries and the General Council of the Assemblies of God are not responsible for assuring that all material included in studentsrsquo film productions is in compliance with existing copyright laws It is the responsibility of the students parents and youth leaders to be completely legal and ethical in their conduct regarding copyrighted material used to create an entry for the NFAF Students must obtain either the copyrights or explicit written permission for use of all software graphics parodies recorded music andor sound files included Credits must be included See page 13 for an additional list of guidelines

8 Any script or story line must be the original work of the participant(s)

9 Short Film entries must be submitted in DVD format VHS entries are not accepted

10 The participant(s) is not required to be present at the NFAF However the registration form and fee must be submitted by the appropriate deadline

short sErmonshort sErmon spanish 1 An entry in Short Sermon is the art of verbally communicating a biblical message that

includes Scripture quotations or readings presented by one eligible student 2 Short Sermon entries have a time limit of 5 minutes 3 All presentations must be in harmony with the Statement of Fundamental Truths of the

Assemblies of God A copy of the Statement of Fundamental Truths is available online at wwwagorg under the ldquoBeliefsrdquo tab

4 All short sermon presentations must creatively and effectively interpret the annual theme 5 All entries must be original material not just a memorization of someone elsersquos sermon

Participants are permitted to use illustrations personal testimonies statistics stories etc Sources should always be cited

6 Participants are allowed to use notes The sermon does not need to be memorized 7 Participants may only use a Bible notes a podium and handheld visual aids The festival

will provide only the podium 8 All aspects of the sermon must take place within the boundaries of the stage 9 The wearing of costumes is not permitted 10 The use of audio or audiovisual devices is not permitted Neither flammable nor liquid

visual aids are permitted 11 All presentations must be given with due reverence for God and His people and must not

be a cynical or satirical portrayal of any form of the ministry

co

mm

un

icatio

n D

ivision

co

mm

un

icat

ion

Div

isio

n

22 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 23

Drama DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Drama Division may submit entries in the following categories Drama Ensemble Large Drama Ensemble Small Drama Solo Human Video Ensemble Large Human Video Ensemble Small Human Video Solo

Drama EnsEmblEsolo 1 A Drama presentation is the art of telling a culturally relevant story through verbal

communication and action 2 Drama Ensemble Small entries may be comprised by two to four eligible students Drama

Ensemble Large entries may be comprised by five to ten eligible students 3 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for each drama entry There are 90 seconds for setup

and 90 seconds for tear down 4 Drama entries do not have to be original but originality is encouraged 5 Drama entries must creatively and effectively interpret the annual theme 6 The entire presentation must be memorized 7 No recorded or electronic sound effects are allowed Neither soundtracks nor live

background music is allowed 8 All aspects of the drama must take place within the boundaries of the stage 9 Chairs may be used as props However standing on chairs is not allowed and will result in

disqualification The only chairs allowed are the chairs available on-site in the presentation room Participants and groups may not bring their own chairs to the NFAF

10 Small handheld props are allowed in Drama entries Neither flammable nor liquid props are permitted

11 Costumes are permitted in Drama entries 12 Neither masks nor costume makeup is allowed

human viDEo EnsEmblEsolo

Rules 1 A Human Video presentation is the art of telling a story through a non-verbal drama

presentation that accompanies a musical track 2 Human Video Ensemble Small entries may be comprised by two to four eligible students

Human Video Ensemble Large entries may be comprised by five to ten eligible students 3 The musical track that accompanies Human Video entries must include lyrics Voice-overs

may be present in the recording but may not completely replace the lyrics 4 The Human Video technique of ldquolip syncrdquo must be present in the majority of the

presentation 5 The splicing of up to three songs is allowed Entries may have more than three splicings

as long as there are three songs maximum Voice-overs do not count toward the three-song limit

6 Live accompaniment is not permitted in Human Video presentations 7 No live vocal communication of any form from the actor(s) is permitted 8 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for Human Video Solo entries There are 90 seconds

for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 9 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Human Video Ensemble entries There are 90

seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 10 Entries do not have to be original but originality is encouraged 11 Human Video entries are not required to interpret the annual theme 12 All aspects of the human video must take place within the boundaries of the stage 13 Safe gymnastic elements andor cheer-type mounts are acceptable Human Video

technique but must fit believably within the story line or be vital to character or story development

14 Chairs are the only allowed prop Standing on chairs is not allowed and will result in disqualification The only chairs allowed are the chairs available on-site in the presentation room Participants and groups may not bring their own chairs to the NFAF

15 Costumes are not permitted in Human Video entries T-shirts in various colors are not considered costumes

16 Neither masks nor costume makeup is allowed

Dr

am

a Divisio

n Dr

am

a D

ivis

ion

24 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 25

Exhibition DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Exhibition Division may submit entries in the following categories

ASL Storytelling Human Video Ensemble SpanishInstrumental Ensemble Contemporary Performance ArtSpoken Word Vocal Ensemble SpanishWorship Dance Solo Worship Dance Troupe

informationThe Exhibition Division was created to allow participants to be evaluated in areas that may become categories in the futureExhibition Division participants are given the opportunity to give their presentation once for evaluation and scoring Callbacks are not conducted for Exhibition entriesAt the NFAF points are given to each entry so that evaluators may determine the recipients of Exhibition Division Honorable Mention awards and so that students may improve their work

asl storytElling 1 ASL Storytelling is for the art of telling a biblical story rendered visually using only

American Sign Language (ASL) for the purpose of ministry to the deaf 2 Storytelling entries may be comprised by one to ten eligible students 3 There is a time limit of 5 minutes 4 Handheld propssigns are allowed in this category 5 The entire presentation must be memorized 6 Entries in the ASL Storytelling category must communicate a biblical story in a creative

and culturally relevant manner 7 No live or recorded music is permitted

human viDEo EnsEmblE spanishRules 1 A Human Video Ensemble Spanish presentation is the art of telling a story through a

non-verbal drama presentation that accompanies a musical track with Spanish lyrics to be used in mission trip settings

2 Human Video Ensemble Spanish entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students

3 The musical track that accompanies Human Video entries must include lyrics Spanish voice-overs may be present in the recording but may not completely replace the lyrics

4 The Human Video technique of ldquolip syncrdquo must be present in the majority of the presentation

5 The splicing of up to three songs is allowed Entries may have more than three splicings as long as there are three songs maximum Voice-overs do not count toward the three-song limit

6 Live accompaniment is not permitted in Human Video presentations

7 No live vocal communication of any form from the actors is permitted 8 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Human Video Ensemble Spanish entries There

are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 9 Entries do not have to be original but originality is encouraged 10 Human Video Spanish entries are not required to interpret the annual theme 11 All aspects of the human video must take place within the boundaries of the stage 12 Safe gymnastic elements andor cheer-type mounts are acceptable Human Video

techniques but must fit believably within the story line or be vital to character or story development

13 Chairs are the only allowed prop Standing on chairs is not allowed and will result in disqualification The only chairs allowed are the chairs available on-site in the presentation room Participants and groups may not bring their own chairs to the NFAF

14 Costumes are not permitted T-shirts in various colors are not considered costumes 15 Neither masks nor costume makeup is allowed

instrumEntal EnsEmblE contEmporaryRules 1 Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary is the art of performing an instrumental selection

without lyrics 2 Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible

students 3 There is a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear

down 4 Selections do not have to be original but originality is encouraged 5 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

6 All individuals who perform live must meet the age or grade requirements of the NFAF register as participants and pay the accompanying fee

7 Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary entries do not need to be memorized Using the musical score will not affect the evaluation

8 Entries are allowed to include additional percussion instruments and accessories if they can be set up and torn down within the allotted 90-second time limit

9 A keyboard is provided any additional keyboards must be provided by the participant Any use of pre-programming or sequencing of keyboards is not allowed the keyboard should function only in response to manual hands-on control

pErformancE artRules 1 Performance Art is the art of expressing an idea or telling a story by creating a painting

or sketch as a live performance in front of an audience Entries in this category must be entirely the work of one eligible student including any pre-sketching

2 Music andor audio elements as well as motion may be present in the performance The splicing of up to 5 songs is permitted The use of additional media is not permitted

3 An overall time limit of 25 minutes is allowed for Performance Art entries students must be able

Exh

ibitio

n D

ivision

Exh

ibit

ion

Div

isio

n

26 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 27

to set up perform and tear down within a total of 25 minutes overall Participants may have assistance with setup

4 In the Performance Art category a single painting or sketch in one of the following mediums will be accepted

paint (acrylic watercolor or oil) chalk charcoal 5 The painting or sketch must be presented on one of the following materials canvas paper wood Plexiglas 6 Artists may start with a pre-sketched canvas paper or panel Rehearsal is encouraged 7 Entries in this exhibition may be no smaller than 32 inches by 32 inches and no larger

than 8 feet by 8 feet 8 Participants are responsible for bringing all materials and supplies necessary for

completing their entry (music canvas or surface material paints brushes charcoal easel stool etc)

9 The performance must be completely contained on the surface chosen by the participant If venue space is damaged the participant is responsible

spoKEn WorD Rules 1 An entry in Spoken Word (performance poetry) is for the art and ministry of communicating

poetry that is specifically composed for performance before an audience 2 Spoken Word entries must be entirely the original work of one eligible student 3 There is a time limit of 3 minutes for all Spoken Word entries Time begins when the

participant does or says anything to indicate the beginning of the presentation 4 Entries in this category must interpret the annual theme 5 The entire presentation must be memorized 6 The use of additional media is not permitted 7 Neither live nor recorded music is permitted 8 Costumes are not permitted

vocal EnsEmblE spanish Rules 1 A Vocal Ensemble Spanish may consist of two to ten eligible students 2 Music must be memorized 3 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

4 There is a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down

5 To ensure consistent sound level microphones are set prior to the festival by an official sound technician Participants may not ask for special sound settings It is the responsibility of the participants to move microphones to accommodate blend and volume and to make sure the microphones are turned on

6 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels 7 Accompaniment bull Vocal entries may choose to have or not to have accompaniment

bull Accompanists are not considered part of the entry bull The accompanist may be an adult or student bull Accompanists are allowed to use music bull A maximum of four instruments from the approved lists of instruments on pages 13 - 14

may be used for live accompaniment bull CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped

recordings are not accommodated bull Background vocals are not permitted for vocal ensemble entriesWorship DancE solotroupE

InformationEntries in the Worship Dance SoloTroupe categories must be presented in one of the accepted genres defined as follows Ballet A classical form of dance characterized by formally precise steps and poses A

basic vocabulary of recognized ballet technique is used as criteria for the evaluation of entries in the ballet genre

Lyrical A contemporary form of dance also referred to as ldquomodernrdquo that is a fusion between ballet and jazz This artistic dance attempts to interpret the meaning of the music through expressive and dynamic movements

Urban Also known as ldquostreet dancerdquo influenced by the various rhythms and techniques of hip-hop

Rules 1 An entry in Worship Dance is for the art and ministry of communicating a story and

expressively and worshipfully interpreting music using recognized dance technique 2 Worship Dance Troupe entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 There is a time limit of 5 minutes for all Worship Dance entries 4 The musical track that accompanies a Worship Dance entry may or may not contain lyrics

If the track contains lyrics it is not appropriate dance technic to mouth the words 5 Live accompaniment is not permitted 6 Modest attire must be worn Clothing must be appropriate for effective interpretation

intended audience and conducive to a worship atmosphere Low-cut tops backless shirts tight short shorts see-through skirts without leggings are never acceptable

7 Shoes must be worn Ballet slippers paws or jazz shoes are acceptable 8 Fine Arts Festival holds a high standard and does not permit suggestive movements

music or attire Any movement music or attire that is deemed inappropriate may receive either point deductions or disqualification

9 The use of props is not permitted 10 The use of percussion instruments is not permitted 11 The use of streamers ribbon banners or flags is permitted but must not become the focal

point of the presentation at the expense of recognized and legitimate dance technique 12 Adults may assist in choreography but the use of a director during the presentation is not

permitted 13 CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped

recordings are not accommodated

Exh

ibitio

n D

ivision

Exh

ibit

ion

Div

isio

n

28 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 29

instrumEntal DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Instrumental Division may submit entries in the following categories Guitar Solo Instrumental Ensemble Traditional Keyboard Solo Percussion SoloEnsemble Traditional Percussion Unconventional String Solo WindBrass Solo

informationGuitar Solo may use instruments from the Rhythm Strings list page 14Instrumental Ensemble Traditional may use instruments from the Keyboards Woodwinds Brass and Traditional Strings lists only (see pages 13 - 14) The following additional instruments may be used mandolin 12-string guitar dulcimer banjo acoustic guitarPlease note Instrumental Ensemble Traditional entries may not use electric guitar electric bass or drums The aforementioned instruments are neither allowed nor provided for this traditional category Students desiring to use contemporary instrumentation may enter the Exhibition Division Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary or Christian Band categoriesKeyboard Solo may use instruments from the Keyboard list page 13 (only a piano will be provided at the NFAF)Percussion SoloEnsemble Traditional may use instruments from the Percussion list page 14String Solo may use instruments from the Traditional Strings list page 14WindBrass Solo may use instruments from the Woodwinds and Brass lists pages 13 - 14

gEnEral instrumEntal Division rulEs

Guitar Solo Instrumental Ensemble Traditional Keyboard Solo String Solo amp WindBrass Solo 1 An instrumental soloensemble is the art of presenting a musical composition using only

musical instruments 2 An instrumental ensemble may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for Instrumental entries (except for Percussion

Ensemble categories) There are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down The instrumentalists may use this time to tune their instruments or conduct a brief warm up

4 Music must be memorized for all solo entries 5 Ensembles do not have to memorize their music Using the musical score will not affect

the evaluation 6 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

7 To ensure consistent sound level microphones if used are set prior to the festival by an official sound technician Participants may not ask for special sound settings It is the

responsibility of the participants to make sure the microphones are turned on and to move microphones to accommodate blend and volume

8 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels 9 A participant may play more than one instrument in an Instrumental entry as long as the

setup and tear down time limits are not exceeded 10 Use of pre-programed or pre-recorded loopssoftware is not allowed any looping or

sequencing technology must function only in response to manual and live hands-on control

11 Keyboard Solo and Percussion entries are not allowed accompaniment (either live or recorded)

12 Accompaniment bull Instrumental entries (except for Keyboard Solo and Percussion) may choose to have or

not to have accompaniment bull An accompanist is not considered part of the entry bull The accompanist may be an adult or student bull Accompanists are allowed to use music bull Only a piano or keyboard may be used for live accompaniment Only a piano is provided

by the festival bull CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped

recordings are not accommodated bull If a CD or MP3 accompaniment track is used the instrument(s) played by the student(s)

cannot be predominant on the accompaniment track bull Neither live nor recorded background vocals are permitted

pErcussion EnsEmblEsolo traDitional

InformationThe following will be provided at the NFAF for Percussion SoloEnsemble Traditional entries Solo - 1 standard drum set Ensemble - 2 standard drum sets 4 6rsquo tables are provided for handbell entries

Rules 1 A traditional percussion entry is the art of presenting a musical entry using traditional

orchestral percussion instruments and techniques 2 A Percussion Ensemble Traditional entry is comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Instruments from the approved percussion list on page 14 may be used to create the

Percussion Traditional entries 4 Personal drum sets may not be brought to the festival 5 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for Percussion Solo entries There are 90 seconds for

set up and 90 seconds for tear down 6 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Percussion Ensemble Traditional entries There are

90 seconds for set up and 90 seconds for tear down

instr

um

Enta

l D

ivision

inst

ru

mEn

tal

Div

isio

n

30 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 31

pErcussion unconvEntional

Rules 1 Percussion Unconventional is the art of presenting a musical entry in which sound is

produced by striking or tapping the body or one object upon another 2 An entry is in this category is for the composition and performance of alternative and

creative percussion techniques such as trash cans pipes sticks etc as well as ldquostomprdquo entries

3 Neither flammable nor liquid elements are permitted in Percusison Unconventional presentations

4 A Percussion Unconventional entry is comprised by one to ten eligible students 5 Percussion instruments from the Traditional percussion list may be incorporated into the

entry but must be provided by the participant A drum set is not provided for Percussion Unconventional

6 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Percussion Unconventional entries There are 90 seconds for set up and 90 seconds for tear down

vocal DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Vocal Division may submit entries in the following categories Choir Christian Band Rap Group Rap Solo Songwriting Vocal Ensemble Large Vocal Ensemble Small Vocal Solo Female Vocal Solo Male Vocal Solo Spanish Female Vocal Solo Spanish Male Worship Team

informationA participant may enter the same song in more than one category For example the student may sing a solo version of a song that is used for a vocal ensemble However a student or group of students may not enter the same category twice Synthesizerskeyboards are only provided for Worship Team Christian Band and RapA piano is provided for Songwriting Vocal solosensembles and Choir

gEnEral vocal Division rulEs 1 Use of pre-programed or pre-recorded loopssoftware is not allowed any looping or

sequencing technology must function only in response to manual and live hands-on control

2 Choir Vocal EnsembleSolo Accompaniment bull Choir and Vocal entries may choose to have or not to have accompaniment bull Accompanists are not considered part of the entry bull The accompanist may be an adult or student bull Accompanists are allowed to use music bull A maximum of four instruments from the allowed instruments list may be used for live

accompaniment A piano is the only instrument that will be provided for Vocal EnsembleSolo entries

bull CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped recordings are not accommodated

choir Rules 1 A Choir is for the art of presenting a sacred choral song selection with ministry

effectiveness in mind 2 A Choir entry must be comprised by 11 to 75 eligible students 3 Choirs are allowed 5 minutes to present their entry There are 2 1frasl2 minutes for setup and

2 1frasl2 minutes for tear down 4 CD or MP3 accompaniment tracks are allowed Background vocals are not permitted on

soundtracks 5 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels 6 A director is allowed This person may use music

instr

um

Enta

l D

ivision

voc

al

Div

isio

n

32 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 33

christian banD

Rules 1 The Christian Band category is the art of performing Christian music by students whose

focus is to perform with ministry effectiveness in mind 2 Christian Band entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Entries in this category must include both music and lyrics 4 Christian Bands have a time limit of 5 minutes with 2 and 12 minutes for set up and 2 and

12 minutes for tear down Participants may have assistance with setup 5 Christian Bands may choose to provide their own sound engineer The person chosen

to run sound must meet the age or grade requirements register as a participant and will count toward the overall 10-member group limit Note Student engineers may visit wwwfafagorg to view the equipment specifications

6 All individuals within a Christian Band entry must meet the age or grade requirements No adult accompanists vocalists or sound engineers are allowed

7 Original songs are not required but originality is encouraged 8 All music must be memorized 9 Additional Instruments and equipment andor additional percussion accessories are

permitted but must be provided by the participants and only if they can be set up and torn down within the allotted time limit Individuals are not allowed to bring their own drum sets

10 Students must refrain from any actions that may be deemed offensive or inappropriate ldquoInappropriaterdquo actions include but are not limited to improper gestures or moves stage diving and language unbecoming of a Christian Any festival equipment damaged as a result of inappropriate actions is the responsibility of the students to replace Failure to adhere to this standard will result in disqualification

rap groupsolo

Rules 1 Rap is the urban art of communicating through rhythm and rhyme 2 A Rap Group entry may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Rap entries must be the original works of the students and written during the current Fine

Arts year (September 1 through August 2) 4 All Rap entries have a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90

seconds for tear down 5 Lyric sheets for each of the evaluators must be provided at each level of participation

Lyric sheets must be typed with the lyrics divided into the sections of the song (chorus verse bridge etc) and must have a title page or heading that includes the following informationTitleCategoryComposer(s)Church name city and state

6 Students wishing to use drum machines must provide their own equipment and adhere to

the setup and tear down time limits 7 All entries must be memorized

songWriting

InformationSongwriting entries are not evaluated on the presentation of the performer(s) However the performance of the song can either strengthen or weaken the entire presentation The criteria used to evaluate Songwriting entries will not support Rap entries

Rules 1 Songwriting is the art of writing a Christian or sacred composition including both music

and lyrics 2 Songwriting entries may be comprised by one to five eligible students 3 Songwriting entries are allowed 5 minutes to present their selection There are 90 seconds

for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 4 Three sets of lyric sheets must be provided for the evaluators at each level of participation

Lyric sheets must be typed with the sections of the song clearly marked (chorus verse bridge etc) and must have a title page or heading that includes the following informationTitleCategoryComposer(s)Church name city and state

5 Songwriting entries must be the original work of the student(s) and written during the current Fine Arts year (September 1 through August 3)

6 If an accompaniment track is created for the NFAF all musicians used to create the accompaniment must meet the age or grade requirements of the NFAF but do not need to register as participants

7 A maximum of four instruments may be used for accompaniment (either recorded or live) 8 The overall number of live performers is not to exceed five people 9 Songwriting entries may be performed by the composer(s) or by another student or group

of students 10 All music performed live must be memorized 11 All students who perform live at the NFAF must meet the age or grade requirements of the

NFAF No adult accompanists or group members are allowed

vocal EnsEmblEsolo

Rules 1 An entry in a Vocal EnsembleSolo category is for the art of presenting a vocal song

selection with ministry effectiveness in mind 2 A Vocal Ensemble Small may be comprised by two to four eligible students 3 A Vocal Ensemble Large may be comprised by five to ten eligible students 4 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for all vocal solos and ensembles There are 90

vo

ca

l Divisio

n voc

al

Div

isio

n

34 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 35

seconds allowed for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 5 Music must be memorized 6 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

7 Participants may not ask for special sound settings To ensure consistent sound level microphones are set prior to the festival by an official sound technician It is the responsibility of the participants to make sure the microphones are turned on and to move microphones to accommodate blend and volume

8 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels Background vocals are allowed for solo entries Background vocals are not allowed for group entries

Worship tEam

Rules 1 A Worship Team entry is the art of leading others in worship 2 Worship Team entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Worship Team entries have a time limit of 7 minutes with 2 and 12 minutes for set up and

2 and 12 minutes for tear down Participants may have assistance with setup 4 Worship Teams may choose to provide their own sound engineer The person chosen to

run sound must meet the age or grade requirements register as a participant and will count toward the overall 10-member group limit Note Student engineers may visit wwwfafagorg to view the equipment specifications

5 All individuals within a Worship Team entry must meet the age or grade requirements No adult accompanists vocalists or sound engineers are allowed

6 Worship Team entries must be comprised by both vocalists and instrumentalists Entries are required to have more than one vocalist

7 All music must be memorized 8 Additional instruments and equipment andor additional percussion accessories are

permitted but must be provided by the participants and only if they can be set up and torn down within the allotted time limit Individuals are not allowed to bring their own drum sets

Writing Division Read the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Writing Division may submit entries in the following categories Book Chapter Childrenrsquos Literature First Person Essay Poetry Short Story Script Writing

District fEstival DElivEry instructionsFor rules and guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Writing Division entries for your district festival contact your district youth director or district Fine Arts coordinator

nfaf DElivEry instructions 1 Writing entries must be e-mailed (with the exception of Childrenrsquos Literature) as an

attachment to fafagorg with a subject line that contains the participantrsquos name and ldquo2010 Fine Arts Writing Entryrdquo The e-mail must be received within 5 days of the online processing postmark or fax date of the participantrsquos registration form and fee Writing entries will not be returned to participants

2 Writing entries must be submitted in doc docx or rtf format 3 Writing entries must be submitted in Times New Roman or Arial fonts and may contain no

art word art borders etc

booK chaptEr

Rules 1 The Book Chapter entry is for the submission of the first chapter of either a fiction or non-

fiction book for a target audience of teens to adults 2 All entries must be the original work of one student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 3 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 4 The first chapter of the book submission must be 1500-1800 words 5 The writer must include a summary of the book no longer than 150 words 6 The chapter does not need to interpret the annual theme 7 The chapter must reflect a Christian world view 8 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

vo

ca

l Divisio

nW

rit

ing

Div

isio

n

36 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 37

chilDrEnrsquos litEraturE

District Festival Delivery InstructionsFor rules and guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Writing Division entries for your district festival contact your district youth director or district Fine Arts coordinator

NFAF Delivery InstructionsThe Childrenrsquos Literature entry must be received within 5 days of online or faxed registrations Entries must accompany mailed registrations The Childrenrsquos Literature entry must be mailed to

national youth ministriesAttn Detroit20101445 North Boonville AvenueSpringfield MO 65802-1894

Rules

1 The submission of a Childrenrsquos Literature entry is the art of writing and illustrating an entire childrenrsquos book with a target audience of a toddler or early reader (first to third grades) with words and illustrations that are age appropriate

2 The Childrenrsquos Literature SoloCollaborated entry may be created by one to ten eligible students

3 The entire entry must be the original work of the student(s) (including illustrations) and may not be adapted from anotherrsquos concept

4 Illustrations may take the form of drawing painting or full-color computer-generated graphics produced from illustrator software Stock clip art is not acceptable

5 The entry must read like a book participants may not submit a manuscript with separate illustrations

6 The creator(s) is not required to be present at the NFAF However the registration form must be completed and the appropriate fees paid

7 The childrenrsquos book may not be more than 800 words in length

8 The childrenrsquos book must reflect a Christian world view

9 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following informationTitleCategoryAuthor(s)Illustrator(s)Church name city and stateWord count

first pErson Essay 1 A First Person Essay is the art of writing an essay based on personal experience 2 A First Person Essay must have a minimum of 500 words and a maximum of 1200 words

Dialogue is allowed 3 All entries must be the original work of one student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 First Person Essay entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 6 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

poEtry 1 A Poetry entry is the art of composing a piece of literature written in meter or verse 2 A Poetry entry may be rhymed or unrhymed with a maximum of 30 lines 3 All entries must be the original work of the student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Poetry entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font with at least 1-inch margins on all

sides 6 Poetry entries are not required to be double-spaced 7 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document including the

following informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateLine count

script Writing 1 A script writing entry is the art of writing a short drama that addresses a culturally relevant

issue from a Christian perspective 2 Script Writing entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 3 Script writing entries must be the original work of the one to ten eligible students and

created within the current Fine Arts year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font with at least 1-inch margins on all

sides

Wr

iting

Divisio

n Wr

itin

g

Div

isio

n

38 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook

5 Scripts are not required to be double-spaced Entries should follow standard script formatting

6 Blocking suggestions are required 7 A character listing and scene setting must be included 8 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document including the

following informationTitleCategoryAuthor(s)Church name city and state

9 The entire script entry can be no longer than six pages total including title page character listing and scene setting

short story 1 A Short Story is the art of writing a fictional or non-fictional story 2 A Short Story must have a minimum of 500 words and a maximum of 1200 words

Dialogue is allowed 3 All entries must be the original work of the student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Short Story entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 6 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

Wr

iting

Divisio

n

Page 9: This Changes Everything! - AG Web Services

18 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 19

communication DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Communication Division may submit entries in the following categories American Sign Language Group American Sign Language Solo Childrenrsquos Lesson Group Childrenrsquos Lesson Solo Puppetry Group Group Puppetry Solo Short Film Short Sermon Short Sermon Spanish

amErican sign languagE groupsolo

Rules 1 American Sign Language SoloGroup is an interpretation of a pre-recorded song using

American Sign Language (ASL) to encourage a cross-cultural experience explore the correlation between ASL and English and to prepare the participant for Deaf Ministry

2 The interpreted song must be a musical track that includes lyrics 3 Sign Language Group entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 4 Sign Language Solo entries have a time limit of 5 minutes Sign Language Group entries

have a time limit of 7 minutes Both have 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down

5 ASL entries do not need to interpret the annual theme 6 The English-to-ASL interpretation must be an original work 7 Presenters must use ASL linguistic features in the interpretation This may include but is

not limited to ASL sentence structure sign choices that reflect meaning appropriate body shifts and appropriate use of space The interpretation may not be simply in English word order

8 If the presenter(s) is deaf heshe may use a cue (not a signs) or have someone mouth the words in order to stay in sync with the music This person is not considered part of the entry but evaluators must be informed of their presence and how they will be cueing the participant(s)

9 The presenter(s) must maintain a professional appearance Attire and accessories must not create visual distractions Costumes and costume make-up are not allowed

10 Mouthing lyricslip syncing is not used in American Sign Language Only linguistically appropriate facial grammar should be present This may include but is not limited to puffed cheeks pursed lips and raised eyebrows These should be used as is fitting within the language itself

11 No live music is allowed

chilDrEnrsquos lEsson groupsolo 1 Childrenrsquos Lesson GroupSolo is the art of communicating a biblical message presented

verbally and visually in a lesson geared toward children ages 5-12 2 A Childrenrsquos Lesson Group may be comprised of two to ten eligible students

3 In a Childrenrsquos Lesson Group at least one person must be in direct verbal communication with the audience

4 Childrenrsquos Lesson GroupSolo entries have a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down

5 Participants may use various means of communication (object lesson illusion ventriloquism etc) Neither flammable nor liquid illustrations are permitted

6 All entries must be original not a memorization of someone elsersquos sermon or lesson 7 The presentation must creatively and effectively interpret or reflect the annual theme 8 All presentations must be in harmony with the Statement of Fundamental Truths of the

Assemblies of God A copy of the Statement of Fundamental Truths is available online at wwwagorg under the ldquoBeliefsrdquo tab

9 The lesson must be memorized 10 A central Scripture or Bible story must be used 11 Props are permissible as long as the 90-second setup and tear down times are not

exceeded Any props used must be brought to the festival by the participant 12 Costumes are permitted as long as the face is not covered 13 A puppet stage is not permitted in Childrenrsquos Lesson Solo Any puppet(s) must be used

without the aid of a curtain or puppet stage 14 A puppet stage is provided for Childrenrsquos Lesson Group Participants may not bring their

own puppet stage 15 Childrenrsquos Lesson entries may solicit audience responseparticipation

puppEtry groupsoloBlack lights (if used) must be brought by participants as well as any necessary extension cords Each entry must provide individuals to turn room lights off and on Puppet State dimensions are listed on the Provided Equipment List posted on wwwfafagorg The puppet stage dimensions may not be adjusted Contact your district coordinators for stage dimensions provided at your district festival

Rules 1 Puppetry is the art of presenting a puppet show for the purpose of encouraging young Christians

in their faith and to share Christ with others 2 An entry in Puppetry Group may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for puppetry entries There are 90 seconds for setup

and 90 seconds for tear down 4 A puppetry entry is not required to be original but originality is encouraged 5 Puppetry entries are not required to follow the annual theme 6 Participants are not permitted to bring their own puppet stage 7 No interaction between live presenters and puppets is permitted 8 All aspects of the puppetry entry must take place within the boundaries of the puppet

stage

co

mm

un

icat

ion

Div

isio

nc

om

mu

nic

ation

Divisio

n

20 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 21

9 Props and signs may be used but must be provided by the participant(s) and must be contained within (behind) the boundaries of the puppet stage Neither flammable nor liquid props or elements are permitted in puppetry entries

10 Hand puppets or hand-manipulated puppets are to be used (no life-sized puppets are permitted)

11 Ventriloquism is not allowed in puppetry categories

short film

District Festival Delivery InstructionsFor rules and guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Short Film entries for your district festival contact your district youth director or district Fine Arts coordinator

NFAF Delivery InstructionsShort Film entries must be received within 5 days of online or faxed registrations Entries must accompany mailed registrations Short Film entries must be sent to

national youth ministriesAttn Detroit20101445 North Boonville AvenueSpringfield MO 65802-1894

Short Film entries are evaluated prior to the NFAFShort Film entries are on display at the NFAF Results of the evaluations are released at the NFAFEvaluation sheets and certificates must be picked up by Friday August 6 2010 by 12 pm No attempt is made to return the materials to participants after the NFAF

Rules 1 In the Short Film category the following genres are accepted animation comedy drama documentary experimental fictionlive action music video

2 The creation of a Short Film is the art and process of producing a film containing a combination of visual images and sounds to communicate effectively a mood emotion andor message

3 Short Film entries may be created by one to ten eligible students 4 Short Film entries must have a typed information page that accompanies the entry and

includes the following informationParticipant(s)CategoryChurch name city and state

5 Entries in Short Film have a time limit of 5 minutes

6 The creator(s)producer(s) of the film must meet the NFAF age or grade requirements and must register as participants However those appearing in the film or supporting the production (actors grips lighting boom operator etc) do not need to meet age requirements nor register as participants

7 Copyright policy national youth ministries and the General Council of the Assemblies of God are not responsible for assuring that all material included in studentsrsquo film productions is in compliance with existing copyright laws It is the responsibility of the students parents and youth leaders to be completely legal and ethical in their conduct regarding copyrighted material used to create an entry for the NFAF Students must obtain either the copyrights or explicit written permission for use of all software graphics parodies recorded music andor sound files included Credits must be included See page 13 for an additional list of guidelines

8 Any script or story line must be the original work of the participant(s)

9 Short Film entries must be submitted in DVD format VHS entries are not accepted

10 The participant(s) is not required to be present at the NFAF However the registration form and fee must be submitted by the appropriate deadline

short sErmonshort sErmon spanish 1 An entry in Short Sermon is the art of verbally communicating a biblical message that

includes Scripture quotations or readings presented by one eligible student 2 Short Sermon entries have a time limit of 5 minutes 3 All presentations must be in harmony with the Statement of Fundamental Truths of the

Assemblies of God A copy of the Statement of Fundamental Truths is available online at wwwagorg under the ldquoBeliefsrdquo tab

4 All short sermon presentations must creatively and effectively interpret the annual theme 5 All entries must be original material not just a memorization of someone elsersquos sermon

Participants are permitted to use illustrations personal testimonies statistics stories etc Sources should always be cited

6 Participants are allowed to use notes The sermon does not need to be memorized 7 Participants may only use a Bible notes a podium and handheld visual aids The festival

will provide only the podium 8 All aspects of the sermon must take place within the boundaries of the stage 9 The wearing of costumes is not permitted 10 The use of audio or audiovisual devices is not permitted Neither flammable nor liquid

visual aids are permitted 11 All presentations must be given with due reverence for God and His people and must not

be a cynical or satirical portrayal of any form of the ministry

co

mm

un

icatio

n D

ivision

co

mm

un

icat

ion

Div

isio

n

22 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 23

Drama DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Drama Division may submit entries in the following categories Drama Ensemble Large Drama Ensemble Small Drama Solo Human Video Ensemble Large Human Video Ensemble Small Human Video Solo

Drama EnsEmblEsolo 1 A Drama presentation is the art of telling a culturally relevant story through verbal

communication and action 2 Drama Ensemble Small entries may be comprised by two to four eligible students Drama

Ensemble Large entries may be comprised by five to ten eligible students 3 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for each drama entry There are 90 seconds for setup

and 90 seconds for tear down 4 Drama entries do not have to be original but originality is encouraged 5 Drama entries must creatively and effectively interpret the annual theme 6 The entire presentation must be memorized 7 No recorded or electronic sound effects are allowed Neither soundtracks nor live

background music is allowed 8 All aspects of the drama must take place within the boundaries of the stage 9 Chairs may be used as props However standing on chairs is not allowed and will result in

disqualification The only chairs allowed are the chairs available on-site in the presentation room Participants and groups may not bring their own chairs to the NFAF

10 Small handheld props are allowed in Drama entries Neither flammable nor liquid props are permitted

11 Costumes are permitted in Drama entries 12 Neither masks nor costume makeup is allowed

human viDEo EnsEmblEsolo

Rules 1 A Human Video presentation is the art of telling a story through a non-verbal drama

presentation that accompanies a musical track 2 Human Video Ensemble Small entries may be comprised by two to four eligible students

Human Video Ensemble Large entries may be comprised by five to ten eligible students 3 The musical track that accompanies Human Video entries must include lyrics Voice-overs

may be present in the recording but may not completely replace the lyrics 4 The Human Video technique of ldquolip syncrdquo must be present in the majority of the

presentation 5 The splicing of up to three songs is allowed Entries may have more than three splicings

as long as there are three songs maximum Voice-overs do not count toward the three-song limit

6 Live accompaniment is not permitted in Human Video presentations 7 No live vocal communication of any form from the actor(s) is permitted 8 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for Human Video Solo entries There are 90 seconds

for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 9 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Human Video Ensemble entries There are 90

seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 10 Entries do not have to be original but originality is encouraged 11 Human Video entries are not required to interpret the annual theme 12 All aspects of the human video must take place within the boundaries of the stage 13 Safe gymnastic elements andor cheer-type mounts are acceptable Human Video

technique but must fit believably within the story line or be vital to character or story development

14 Chairs are the only allowed prop Standing on chairs is not allowed and will result in disqualification The only chairs allowed are the chairs available on-site in the presentation room Participants and groups may not bring their own chairs to the NFAF

15 Costumes are not permitted in Human Video entries T-shirts in various colors are not considered costumes

16 Neither masks nor costume makeup is allowed

Dr

am

a Divisio

n Dr

am

a D

ivis

ion

24 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 25

Exhibition DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Exhibition Division may submit entries in the following categories

ASL Storytelling Human Video Ensemble SpanishInstrumental Ensemble Contemporary Performance ArtSpoken Word Vocal Ensemble SpanishWorship Dance Solo Worship Dance Troupe

informationThe Exhibition Division was created to allow participants to be evaluated in areas that may become categories in the futureExhibition Division participants are given the opportunity to give their presentation once for evaluation and scoring Callbacks are not conducted for Exhibition entriesAt the NFAF points are given to each entry so that evaluators may determine the recipients of Exhibition Division Honorable Mention awards and so that students may improve their work

asl storytElling 1 ASL Storytelling is for the art of telling a biblical story rendered visually using only

American Sign Language (ASL) for the purpose of ministry to the deaf 2 Storytelling entries may be comprised by one to ten eligible students 3 There is a time limit of 5 minutes 4 Handheld propssigns are allowed in this category 5 The entire presentation must be memorized 6 Entries in the ASL Storytelling category must communicate a biblical story in a creative

and culturally relevant manner 7 No live or recorded music is permitted

human viDEo EnsEmblE spanishRules 1 A Human Video Ensemble Spanish presentation is the art of telling a story through a

non-verbal drama presentation that accompanies a musical track with Spanish lyrics to be used in mission trip settings

2 Human Video Ensemble Spanish entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students

3 The musical track that accompanies Human Video entries must include lyrics Spanish voice-overs may be present in the recording but may not completely replace the lyrics

4 The Human Video technique of ldquolip syncrdquo must be present in the majority of the presentation

5 The splicing of up to three songs is allowed Entries may have more than three splicings as long as there are three songs maximum Voice-overs do not count toward the three-song limit

6 Live accompaniment is not permitted in Human Video presentations

7 No live vocal communication of any form from the actors is permitted 8 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Human Video Ensemble Spanish entries There

are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 9 Entries do not have to be original but originality is encouraged 10 Human Video Spanish entries are not required to interpret the annual theme 11 All aspects of the human video must take place within the boundaries of the stage 12 Safe gymnastic elements andor cheer-type mounts are acceptable Human Video

techniques but must fit believably within the story line or be vital to character or story development

13 Chairs are the only allowed prop Standing on chairs is not allowed and will result in disqualification The only chairs allowed are the chairs available on-site in the presentation room Participants and groups may not bring their own chairs to the NFAF

14 Costumes are not permitted T-shirts in various colors are not considered costumes 15 Neither masks nor costume makeup is allowed

instrumEntal EnsEmblE contEmporaryRules 1 Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary is the art of performing an instrumental selection

without lyrics 2 Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible

students 3 There is a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear

down 4 Selections do not have to be original but originality is encouraged 5 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

6 All individuals who perform live must meet the age or grade requirements of the NFAF register as participants and pay the accompanying fee

7 Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary entries do not need to be memorized Using the musical score will not affect the evaluation

8 Entries are allowed to include additional percussion instruments and accessories if they can be set up and torn down within the allotted 90-second time limit

9 A keyboard is provided any additional keyboards must be provided by the participant Any use of pre-programming or sequencing of keyboards is not allowed the keyboard should function only in response to manual hands-on control

pErformancE artRules 1 Performance Art is the art of expressing an idea or telling a story by creating a painting

or sketch as a live performance in front of an audience Entries in this category must be entirely the work of one eligible student including any pre-sketching

2 Music andor audio elements as well as motion may be present in the performance The splicing of up to 5 songs is permitted The use of additional media is not permitted

3 An overall time limit of 25 minutes is allowed for Performance Art entries students must be able

Exh

ibitio

n D

ivision

Exh

ibit

ion

Div

isio

n

26 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 27

to set up perform and tear down within a total of 25 minutes overall Participants may have assistance with setup

4 In the Performance Art category a single painting or sketch in one of the following mediums will be accepted

paint (acrylic watercolor or oil) chalk charcoal 5 The painting or sketch must be presented on one of the following materials canvas paper wood Plexiglas 6 Artists may start with a pre-sketched canvas paper or panel Rehearsal is encouraged 7 Entries in this exhibition may be no smaller than 32 inches by 32 inches and no larger

than 8 feet by 8 feet 8 Participants are responsible for bringing all materials and supplies necessary for

completing their entry (music canvas or surface material paints brushes charcoal easel stool etc)

9 The performance must be completely contained on the surface chosen by the participant If venue space is damaged the participant is responsible

spoKEn WorD Rules 1 An entry in Spoken Word (performance poetry) is for the art and ministry of communicating

poetry that is specifically composed for performance before an audience 2 Spoken Word entries must be entirely the original work of one eligible student 3 There is a time limit of 3 minutes for all Spoken Word entries Time begins when the

participant does or says anything to indicate the beginning of the presentation 4 Entries in this category must interpret the annual theme 5 The entire presentation must be memorized 6 The use of additional media is not permitted 7 Neither live nor recorded music is permitted 8 Costumes are not permitted

vocal EnsEmblE spanish Rules 1 A Vocal Ensemble Spanish may consist of two to ten eligible students 2 Music must be memorized 3 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

4 There is a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down

5 To ensure consistent sound level microphones are set prior to the festival by an official sound technician Participants may not ask for special sound settings It is the responsibility of the participants to move microphones to accommodate blend and volume and to make sure the microphones are turned on

6 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels 7 Accompaniment bull Vocal entries may choose to have or not to have accompaniment

bull Accompanists are not considered part of the entry bull The accompanist may be an adult or student bull Accompanists are allowed to use music bull A maximum of four instruments from the approved lists of instruments on pages 13 - 14

may be used for live accompaniment bull CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped

recordings are not accommodated bull Background vocals are not permitted for vocal ensemble entriesWorship DancE solotroupE

InformationEntries in the Worship Dance SoloTroupe categories must be presented in one of the accepted genres defined as follows Ballet A classical form of dance characterized by formally precise steps and poses A

basic vocabulary of recognized ballet technique is used as criteria for the evaluation of entries in the ballet genre

Lyrical A contemporary form of dance also referred to as ldquomodernrdquo that is a fusion between ballet and jazz This artistic dance attempts to interpret the meaning of the music through expressive and dynamic movements

Urban Also known as ldquostreet dancerdquo influenced by the various rhythms and techniques of hip-hop

Rules 1 An entry in Worship Dance is for the art and ministry of communicating a story and

expressively and worshipfully interpreting music using recognized dance technique 2 Worship Dance Troupe entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 There is a time limit of 5 minutes for all Worship Dance entries 4 The musical track that accompanies a Worship Dance entry may or may not contain lyrics

If the track contains lyrics it is not appropriate dance technic to mouth the words 5 Live accompaniment is not permitted 6 Modest attire must be worn Clothing must be appropriate for effective interpretation

intended audience and conducive to a worship atmosphere Low-cut tops backless shirts tight short shorts see-through skirts without leggings are never acceptable

7 Shoes must be worn Ballet slippers paws or jazz shoes are acceptable 8 Fine Arts Festival holds a high standard and does not permit suggestive movements

music or attire Any movement music or attire that is deemed inappropriate may receive either point deductions or disqualification

9 The use of props is not permitted 10 The use of percussion instruments is not permitted 11 The use of streamers ribbon banners or flags is permitted but must not become the focal

point of the presentation at the expense of recognized and legitimate dance technique 12 Adults may assist in choreography but the use of a director during the presentation is not

permitted 13 CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped

recordings are not accommodated

Exh

ibitio

n D

ivision

Exh

ibit

ion

Div

isio

n

28 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 29

instrumEntal DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Instrumental Division may submit entries in the following categories Guitar Solo Instrumental Ensemble Traditional Keyboard Solo Percussion SoloEnsemble Traditional Percussion Unconventional String Solo WindBrass Solo

informationGuitar Solo may use instruments from the Rhythm Strings list page 14Instrumental Ensemble Traditional may use instruments from the Keyboards Woodwinds Brass and Traditional Strings lists only (see pages 13 - 14) The following additional instruments may be used mandolin 12-string guitar dulcimer banjo acoustic guitarPlease note Instrumental Ensemble Traditional entries may not use electric guitar electric bass or drums The aforementioned instruments are neither allowed nor provided for this traditional category Students desiring to use contemporary instrumentation may enter the Exhibition Division Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary or Christian Band categoriesKeyboard Solo may use instruments from the Keyboard list page 13 (only a piano will be provided at the NFAF)Percussion SoloEnsemble Traditional may use instruments from the Percussion list page 14String Solo may use instruments from the Traditional Strings list page 14WindBrass Solo may use instruments from the Woodwinds and Brass lists pages 13 - 14

gEnEral instrumEntal Division rulEs

Guitar Solo Instrumental Ensemble Traditional Keyboard Solo String Solo amp WindBrass Solo 1 An instrumental soloensemble is the art of presenting a musical composition using only

musical instruments 2 An instrumental ensemble may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for Instrumental entries (except for Percussion

Ensemble categories) There are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down The instrumentalists may use this time to tune their instruments or conduct a brief warm up

4 Music must be memorized for all solo entries 5 Ensembles do not have to memorize their music Using the musical score will not affect

the evaluation 6 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

7 To ensure consistent sound level microphones if used are set prior to the festival by an official sound technician Participants may not ask for special sound settings It is the

responsibility of the participants to make sure the microphones are turned on and to move microphones to accommodate blend and volume

8 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels 9 A participant may play more than one instrument in an Instrumental entry as long as the

setup and tear down time limits are not exceeded 10 Use of pre-programed or pre-recorded loopssoftware is not allowed any looping or

sequencing technology must function only in response to manual and live hands-on control

11 Keyboard Solo and Percussion entries are not allowed accompaniment (either live or recorded)

12 Accompaniment bull Instrumental entries (except for Keyboard Solo and Percussion) may choose to have or

not to have accompaniment bull An accompanist is not considered part of the entry bull The accompanist may be an adult or student bull Accompanists are allowed to use music bull Only a piano or keyboard may be used for live accompaniment Only a piano is provided

by the festival bull CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped

recordings are not accommodated bull If a CD or MP3 accompaniment track is used the instrument(s) played by the student(s)

cannot be predominant on the accompaniment track bull Neither live nor recorded background vocals are permitted

pErcussion EnsEmblEsolo traDitional

InformationThe following will be provided at the NFAF for Percussion SoloEnsemble Traditional entries Solo - 1 standard drum set Ensemble - 2 standard drum sets 4 6rsquo tables are provided for handbell entries

Rules 1 A traditional percussion entry is the art of presenting a musical entry using traditional

orchestral percussion instruments and techniques 2 A Percussion Ensemble Traditional entry is comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Instruments from the approved percussion list on page 14 may be used to create the

Percussion Traditional entries 4 Personal drum sets may not be brought to the festival 5 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for Percussion Solo entries There are 90 seconds for

set up and 90 seconds for tear down 6 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Percussion Ensemble Traditional entries There are

90 seconds for set up and 90 seconds for tear down

instr

um

Enta

l D

ivision

inst

ru

mEn

tal

Div

isio

n

30 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 31

pErcussion unconvEntional

Rules 1 Percussion Unconventional is the art of presenting a musical entry in which sound is

produced by striking or tapping the body or one object upon another 2 An entry is in this category is for the composition and performance of alternative and

creative percussion techniques such as trash cans pipes sticks etc as well as ldquostomprdquo entries

3 Neither flammable nor liquid elements are permitted in Percusison Unconventional presentations

4 A Percussion Unconventional entry is comprised by one to ten eligible students 5 Percussion instruments from the Traditional percussion list may be incorporated into the

entry but must be provided by the participant A drum set is not provided for Percussion Unconventional

6 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Percussion Unconventional entries There are 90 seconds for set up and 90 seconds for tear down

vocal DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Vocal Division may submit entries in the following categories Choir Christian Band Rap Group Rap Solo Songwriting Vocal Ensemble Large Vocal Ensemble Small Vocal Solo Female Vocal Solo Male Vocal Solo Spanish Female Vocal Solo Spanish Male Worship Team

informationA participant may enter the same song in more than one category For example the student may sing a solo version of a song that is used for a vocal ensemble However a student or group of students may not enter the same category twice Synthesizerskeyboards are only provided for Worship Team Christian Band and RapA piano is provided for Songwriting Vocal solosensembles and Choir

gEnEral vocal Division rulEs 1 Use of pre-programed or pre-recorded loopssoftware is not allowed any looping or

sequencing technology must function only in response to manual and live hands-on control

2 Choir Vocal EnsembleSolo Accompaniment bull Choir and Vocal entries may choose to have or not to have accompaniment bull Accompanists are not considered part of the entry bull The accompanist may be an adult or student bull Accompanists are allowed to use music bull A maximum of four instruments from the allowed instruments list may be used for live

accompaniment A piano is the only instrument that will be provided for Vocal EnsembleSolo entries

bull CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped recordings are not accommodated

choir Rules 1 A Choir is for the art of presenting a sacred choral song selection with ministry

effectiveness in mind 2 A Choir entry must be comprised by 11 to 75 eligible students 3 Choirs are allowed 5 minutes to present their entry There are 2 1frasl2 minutes for setup and

2 1frasl2 minutes for tear down 4 CD or MP3 accompaniment tracks are allowed Background vocals are not permitted on

soundtracks 5 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels 6 A director is allowed This person may use music

instr

um

Enta

l D

ivision

voc

al

Div

isio

n

32 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 33

christian banD

Rules 1 The Christian Band category is the art of performing Christian music by students whose

focus is to perform with ministry effectiveness in mind 2 Christian Band entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Entries in this category must include both music and lyrics 4 Christian Bands have a time limit of 5 minutes with 2 and 12 minutes for set up and 2 and

12 minutes for tear down Participants may have assistance with setup 5 Christian Bands may choose to provide their own sound engineer The person chosen

to run sound must meet the age or grade requirements register as a participant and will count toward the overall 10-member group limit Note Student engineers may visit wwwfafagorg to view the equipment specifications

6 All individuals within a Christian Band entry must meet the age or grade requirements No adult accompanists vocalists or sound engineers are allowed

7 Original songs are not required but originality is encouraged 8 All music must be memorized 9 Additional Instruments and equipment andor additional percussion accessories are

permitted but must be provided by the participants and only if they can be set up and torn down within the allotted time limit Individuals are not allowed to bring their own drum sets

10 Students must refrain from any actions that may be deemed offensive or inappropriate ldquoInappropriaterdquo actions include but are not limited to improper gestures or moves stage diving and language unbecoming of a Christian Any festival equipment damaged as a result of inappropriate actions is the responsibility of the students to replace Failure to adhere to this standard will result in disqualification

rap groupsolo

Rules 1 Rap is the urban art of communicating through rhythm and rhyme 2 A Rap Group entry may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Rap entries must be the original works of the students and written during the current Fine

Arts year (September 1 through August 2) 4 All Rap entries have a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90

seconds for tear down 5 Lyric sheets for each of the evaluators must be provided at each level of participation

Lyric sheets must be typed with the lyrics divided into the sections of the song (chorus verse bridge etc) and must have a title page or heading that includes the following informationTitleCategoryComposer(s)Church name city and state

6 Students wishing to use drum machines must provide their own equipment and adhere to

the setup and tear down time limits 7 All entries must be memorized

songWriting

InformationSongwriting entries are not evaluated on the presentation of the performer(s) However the performance of the song can either strengthen or weaken the entire presentation The criteria used to evaluate Songwriting entries will not support Rap entries

Rules 1 Songwriting is the art of writing a Christian or sacred composition including both music

and lyrics 2 Songwriting entries may be comprised by one to five eligible students 3 Songwriting entries are allowed 5 minutes to present their selection There are 90 seconds

for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 4 Three sets of lyric sheets must be provided for the evaluators at each level of participation

Lyric sheets must be typed with the sections of the song clearly marked (chorus verse bridge etc) and must have a title page or heading that includes the following informationTitleCategoryComposer(s)Church name city and state

5 Songwriting entries must be the original work of the student(s) and written during the current Fine Arts year (September 1 through August 3)

6 If an accompaniment track is created for the NFAF all musicians used to create the accompaniment must meet the age or grade requirements of the NFAF but do not need to register as participants

7 A maximum of four instruments may be used for accompaniment (either recorded or live) 8 The overall number of live performers is not to exceed five people 9 Songwriting entries may be performed by the composer(s) or by another student or group

of students 10 All music performed live must be memorized 11 All students who perform live at the NFAF must meet the age or grade requirements of the

NFAF No adult accompanists or group members are allowed

vocal EnsEmblEsolo

Rules 1 An entry in a Vocal EnsembleSolo category is for the art of presenting a vocal song

selection with ministry effectiveness in mind 2 A Vocal Ensemble Small may be comprised by two to four eligible students 3 A Vocal Ensemble Large may be comprised by five to ten eligible students 4 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for all vocal solos and ensembles There are 90

vo

ca

l Divisio

n voc

al

Div

isio

n

34 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 35

seconds allowed for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 5 Music must be memorized 6 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

7 Participants may not ask for special sound settings To ensure consistent sound level microphones are set prior to the festival by an official sound technician It is the responsibility of the participants to make sure the microphones are turned on and to move microphones to accommodate blend and volume

8 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels Background vocals are allowed for solo entries Background vocals are not allowed for group entries

Worship tEam

Rules 1 A Worship Team entry is the art of leading others in worship 2 Worship Team entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Worship Team entries have a time limit of 7 minutes with 2 and 12 minutes for set up and

2 and 12 minutes for tear down Participants may have assistance with setup 4 Worship Teams may choose to provide their own sound engineer The person chosen to

run sound must meet the age or grade requirements register as a participant and will count toward the overall 10-member group limit Note Student engineers may visit wwwfafagorg to view the equipment specifications

5 All individuals within a Worship Team entry must meet the age or grade requirements No adult accompanists vocalists or sound engineers are allowed

6 Worship Team entries must be comprised by both vocalists and instrumentalists Entries are required to have more than one vocalist

7 All music must be memorized 8 Additional instruments and equipment andor additional percussion accessories are

permitted but must be provided by the participants and only if they can be set up and torn down within the allotted time limit Individuals are not allowed to bring their own drum sets

Writing Division Read the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Writing Division may submit entries in the following categories Book Chapter Childrenrsquos Literature First Person Essay Poetry Short Story Script Writing

District fEstival DElivEry instructionsFor rules and guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Writing Division entries for your district festival contact your district youth director or district Fine Arts coordinator

nfaf DElivEry instructions 1 Writing entries must be e-mailed (with the exception of Childrenrsquos Literature) as an

attachment to fafagorg with a subject line that contains the participantrsquos name and ldquo2010 Fine Arts Writing Entryrdquo The e-mail must be received within 5 days of the online processing postmark or fax date of the participantrsquos registration form and fee Writing entries will not be returned to participants

2 Writing entries must be submitted in doc docx or rtf format 3 Writing entries must be submitted in Times New Roman or Arial fonts and may contain no

art word art borders etc

booK chaptEr

Rules 1 The Book Chapter entry is for the submission of the first chapter of either a fiction or non-

fiction book for a target audience of teens to adults 2 All entries must be the original work of one student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 3 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 4 The first chapter of the book submission must be 1500-1800 words 5 The writer must include a summary of the book no longer than 150 words 6 The chapter does not need to interpret the annual theme 7 The chapter must reflect a Christian world view 8 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

vo

ca

l Divisio

nW

rit

ing

Div

isio

n

36 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 37

chilDrEnrsquos litEraturE

District Festival Delivery InstructionsFor rules and guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Writing Division entries for your district festival contact your district youth director or district Fine Arts coordinator

NFAF Delivery InstructionsThe Childrenrsquos Literature entry must be received within 5 days of online or faxed registrations Entries must accompany mailed registrations The Childrenrsquos Literature entry must be mailed to

national youth ministriesAttn Detroit20101445 North Boonville AvenueSpringfield MO 65802-1894

Rules

1 The submission of a Childrenrsquos Literature entry is the art of writing and illustrating an entire childrenrsquos book with a target audience of a toddler or early reader (first to third grades) with words and illustrations that are age appropriate

2 The Childrenrsquos Literature SoloCollaborated entry may be created by one to ten eligible students

3 The entire entry must be the original work of the student(s) (including illustrations) and may not be adapted from anotherrsquos concept

4 Illustrations may take the form of drawing painting or full-color computer-generated graphics produced from illustrator software Stock clip art is not acceptable

5 The entry must read like a book participants may not submit a manuscript with separate illustrations

6 The creator(s) is not required to be present at the NFAF However the registration form must be completed and the appropriate fees paid

7 The childrenrsquos book may not be more than 800 words in length

8 The childrenrsquos book must reflect a Christian world view

9 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following informationTitleCategoryAuthor(s)Illustrator(s)Church name city and stateWord count

first pErson Essay 1 A First Person Essay is the art of writing an essay based on personal experience 2 A First Person Essay must have a minimum of 500 words and a maximum of 1200 words

Dialogue is allowed 3 All entries must be the original work of one student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 First Person Essay entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 6 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

poEtry 1 A Poetry entry is the art of composing a piece of literature written in meter or verse 2 A Poetry entry may be rhymed or unrhymed with a maximum of 30 lines 3 All entries must be the original work of the student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Poetry entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font with at least 1-inch margins on all

sides 6 Poetry entries are not required to be double-spaced 7 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document including the

following informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateLine count

script Writing 1 A script writing entry is the art of writing a short drama that addresses a culturally relevant

issue from a Christian perspective 2 Script Writing entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 3 Script writing entries must be the original work of the one to ten eligible students and

created within the current Fine Arts year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font with at least 1-inch margins on all

sides

Wr

iting

Divisio

n Wr

itin

g

Div

isio

n

38 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook

5 Scripts are not required to be double-spaced Entries should follow standard script formatting

6 Blocking suggestions are required 7 A character listing and scene setting must be included 8 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document including the

following informationTitleCategoryAuthor(s)Church name city and state

9 The entire script entry can be no longer than six pages total including title page character listing and scene setting

short story 1 A Short Story is the art of writing a fictional or non-fictional story 2 A Short Story must have a minimum of 500 words and a maximum of 1200 words

Dialogue is allowed 3 All entries must be the original work of the student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Short Story entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 6 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

Wr

iting

Divisio

n

Page 10: This Changes Everything! - AG Web Services

20 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 21

9 Props and signs may be used but must be provided by the participant(s) and must be contained within (behind) the boundaries of the puppet stage Neither flammable nor liquid props or elements are permitted in puppetry entries

10 Hand puppets or hand-manipulated puppets are to be used (no life-sized puppets are permitted)

11 Ventriloquism is not allowed in puppetry categories

short film

District Festival Delivery InstructionsFor rules and guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Short Film entries for your district festival contact your district youth director or district Fine Arts coordinator

NFAF Delivery InstructionsShort Film entries must be received within 5 days of online or faxed registrations Entries must accompany mailed registrations Short Film entries must be sent to

national youth ministriesAttn Detroit20101445 North Boonville AvenueSpringfield MO 65802-1894

Short Film entries are evaluated prior to the NFAFShort Film entries are on display at the NFAF Results of the evaluations are released at the NFAFEvaluation sheets and certificates must be picked up by Friday August 6 2010 by 12 pm No attempt is made to return the materials to participants after the NFAF

Rules 1 In the Short Film category the following genres are accepted animation comedy drama documentary experimental fictionlive action music video

2 The creation of a Short Film is the art and process of producing a film containing a combination of visual images and sounds to communicate effectively a mood emotion andor message

3 Short Film entries may be created by one to ten eligible students 4 Short Film entries must have a typed information page that accompanies the entry and

includes the following informationParticipant(s)CategoryChurch name city and state

5 Entries in Short Film have a time limit of 5 minutes

6 The creator(s)producer(s) of the film must meet the NFAF age or grade requirements and must register as participants However those appearing in the film or supporting the production (actors grips lighting boom operator etc) do not need to meet age requirements nor register as participants

7 Copyright policy national youth ministries and the General Council of the Assemblies of God are not responsible for assuring that all material included in studentsrsquo film productions is in compliance with existing copyright laws It is the responsibility of the students parents and youth leaders to be completely legal and ethical in their conduct regarding copyrighted material used to create an entry for the NFAF Students must obtain either the copyrights or explicit written permission for use of all software graphics parodies recorded music andor sound files included Credits must be included See page 13 for an additional list of guidelines

8 Any script or story line must be the original work of the participant(s)

9 Short Film entries must be submitted in DVD format VHS entries are not accepted

10 The participant(s) is not required to be present at the NFAF However the registration form and fee must be submitted by the appropriate deadline

short sErmonshort sErmon spanish 1 An entry in Short Sermon is the art of verbally communicating a biblical message that

includes Scripture quotations or readings presented by one eligible student 2 Short Sermon entries have a time limit of 5 minutes 3 All presentations must be in harmony with the Statement of Fundamental Truths of the

Assemblies of God A copy of the Statement of Fundamental Truths is available online at wwwagorg under the ldquoBeliefsrdquo tab

4 All short sermon presentations must creatively and effectively interpret the annual theme 5 All entries must be original material not just a memorization of someone elsersquos sermon

Participants are permitted to use illustrations personal testimonies statistics stories etc Sources should always be cited

6 Participants are allowed to use notes The sermon does not need to be memorized 7 Participants may only use a Bible notes a podium and handheld visual aids The festival

will provide only the podium 8 All aspects of the sermon must take place within the boundaries of the stage 9 The wearing of costumes is not permitted 10 The use of audio or audiovisual devices is not permitted Neither flammable nor liquid

visual aids are permitted 11 All presentations must be given with due reverence for God and His people and must not

be a cynical or satirical portrayal of any form of the ministry

co

mm

un

icatio

n D

ivision

co

mm

un

icat

ion

Div

isio

n

22 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 23

Drama DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Drama Division may submit entries in the following categories Drama Ensemble Large Drama Ensemble Small Drama Solo Human Video Ensemble Large Human Video Ensemble Small Human Video Solo

Drama EnsEmblEsolo 1 A Drama presentation is the art of telling a culturally relevant story through verbal

communication and action 2 Drama Ensemble Small entries may be comprised by two to four eligible students Drama

Ensemble Large entries may be comprised by five to ten eligible students 3 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for each drama entry There are 90 seconds for setup

and 90 seconds for tear down 4 Drama entries do not have to be original but originality is encouraged 5 Drama entries must creatively and effectively interpret the annual theme 6 The entire presentation must be memorized 7 No recorded or electronic sound effects are allowed Neither soundtracks nor live

background music is allowed 8 All aspects of the drama must take place within the boundaries of the stage 9 Chairs may be used as props However standing on chairs is not allowed and will result in

disqualification The only chairs allowed are the chairs available on-site in the presentation room Participants and groups may not bring their own chairs to the NFAF

10 Small handheld props are allowed in Drama entries Neither flammable nor liquid props are permitted

11 Costumes are permitted in Drama entries 12 Neither masks nor costume makeup is allowed

human viDEo EnsEmblEsolo

Rules 1 A Human Video presentation is the art of telling a story through a non-verbal drama

presentation that accompanies a musical track 2 Human Video Ensemble Small entries may be comprised by two to four eligible students

Human Video Ensemble Large entries may be comprised by five to ten eligible students 3 The musical track that accompanies Human Video entries must include lyrics Voice-overs

may be present in the recording but may not completely replace the lyrics 4 The Human Video technique of ldquolip syncrdquo must be present in the majority of the

presentation 5 The splicing of up to three songs is allowed Entries may have more than three splicings

as long as there are three songs maximum Voice-overs do not count toward the three-song limit

6 Live accompaniment is not permitted in Human Video presentations 7 No live vocal communication of any form from the actor(s) is permitted 8 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for Human Video Solo entries There are 90 seconds

for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 9 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Human Video Ensemble entries There are 90

seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 10 Entries do not have to be original but originality is encouraged 11 Human Video entries are not required to interpret the annual theme 12 All aspects of the human video must take place within the boundaries of the stage 13 Safe gymnastic elements andor cheer-type mounts are acceptable Human Video

technique but must fit believably within the story line or be vital to character or story development

14 Chairs are the only allowed prop Standing on chairs is not allowed and will result in disqualification The only chairs allowed are the chairs available on-site in the presentation room Participants and groups may not bring their own chairs to the NFAF

15 Costumes are not permitted in Human Video entries T-shirts in various colors are not considered costumes

16 Neither masks nor costume makeup is allowed

Dr

am

a Divisio

n Dr

am

a D

ivis

ion

24 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 25

Exhibition DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Exhibition Division may submit entries in the following categories

ASL Storytelling Human Video Ensemble SpanishInstrumental Ensemble Contemporary Performance ArtSpoken Word Vocal Ensemble SpanishWorship Dance Solo Worship Dance Troupe

informationThe Exhibition Division was created to allow participants to be evaluated in areas that may become categories in the futureExhibition Division participants are given the opportunity to give their presentation once for evaluation and scoring Callbacks are not conducted for Exhibition entriesAt the NFAF points are given to each entry so that evaluators may determine the recipients of Exhibition Division Honorable Mention awards and so that students may improve their work

asl storytElling 1 ASL Storytelling is for the art of telling a biblical story rendered visually using only

American Sign Language (ASL) for the purpose of ministry to the deaf 2 Storytelling entries may be comprised by one to ten eligible students 3 There is a time limit of 5 minutes 4 Handheld propssigns are allowed in this category 5 The entire presentation must be memorized 6 Entries in the ASL Storytelling category must communicate a biblical story in a creative

and culturally relevant manner 7 No live or recorded music is permitted

human viDEo EnsEmblE spanishRules 1 A Human Video Ensemble Spanish presentation is the art of telling a story through a

non-verbal drama presentation that accompanies a musical track with Spanish lyrics to be used in mission trip settings

2 Human Video Ensemble Spanish entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students

3 The musical track that accompanies Human Video entries must include lyrics Spanish voice-overs may be present in the recording but may not completely replace the lyrics

4 The Human Video technique of ldquolip syncrdquo must be present in the majority of the presentation

5 The splicing of up to three songs is allowed Entries may have more than three splicings as long as there are three songs maximum Voice-overs do not count toward the three-song limit

6 Live accompaniment is not permitted in Human Video presentations

7 No live vocal communication of any form from the actors is permitted 8 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Human Video Ensemble Spanish entries There

are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 9 Entries do not have to be original but originality is encouraged 10 Human Video Spanish entries are not required to interpret the annual theme 11 All aspects of the human video must take place within the boundaries of the stage 12 Safe gymnastic elements andor cheer-type mounts are acceptable Human Video

techniques but must fit believably within the story line or be vital to character or story development

13 Chairs are the only allowed prop Standing on chairs is not allowed and will result in disqualification The only chairs allowed are the chairs available on-site in the presentation room Participants and groups may not bring their own chairs to the NFAF

14 Costumes are not permitted T-shirts in various colors are not considered costumes 15 Neither masks nor costume makeup is allowed

instrumEntal EnsEmblE contEmporaryRules 1 Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary is the art of performing an instrumental selection

without lyrics 2 Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible

students 3 There is a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear

down 4 Selections do not have to be original but originality is encouraged 5 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

6 All individuals who perform live must meet the age or grade requirements of the NFAF register as participants and pay the accompanying fee

7 Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary entries do not need to be memorized Using the musical score will not affect the evaluation

8 Entries are allowed to include additional percussion instruments and accessories if they can be set up and torn down within the allotted 90-second time limit

9 A keyboard is provided any additional keyboards must be provided by the participant Any use of pre-programming or sequencing of keyboards is not allowed the keyboard should function only in response to manual hands-on control

pErformancE artRules 1 Performance Art is the art of expressing an idea or telling a story by creating a painting

or sketch as a live performance in front of an audience Entries in this category must be entirely the work of one eligible student including any pre-sketching

2 Music andor audio elements as well as motion may be present in the performance The splicing of up to 5 songs is permitted The use of additional media is not permitted

3 An overall time limit of 25 minutes is allowed for Performance Art entries students must be able

Exh

ibitio

n D

ivision

Exh

ibit

ion

Div

isio

n

26 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 27

to set up perform and tear down within a total of 25 minutes overall Participants may have assistance with setup

4 In the Performance Art category a single painting or sketch in one of the following mediums will be accepted

paint (acrylic watercolor or oil) chalk charcoal 5 The painting or sketch must be presented on one of the following materials canvas paper wood Plexiglas 6 Artists may start with a pre-sketched canvas paper or panel Rehearsal is encouraged 7 Entries in this exhibition may be no smaller than 32 inches by 32 inches and no larger

than 8 feet by 8 feet 8 Participants are responsible for bringing all materials and supplies necessary for

completing their entry (music canvas or surface material paints brushes charcoal easel stool etc)

9 The performance must be completely contained on the surface chosen by the participant If venue space is damaged the participant is responsible

spoKEn WorD Rules 1 An entry in Spoken Word (performance poetry) is for the art and ministry of communicating

poetry that is specifically composed for performance before an audience 2 Spoken Word entries must be entirely the original work of one eligible student 3 There is a time limit of 3 minutes for all Spoken Word entries Time begins when the

participant does or says anything to indicate the beginning of the presentation 4 Entries in this category must interpret the annual theme 5 The entire presentation must be memorized 6 The use of additional media is not permitted 7 Neither live nor recorded music is permitted 8 Costumes are not permitted

vocal EnsEmblE spanish Rules 1 A Vocal Ensemble Spanish may consist of two to ten eligible students 2 Music must be memorized 3 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

4 There is a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down

5 To ensure consistent sound level microphones are set prior to the festival by an official sound technician Participants may not ask for special sound settings It is the responsibility of the participants to move microphones to accommodate blend and volume and to make sure the microphones are turned on

6 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels 7 Accompaniment bull Vocal entries may choose to have or not to have accompaniment

bull Accompanists are not considered part of the entry bull The accompanist may be an adult or student bull Accompanists are allowed to use music bull A maximum of four instruments from the approved lists of instruments on pages 13 - 14

may be used for live accompaniment bull CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped

recordings are not accommodated bull Background vocals are not permitted for vocal ensemble entriesWorship DancE solotroupE

InformationEntries in the Worship Dance SoloTroupe categories must be presented in one of the accepted genres defined as follows Ballet A classical form of dance characterized by formally precise steps and poses A

basic vocabulary of recognized ballet technique is used as criteria for the evaluation of entries in the ballet genre

Lyrical A contemporary form of dance also referred to as ldquomodernrdquo that is a fusion between ballet and jazz This artistic dance attempts to interpret the meaning of the music through expressive and dynamic movements

Urban Also known as ldquostreet dancerdquo influenced by the various rhythms and techniques of hip-hop

Rules 1 An entry in Worship Dance is for the art and ministry of communicating a story and

expressively and worshipfully interpreting music using recognized dance technique 2 Worship Dance Troupe entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 There is a time limit of 5 minutes for all Worship Dance entries 4 The musical track that accompanies a Worship Dance entry may or may not contain lyrics

If the track contains lyrics it is not appropriate dance technic to mouth the words 5 Live accompaniment is not permitted 6 Modest attire must be worn Clothing must be appropriate for effective interpretation

intended audience and conducive to a worship atmosphere Low-cut tops backless shirts tight short shorts see-through skirts without leggings are never acceptable

7 Shoes must be worn Ballet slippers paws or jazz shoes are acceptable 8 Fine Arts Festival holds a high standard and does not permit suggestive movements

music or attire Any movement music or attire that is deemed inappropriate may receive either point deductions or disqualification

9 The use of props is not permitted 10 The use of percussion instruments is not permitted 11 The use of streamers ribbon banners or flags is permitted but must not become the focal

point of the presentation at the expense of recognized and legitimate dance technique 12 Adults may assist in choreography but the use of a director during the presentation is not

permitted 13 CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped

recordings are not accommodated

Exh

ibitio

n D

ivision

Exh

ibit

ion

Div

isio

n

28 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 29

instrumEntal DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Instrumental Division may submit entries in the following categories Guitar Solo Instrumental Ensemble Traditional Keyboard Solo Percussion SoloEnsemble Traditional Percussion Unconventional String Solo WindBrass Solo

informationGuitar Solo may use instruments from the Rhythm Strings list page 14Instrumental Ensemble Traditional may use instruments from the Keyboards Woodwinds Brass and Traditional Strings lists only (see pages 13 - 14) The following additional instruments may be used mandolin 12-string guitar dulcimer banjo acoustic guitarPlease note Instrumental Ensemble Traditional entries may not use electric guitar electric bass or drums The aforementioned instruments are neither allowed nor provided for this traditional category Students desiring to use contemporary instrumentation may enter the Exhibition Division Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary or Christian Band categoriesKeyboard Solo may use instruments from the Keyboard list page 13 (only a piano will be provided at the NFAF)Percussion SoloEnsemble Traditional may use instruments from the Percussion list page 14String Solo may use instruments from the Traditional Strings list page 14WindBrass Solo may use instruments from the Woodwinds and Brass lists pages 13 - 14

gEnEral instrumEntal Division rulEs

Guitar Solo Instrumental Ensemble Traditional Keyboard Solo String Solo amp WindBrass Solo 1 An instrumental soloensemble is the art of presenting a musical composition using only

musical instruments 2 An instrumental ensemble may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for Instrumental entries (except for Percussion

Ensemble categories) There are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down The instrumentalists may use this time to tune their instruments or conduct a brief warm up

4 Music must be memorized for all solo entries 5 Ensembles do not have to memorize their music Using the musical score will not affect

the evaluation 6 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

7 To ensure consistent sound level microphones if used are set prior to the festival by an official sound technician Participants may not ask for special sound settings It is the

responsibility of the participants to make sure the microphones are turned on and to move microphones to accommodate blend and volume

8 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels 9 A participant may play more than one instrument in an Instrumental entry as long as the

setup and tear down time limits are not exceeded 10 Use of pre-programed or pre-recorded loopssoftware is not allowed any looping or

sequencing technology must function only in response to manual and live hands-on control

11 Keyboard Solo and Percussion entries are not allowed accompaniment (either live or recorded)

12 Accompaniment bull Instrumental entries (except for Keyboard Solo and Percussion) may choose to have or

not to have accompaniment bull An accompanist is not considered part of the entry bull The accompanist may be an adult or student bull Accompanists are allowed to use music bull Only a piano or keyboard may be used for live accompaniment Only a piano is provided

by the festival bull CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped

recordings are not accommodated bull If a CD or MP3 accompaniment track is used the instrument(s) played by the student(s)

cannot be predominant on the accompaniment track bull Neither live nor recorded background vocals are permitted

pErcussion EnsEmblEsolo traDitional

InformationThe following will be provided at the NFAF for Percussion SoloEnsemble Traditional entries Solo - 1 standard drum set Ensemble - 2 standard drum sets 4 6rsquo tables are provided for handbell entries

Rules 1 A traditional percussion entry is the art of presenting a musical entry using traditional

orchestral percussion instruments and techniques 2 A Percussion Ensemble Traditional entry is comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Instruments from the approved percussion list on page 14 may be used to create the

Percussion Traditional entries 4 Personal drum sets may not be brought to the festival 5 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for Percussion Solo entries There are 90 seconds for

set up and 90 seconds for tear down 6 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Percussion Ensemble Traditional entries There are

90 seconds for set up and 90 seconds for tear down

instr

um

Enta

l D

ivision

inst

ru

mEn

tal

Div

isio

n

30 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 31

pErcussion unconvEntional

Rules 1 Percussion Unconventional is the art of presenting a musical entry in which sound is

produced by striking or tapping the body or one object upon another 2 An entry is in this category is for the composition and performance of alternative and

creative percussion techniques such as trash cans pipes sticks etc as well as ldquostomprdquo entries

3 Neither flammable nor liquid elements are permitted in Percusison Unconventional presentations

4 A Percussion Unconventional entry is comprised by one to ten eligible students 5 Percussion instruments from the Traditional percussion list may be incorporated into the

entry but must be provided by the participant A drum set is not provided for Percussion Unconventional

6 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Percussion Unconventional entries There are 90 seconds for set up and 90 seconds for tear down

vocal DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Vocal Division may submit entries in the following categories Choir Christian Band Rap Group Rap Solo Songwriting Vocal Ensemble Large Vocal Ensemble Small Vocal Solo Female Vocal Solo Male Vocal Solo Spanish Female Vocal Solo Spanish Male Worship Team

informationA participant may enter the same song in more than one category For example the student may sing a solo version of a song that is used for a vocal ensemble However a student or group of students may not enter the same category twice Synthesizerskeyboards are only provided for Worship Team Christian Band and RapA piano is provided for Songwriting Vocal solosensembles and Choir

gEnEral vocal Division rulEs 1 Use of pre-programed or pre-recorded loopssoftware is not allowed any looping or

sequencing technology must function only in response to manual and live hands-on control

2 Choir Vocal EnsembleSolo Accompaniment bull Choir and Vocal entries may choose to have or not to have accompaniment bull Accompanists are not considered part of the entry bull The accompanist may be an adult or student bull Accompanists are allowed to use music bull A maximum of four instruments from the allowed instruments list may be used for live

accompaniment A piano is the only instrument that will be provided for Vocal EnsembleSolo entries

bull CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped recordings are not accommodated

choir Rules 1 A Choir is for the art of presenting a sacred choral song selection with ministry

effectiveness in mind 2 A Choir entry must be comprised by 11 to 75 eligible students 3 Choirs are allowed 5 minutes to present their entry There are 2 1frasl2 minutes for setup and

2 1frasl2 minutes for tear down 4 CD or MP3 accompaniment tracks are allowed Background vocals are not permitted on

soundtracks 5 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels 6 A director is allowed This person may use music

instr

um

Enta

l D

ivision

voc

al

Div

isio

n

32 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 33

christian banD

Rules 1 The Christian Band category is the art of performing Christian music by students whose

focus is to perform with ministry effectiveness in mind 2 Christian Band entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Entries in this category must include both music and lyrics 4 Christian Bands have a time limit of 5 minutes with 2 and 12 minutes for set up and 2 and

12 minutes for tear down Participants may have assistance with setup 5 Christian Bands may choose to provide their own sound engineer The person chosen

to run sound must meet the age or grade requirements register as a participant and will count toward the overall 10-member group limit Note Student engineers may visit wwwfafagorg to view the equipment specifications

6 All individuals within a Christian Band entry must meet the age or grade requirements No adult accompanists vocalists or sound engineers are allowed

7 Original songs are not required but originality is encouraged 8 All music must be memorized 9 Additional Instruments and equipment andor additional percussion accessories are

permitted but must be provided by the participants and only if they can be set up and torn down within the allotted time limit Individuals are not allowed to bring their own drum sets

10 Students must refrain from any actions that may be deemed offensive or inappropriate ldquoInappropriaterdquo actions include but are not limited to improper gestures or moves stage diving and language unbecoming of a Christian Any festival equipment damaged as a result of inappropriate actions is the responsibility of the students to replace Failure to adhere to this standard will result in disqualification

rap groupsolo

Rules 1 Rap is the urban art of communicating through rhythm and rhyme 2 A Rap Group entry may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Rap entries must be the original works of the students and written during the current Fine

Arts year (September 1 through August 2) 4 All Rap entries have a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90

seconds for tear down 5 Lyric sheets for each of the evaluators must be provided at each level of participation

Lyric sheets must be typed with the lyrics divided into the sections of the song (chorus verse bridge etc) and must have a title page or heading that includes the following informationTitleCategoryComposer(s)Church name city and state

6 Students wishing to use drum machines must provide their own equipment and adhere to

the setup and tear down time limits 7 All entries must be memorized

songWriting

InformationSongwriting entries are not evaluated on the presentation of the performer(s) However the performance of the song can either strengthen or weaken the entire presentation The criteria used to evaluate Songwriting entries will not support Rap entries

Rules 1 Songwriting is the art of writing a Christian or sacred composition including both music

and lyrics 2 Songwriting entries may be comprised by one to five eligible students 3 Songwriting entries are allowed 5 minutes to present their selection There are 90 seconds

for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 4 Three sets of lyric sheets must be provided for the evaluators at each level of participation

Lyric sheets must be typed with the sections of the song clearly marked (chorus verse bridge etc) and must have a title page or heading that includes the following informationTitleCategoryComposer(s)Church name city and state

5 Songwriting entries must be the original work of the student(s) and written during the current Fine Arts year (September 1 through August 3)

6 If an accompaniment track is created for the NFAF all musicians used to create the accompaniment must meet the age or grade requirements of the NFAF but do not need to register as participants

7 A maximum of four instruments may be used for accompaniment (either recorded or live) 8 The overall number of live performers is not to exceed five people 9 Songwriting entries may be performed by the composer(s) or by another student or group

of students 10 All music performed live must be memorized 11 All students who perform live at the NFAF must meet the age or grade requirements of the

NFAF No adult accompanists or group members are allowed

vocal EnsEmblEsolo

Rules 1 An entry in a Vocal EnsembleSolo category is for the art of presenting a vocal song

selection with ministry effectiveness in mind 2 A Vocal Ensemble Small may be comprised by two to four eligible students 3 A Vocal Ensemble Large may be comprised by five to ten eligible students 4 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for all vocal solos and ensembles There are 90

vo

ca

l Divisio

n voc

al

Div

isio

n

34 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 35

seconds allowed for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 5 Music must be memorized 6 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

7 Participants may not ask for special sound settings To ensure consistent sound level microphones are set prior to the festival by an official sound technician It is the responsibility of the participants to make sure the microphones are turned on and to move microphones to accommodate blend and volume

8 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels Background vocals are allowed for solo entries Background vocals are not allowed for group entries

Worship tEam

Rules 1 A Worship Team entry is the art of leading others in worship 2 Worship Team entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Worship Team entries have a time limit of 7 minutes with 2 and 12 minutes for set up and

2 and 12 minutes for tear down Participants may have assistance with setup 4 Worship Teams may choose to provide their own sound engineer The person chosen to

run sound must meet the age or grade requirements register as a participant and will count toward the overall 10-member group limit Note Student engineers may visit wwwfafagorg to view the equipment specifications

5 All individuals within a Worship Team entry must meet the age or grade requirements No adult accompanists vocalists or sound engineers are allowed

6 Worship Team entries must be comprised by both vocalists and instrumentalists Entries are required to have more than one vocalist

7 All music must be memorized 8 Additional instruments and equipment andor additional percussion accessories are

permitted but must be provided by the participants and only if they can be set up and torn down within the allotted time limit Individuals are not allowed to bring their own drum sets

Writing Division Read the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Writing Division may submit entries in the following categories Book Chapter Childrenrsquos Literature First Person Essay Poetry Short Story Script Writing

District fEstival DElivEry instructionsFor rules and guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Writing Division entries for your district festival contact your district youth director or district Fine Arts coordinator

nfaf DElivEry instructions 1 Writing entries must be e-mailed (with the exception of Childrenrsquos Literature) as an

attachment to fafagorg with a subject line that contains the participantrsquos name and ldquo2010 Fine Arts Writing Entryrdquo The e-mail must be received within 5 days of the online processing postmark or fax date of the participantrsquos registration form and fee Writing entries will not be returned to participants

2 Writing entries must be submitted in doc docx or rtf format 3 Writing entries must be submitted in Times New Roman or Arial fonts and may contain no

art word art borders etc

booK chaptEr

Rules 1 The Book Chapter entry is for the submission of the first chapter of either a fiction or non-

fiction book for a target audience of teens to adults 2 All entries must be the original work of one student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 3 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 4 The first chapter of the book submission must be 1500-1800 words 5 The writer must include a summary of the book no longer than 150 words 6 The chapter does not need to interpret the annual theme 7 The chapter must reflect a Christian world view 8 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

vo

ca

l Divisio

nW

rit

ing

Div

isio

n

36 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 37

chilDrEnrsquos litEraturE

District Festival Delivery InstructionsFor rules and guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Writing Division entries for your district festival contact your district youth director or district Fine Arts coordinator

NFAF Delivery InstructionsThe Childrenrsquos Literature entry must be received within 5 days of online or faxed registrations Entries must accompany mailed registrations The Childrenrsquos Literature entry must be mailed to

national youth ministriesAttn Detroit20101445 North Boonville AvenueSpringfield MO 65802-1894

Rules

1 The submission of a Childrenrsquos Literature entry is the art of writing and illustrating an entire childrenrsquos book with a target audience of a toddler or early reader (first to third grades) with words and illustrations that are age appropriate

2 The Childrenrsquos Literature SoloCollaborated entry may be created by one to ten eligible students

3 The entire entry must be the original work of the student(s) (including illustrations) and may not be adapted from anotherrsquos concept

4 Illustrations may take the form of drawing painting or full-color computer-generated graphics produced from illustrator software Stock clip art is not acceptable

5 The entry must read like a book participants may not submit a manuscript with separate illustrations

6 The creator(s) is not required to be present at the NFAF However the registration form must be completed and the appropriate fees paid

7 The childrenrsquos book may not be more than 800 words in length

8 The childrenrsquos book must reflect a Christian world view

9 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following informationTitleCategoryAuthor(s)Illustrator(s)Church name city and stateWord count

first pErson Essay 1 A First Person Essay is the art of writing an essay based on personal experience 2 A First Person Essay must have a minimum of 500 words and a maximum of 1200 words

Dialogue is allowed 3 All entries must be the original work of one student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 First Person Essay entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 6 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

poEtry 1 A Poetry entry is the art of composing a piece of literature written in meter or verse 2 A Poetry entry may be rhymed or unrhymed with a maximum of 30 lines 3 All entries must be the original work of the student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Poetry entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font with at least 1-inch margins on all

sides 6 Poetry entries are not required to be double-spaced 7 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document including the

following informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateLine count

script Writing 1 A script writing entry is the art of writing a short drama that addresses a culturally relevant

issue from a Christian perspective 2 Script Writing entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 3 Script writing entries must be the original work of the one to ten eligible students and

created within the current Fine Arts year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font with at least 1-inch margins on all

sides

Wr

iting

Divisio

n Wr

itin

g

Div

isio

n

38 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook

5 Scripts are not required to be double-spaced Entries should follow standard script formatting

6 Blocking suggestions are required 7 A character listing and scene setting must be included 8 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document including the

following informationTitleCategoryAuthor(s)Church name city and state

9 The entire script entry can be no longer than six pages total including title page character listing and scene setting

short story 1 A Short Story is the art of writing a fictional or non-fictional story 2 A Short Story must have a minimum of 500 words and a maximum of 1200 words

Dialogue is allowed 3 All entries must be the original work of the student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Short Story entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 6 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

Wr

iting

Divisio

n

Page 11: This Changes Everything! - AG Web Services

22 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 23

Drama DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Drama Division may submit entries in the following categories Drama Ensemble Large Drama Ensemble Small Drama Solo Human Video Ensemble Large Human Video Ensemble Small Human Video Solo

Drama EnsEmblEsolo 1 A Drama presentation is the art of telling a culturally relevant story through verbal

communication and action 2 Drama Ensemble Small entries may be comprised by two to four eligible students Drama

Ensemble Large entries may be comprised by five to ten eligible students 3 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for each drama entry There are 90 seconds for setup

and 90 seconds for tear down 4 Drama entries do not have to be original but originality is encouraged 5 Drama entries must creatively and effectively interpret the annual theme 6 The entire presentation must be memorized 7 No recorded or electronic sound effects are allowed Neither soundtracks nor live

background music is allowed 8 All aspects of the drama must take place within the boundaries of the stage 9 Chairs may be used as props However standing on chairs is not allowed and will result in

disqualification The only chairs allowed are the chairs available on-site in the presentation room Participants and groups may not bring their own chairs to the NFAF

10 Small handheld props are allowed in Drama entries Neither flammable nor liquid props are permitted

11 Costumes are permitted in Drama entries 12 Neither masks nor costume makeup is allowed

human viDEo EnsEmblEsolo

Rules 1 A Human Video presentation is the art of telling a story through a non-verbal drama

presentation that accompanies a musical track 2 Human Video Ensemble Small entries may be comprised by two to four eligible students

Human Video Ensemble Large entries may be comprised by five to ten eligible students 3 The musical track that accompanies Human Video entries must include lyrics Voice-overs

may be present in the recording but may not completely replace the lyrics 4 The Human Video technique of ldquolip syncrdquo must be present in the majority of the

presentation 5 The splicing of up to three songs is allowed Entries may have more than three splicings

as long as there are three songs maximum Voice-overs do not count toward the three-song limit

6 Live accompaniment is not permitted in Human Video presentations 7 No live vocal communication of any form from the actor(s) is permitted 8 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for Human Video Solo entries There are 90 seconds

for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 9 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Human Video Ensemble entries There are 90

seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 10 Entries do not have to be original but originality is encouraged 11 Human Video entries are not required to interpret the annual theme 12 All aspects of the human video must take place within the boundaries of the stage 13 Safe gymnastic elements andor cheer-type mounts are acceptable Human Video

technique but must fit believably within the story line or be vital to character or story development

14 Chairs are the only allowed prop Standing on chairs is not allowed and will result in disqualification The only chairs allowed are the chairs available on-site in the presentation room Participants and groups may not bring their own chairs to the NFAF

15 Costumes are not permitted in Human Video entries T-shirts in various colors are not considered costumes

16 Neither masks nor costume makeup is allowed

Dr

am

a Divisio

n Dr

am

a D

ivis

ion

24 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 25

Exhibition DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Exhibition Division may submit entries in the following categories

ASL Storytelling Human Video Ensemble SpanishInstrumental Ensemble Contemporary Performance ArtSpoken Word Vocal Ensemble SpanishWorship Dance Solo Worship Dance Troupe

informationThe Exhibition Division was created to allow participants to be evaluated in areas that may become categories in the futureExhibition Division participants are given the opportunity to give their presentation once for evaluation and scoring Callbacks are not conducted for Exhibition entriesAt the NFAF points are given to each entry so that evaluators may determine the recipients of Exhibition Division Honorable Mention awards and so that students may improve their work

asl storytElling 1 ASL Storytelling is for the art of telling a biblical story rendered visually using only

American Sign Language (ASL) for the purpose of ministry to the deaf 2 Storytelling entries may be comprised by one to ten eligible students 3 There is a time limit of 5 minutes 4 Handheld propssigns are allowed in this category 5 The entire presentation must be memorized 6 Entries in the ASL Storytelling category must communicate a biblical story in a creative

and culturally relevant manner 7 No live or recorded music is permitted

human viDEo EnsEmblE spanishRules 1 A Human Video Ensemble Spanish presentation is the art of telling a story through a

non-verbal drama presentation that accompanies a musical track with Spanish lyrics to be used in mission trip settings

2 Human Video Ensemble Spanish entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students

3 The musical track that accompanies Human Video entries must include lyrics Spanish voice-overs may be present in the recording but may not completely replace the lyrics

4 The Human Video technique of ldquolip syncrdquo must be present in the majority of the presentation

5 The splicing of up to three songs is allowed Entries may have more than three splicings as long as there are three songs maximum Voice-overs do not count toward the three-song limit

6 Live accompaniment is not permitted in Human Video presentations

7 No live vocal communication of any form from the actors is permitted 8 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Human Video Ensemble Spanish entries There

are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 9 Entries do not have to be original but originality is encouraged 10 Human Video Spanish entries are not required to interpret the annual theme 11 All aspects of the human video must take place within the boundaries of the stage 12 Safe gymnastic elements andor cheer-type mounts are acceptable Human Video

techniques but must fit believably within the story line or be vital to character or story development

13 Chairs are the only allowed prop Standing on chairs is not allowed and will result in disqualification The only chairs allowed are the chairs available on-site in the presentation room Participants and groups may not bring their own chairs to the NFAF

14 Costumes are not permitted T-shirts in various colors are not considered costumes 15 Neither masks nor costume makeup is allowed

instrumEntal EnsEmblE contEmporaryRules 1 Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary is the art of performing an instrumental selection

without lyrics 2 Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible

students 3 There is a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear

down 4 Selections do not have to be original but originality is encouraged 5 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

6 All individuals who perform live must meet the age or grade requirements of the NFAF register as participants and pay the accompanying fee

7 Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary entries do not need to be memorized Using the musical score will not affect the evaluation

8 Entries are allowed to include additional percussion instruments and accessories if they can be set up and torn down within the allotted 90-second time limit

9 A keyboard is provided any additional keyboards must be provided by the participant Any use of pre-programming or sequencing of keyboards is not allowed the keyboard should function only in response to manual hands-on control

pErformancE artRules 1 Performance Art is the art of expressing an idea or telling a story by creating a painting

or sketch as a live performance in front of an audience Entries in this category must be entirely the work of one eligible student including any pre-sketching

2 Music andor audio elements as well as motion may be present in the performance The splicing of up to 5 songs is permitted The use of additional media is not permitted

3 An overall time limit of 25 minutes is allowed for Performance Art entries students must be able

Exh

ibitio

n D

ivision

Exh

ibit

ion

Div

isio

n

26 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 27

to set up perform and tear down within a total of 25 minutes overall Participants may have assistance with setup

4 In the Performance Art category a single painting or sketch in one of the following mediums will be accepted

paint (acrylic watercolor or oil) chalk charcoal 5 The painting or sketch must be presented on one of the following materials canvas paper wood Plexiglas 6 Artists may start with a pre-sketched canvas paper or panel Rehearsal is encouraged 7 Entries in this exhibition may be no smaller than 32 inches by 32 inches and no larger

than 8 feet by 8 feet 8 Participants are responsible for bringing all materials and supplies necessary for

completing their entry (music canvas or surface material paints brushes charcoal easel stool etc)

9 The performance must be completely contained on the surface chosen by the participant If venue space is damaged the participant is responsible

spoKEn WorD Rules 1 An entry in Spoken Word (performance poetry) is for the art and ministry of communicating

poetry that is specifically composed for performance before an audience 2 Spoken Word entries must be entirely the original work of one eligible student 3 There is a time limit of 3 minutes for all Spoken Word entries Time begins when the

participant does or says anything to indicate the beginning of the presentation 4 Entries in this category must interpret the annual theme 5 The entire presentation must be memorized 6 The use of additional media is not permitted 7 Neither live nor recorded music is permitted 8 Costumes are not permitted

vocal EnsEmblE spanish Rules 1 A Vocal Ensemble Spanish may consist of two to ten eligible students 2 Music must be memorized 3 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

4 There is a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down

5 To ensure consistent sound level microphones are set prior to the festival by an official sound technician Participants may not ask for special sound settings It is the responsibility of the participants to move microphones to accommodate blend and volume and to make sure the microphones are turned on

6 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels 7 Accompaniment bull Vocal entries may choose to have or not to have accompaniment

bull Accompanists are not considered part of the entry bull The accompanist may be an adult or student bull Accompanists are allowed to use music bull A maximum of four instruments from the approved lists of instruments on pages 13 - 14

may be used for live accompaniment bull CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped

recordings are not accommodated bull Background vocals are not permitted for vocal ensemble entriesWorship DancE solotroupE

InformationEntries in the Worship Dance SoloTroupe categories must be presented in one of the accepted genres defined as follows Ballet A classical form of dance characterized by formally precise steps and poses A

basic vocabulary of recognized ballet technique is used as criteria for the evaluation of entries in the ballet genre

Lyrical A contemporary form of dance also referred to as ldquomodernrdquo that is a fusion between ballet and jazz This artistic dance attempts to interpret the meaning of the music through expressive and dynamic movements

Urban Also known as ldquostreet dancerdquo influenced by the various rhythms and techniques of hip-hop

Rules 1 An entry in Worship Dance is for the art and ministry of communicating a story and

expressively and worshipfully interpreting music using recognized dance technique 2 Worship Dance Troupe entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 There is a time limit of 5 minutes for all Worship Dance entries 4 The musical track that accompanies a Worship Dance entry may or may not contain lyrics

If the track contains lyrics it is not appropriate dance technic to mouth the words 5 Live accompaniment is not permitted 6 Modest attire must be worn Clothing must be appropriate for effective interpretation

intended audience and conducive to a worship atmosphere Low-cut tops backless shirts tight short shorts see-through skirts without leggings are never acceptable

7 Shoes must be worn Ballet slippers paws or jazz shoes are acceptable 8 Fine Arts Festival holds a high standard and does not permit suggestive movements

music or attire Any movement music or attire that is deemed inappropriate may receive either point deductions or disqualification

9 The use of props is not permitted 10 The use of percussion instruments is not permitted 11 The use of streamers ribbon banners or flags is permitted but must not become the focal

point of the presentation at the expense of recognized and legitimate dance technique 12 Adults may assist in choreography but the use of a director during the presentation is not

permitted 13 CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped

recordings are not accommodated

Exh

ibitio

n D

ivision

Exh

ibit

ion

Div

isio

n

28 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 29

instrumEntal DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Instrumental Division may submit entries in the following categories Guitar Solo Instrumental Ensemble Traditional Keyboard Solo Percussion SoloEnsemble Traditional Percussion Unconventional String Solo WindBrass Solo

informationGuitar Solo may use instruments from the Rhythm Strings list page 14Instrumental Ensemble Traditional may use instruments from the Keyboards Woodwinds Brass and Traditional Strings lists only (see pages 13 - 14) The following additional instruments may be used mandolin 12-string guitar dulcimer banjo acoustic guitarPlease note Instrumental Ensemble Traditional entries may not use electric guitar electric bass or drums The aforementioned instruments are neither allowed nor provided for this traditional category Students desiring to use contemporary instrumentation may enter the Exhibition Division Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary or Christian Band categoriesKeyboard Solo may use instruments from the Keyboard list page 13 (only a piano will be provided at the NFAF)Percussion SoloEnsemble Traditional may use instruments from the Percussion list page 14String Solo may use instruments from the Traditional Strings list page 14WindBrass Solo may use instruments from the Woodwinds and Brass lists pages 13 - 14

gEnEral instrumEntal Division rulEs

Guitar Solo Instrumental Ensemble Traditional Keyboard Solo String Solo amp WindBrass Solo 1 An instrumental soloensemble is the art of presenting a musical composition using only

musical instruments 2 An instrumental ensemble may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for Instrumental entries (except for Percussion

Ensemble categories) There are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down The instrumentalists may use this time to tune their instruments or conduct a brief warm up

4 Music must be memorized for all solo entries 5 Ensembles do not have to memorize their music Using the musical score will not affect

the evaluation 6 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

7 To ensure consistent sound level microphones if used are set prior to the festival by an official sound technician Participants may not ask for special sound settings It is the

responsibility of the participants to make sure the microphones are turned on and to move microphones to accommodate blend and volume

8 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels 9 A participant may play more than one instrument in an Instrumental entry as long as the

setup and tear down time limits are not exceeded 10 Use of pre-programed or pre-recorded loopssoftware is not allowed any looping or

sequencing technology must function only in response to manual and live hands-on control

11 Keyboard Solo and Percussion entries are not allowed accompaniment (either live or recorded)

12 Accompaniment bull Instrumental entries (except for Keyboard Solo and Percussion) may choose to have or

not to have accompaniment bull An accompanist is not considered part of the entry bull The accompanist may be an adult or student bull Accompanists are allowed to use music bull Only a piano or keyboard may be used for live accompaniment Only a piano is provided

by the festival bull CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped

recordings are not accommodated bull If a CD or MP3 accompaniment track is used the instrument(s) played by the student(s)

cannot be predominant on the accompaniment track bull Neither live nor recorded background vocals are permitted

pErcussion EnsEmblEsolo traDitional

InformationThe following will be provided at the NFAF for Percussion SoloEnsemble Traditional entries Solo - 1 standard drum set Ensemble - 2 standard drum sets 4 6rsquo tables are provided for handbell entries

Rules 1 A traditional percussion entry is the art of presenting a musical entry using traditional

orchestral percussion instruments and techniques 2 A Percussion Ensemble Traditional entry is comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Instruments from the approved percussion list on page 14 may be used to create the

Percussion Traditional entries 4 Personal drum sets may not be brought to the festival 5 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for Percussion Solo entries There are 90 seconds for

set up and 90 seconds for tear down 6 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Percussion Ensemble Traditional entries There are

90 seconds for set up and 90 seconds for tear down

instr

um

Enta

l D

ivision

inst

ru

mEn

tal

Div

isio

n

30 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 31

pErcussion unconvEntional

Rules 1 Percussion Unconventional is the art of presenting a musical entry in which sound is

produced by striking or tapping the body or one object upon another 2 An entry is in this category is for the composition and performance of alternative and

creative percussion techniques such as trash cans pipes sticks etc as well as ldquostomprdquo entries

3 Neither flammable nor liquid elements are permitted in Percusison Unconventional presentations

4 A Percussion Unconventional entry is comprised by one to ten eligible students 5 Percussion instruments from the Traditional percussion list may be incorporated into the

entry but must be provided by the participant A drum set is not provided for Percussion Unconventional

6 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Percussion Unconventional entries There are 90 seconds for set up and 90 seconds for tear down

vocal DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Vocal Division may submit entries in the following categories Choir Christian Band Rap Group Rap Solo Songwriting Vocal Ensemble Large Vocal Ensemble Small Vocal Solo Female Vocal Solo Male Vocal Solo Spanish Female Vocal Solo Spanish Male Worship Team

informationA participant may enter the same song in more than one category For example the student may sing a solo version of a song that is used for a vocal ensemble However a student or group of students may not enter the same category twice Synthesizerskeyboards are only provided for Worship Team Christian Band and RapA piano is provided for Songwriting Vocal solosensembles and Choir

gEnEral vocal Division rulEs 1 Use of pre-programed or pre-recorded loopssoftware is not allowed any looping or

sequencing technology must function only in response to manual and live hands-on control

2 Choir Vocal EnsembleSolo Accompaniment bull Choir and Vocal entries may choose to have or not to have accompaniment bull Accompanists are not considered part of the entry bull The accompanist may be an adult or student bull Accompanists are allowed to use music bull A maximum of four instruments from the allowed instruments list may be used for live

accompaniment A piano is the only instrument that will be provided for Vocal EnsembleSolo entries

bull CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped recordings are not accommodated

choir Rules 1 A Choir is for the art of presenting a sacred choral song selection with ministry

effectiveness in mind 2 A Choir entry must be comprised by 11 to 75 eligible students 3 Choirs are allowed 5 minutes to present their entry There are 2 1frasl2 minutes for setup and

2 1frasl2 minutes for tear down 4 CD or MP3 accompaniment tracks are allowed Background vocals are not permitted on

soundtracks 5 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels 6 A director is allowed This person may use music

instr

um

Enta

l D

ivision

voc

al

Div

isio

n

32 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 33

christian banD

Rules 1 The Christian Band category is the art of performing Christian music by students whose

focus is to perform with ministry effectiveness in mind 2 Christian Band entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Entries in this category must include both music and lyrics 4 Christian Bands have a time limit of 5 minutes with 2 and 12 minutes for set up and 2 and

12 minutes for tear down Participants may have assistance with setup 5 Christian Bands may choose to provide their own sound engineer The person chosen

to run sound must meet the age or grade requirements register as a participant and will count toward the overall 10-member group limit Note Student engineers may visit wwwfafagorg to view the equipment specifications

6 All individuals within a Christian Band entry must meet the age or grade requirements No adult accompanists vocalists or sound engineers are allowed

7 Original songs are not required but originality is encouraged 8 All music must be memorized 9 Additional Instruments and equipment andor additional percussion accessories are

permitted but must be provided by the participants and only if they can be set up and torn down within the allotted time limit Individuals are not allowed to bring their own drum sets

10 Students must refrain from any actions that may be deemed offensive or inappropriate ldquoInappropriaterdquo actions include but are not limited to improper gestures or moves stage diving and language unbecoming of a Christian Any festival equipment damaged as a result of inappropriate actions is the responsibility of the students to replace Failure to adhere to this standard will result in disqualification

rap groupsolo

Rules 1 Rap is the urban art of communicating through rhythm and rhyme 2 A Rap Group entry may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Rap entries must be the original works of the students and written during the current Fine

Arts year (September 1 through August 2) 4 All Rap entries have a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90

seconds for tear down 5 Lyric sheets for each of the evaluators must be provided at each level of participation

Lyric sheets must be typed with the lyrics divided into the sections of the song (chorus verse bridge etc) and must have a title page or heading that includes the following informationTitleCategoryComposer(s)Church name city and state

6 Students wishing to use drum machines must provide their own equipment and adhere to

the setup and tear down time limits 7 All entries must be memorized

songWriting

InformationSongwriting entries are not evaluated on the presentation of the performer(s) However the performance of the song can either strengthen or weaken the entire presentation The criteria used to evaluate Songwriting entries will not support Rap entries

Rules 1 Songwriting is the art of writing a Christian or sacred composition including both music

and lyrics 2 Songwriting entries may be comprised by one to five eligible students 3 Songwriting entries are allowed 5 minutes to present their selection There are 90 seconds

for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 4 Three sets of lyric sheets must be provided for the evaluators at each level of participation

Lyric sheets must be typed with the sections of the song clearly marked (chorus verse bridge etc) and must have a title page or heading that includes the following informationTitleCategoryComposer(s)Church name city and state

5 Songwriting entries must be the original work of the student(s) and written during the current Fine Arts year (September 1 through August 3)

6 If an accompaniment track is created for the NFAF all musicians used to create the accompaniment must meet the age or grade requirements of the NFAF but do not need to register as participants

7 A maximum of four instruments may be used for accompaniment (either recorded or live) 8 The overall number of live performers is not to exceed five people 9 Songwriting entries may be performed by the composer(s) or by another student or group

of students 10 All music performed live must be memorized 11 All students who perform live at the NFAF must meet the age or grade requirements of the

NFAF No adult accompanists or group members are allowed

vocal EnsEmblEsolo

Rules 1 An entry in a Vocal EnsembleSolo category is for the art of presenting a vocal song

selection with ministry effectiveness in mind 2 A Vocal Ensemble Small may be comprised by two to four eligible students 3 A Vocal Ensemble Large may be comprised by five to ten eligible students 4 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for all vocal solos and ensembles There are 90

vo

ca

l Divisio

n voc

al

Div

isio

n

34 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 35

seconds allowed for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 5 Music must be memorized 6 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

7 Participants may not ask for special sound settings To ensure consistent sound level microphones are set prior to the festival by an official sound technician It is the responsibility of the participants to make sure the microphones are turned on and to move microphones to accommodate blend and volume

8 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels Background vocals are allowed for solo entries Background vocals are not allowed for group entries

Worship tEam

Rules 1 A Worship Team entry is the art of leading others in worship 2 Worship Team entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Worship Team entries have a time limit of 7 minutes with 2 and 12 minutes for set up and

2 and 12 minutes for tear down Participants may have assistance with setup 4 Worship Teams may choose to provide their own sound engineer The person chosen to

run sound must meet the age or grade requirements register as a participant and will count toward the overall 10-member group limit Note Student engineers may visit wwwfafagorg to view the equipment specifications

5 All individuals within a Worship Team entry must meet the age or grade requirements No adult accompanists vocalists or sound engineers are allowed

6 Worship Team entries must be comprised by both vocalists and instrumentalists Entries are required to have more than one vocalist

7 All music must be memorized 8 Additional instruments and equipment andor additional percussion accessories are

permitted but must be provided by the participants and only if they can be set up and torn down within the allotted time limit Individuals are not allowed to bring their own drum sets

Writing Division Read the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Writing Division may submit entries in the following categories Book Chapter Childrenrsquos Literature First Person Essay Poetry Short Story Script Writing

District fEstival DElivEry instructionsFor rules and guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Writing Division entries for your district festival contact your district youth director or district Fine Arts coordinator

nfaf DElivEry instructions 1 Writing entries must be e-mailed (with the exception of Childrenrsquos Literature) as an

attachment to fafagorg with a subject line that contains the participantrsquos name and ldquo2010 Fine Arts Writing Entryrdquo The e-mail must be received within 5 days of the online processing postmark or fax date of the participantrsquos registration form and fee Writing entries will not be returned to participants

2 Writing entries must be submitted in doc docx or rtf format 3 Writing entries must be submitted in Times New Roman or Arial fonts and may contain no

art word art borders etc

booK chaptEr

Rules 1 The Book Chapter entry is for the submission of the first chapter of either a fiction or non-

fiction book for a target audience of teens to adults 2 All entries must be the original work of one student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 3 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 4 The first chapter of the book submission must be 1500-1800 words 5 The writer must include a summary of the book no longer than 150 words 6 The chapter does not need to interpret the annual theme 7 The chapter must reflect a Christian world view 8 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

vo

ca

l Divisio

nW

rit

ing

Div

isio

n

36 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 37

chilDrEnrsquos litEraturE

District Festival Delivery InstructionsFor rules and guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Writing Division entries for your district festival contact your district youth director or district Fine Arts coordinator

NFAF Delivery InstructionsThe Childrenrsquos Literature entry must be received within 5 days of online or faxed registrations Entries must accompany mailed registrations The Childrenrsquos Literature entry must be mailed to

national youth ministriesAttn Detroit20101445 North Boonville AvenueSpringfield MO 65802-1894

Rules

1 The submission of a Childrenrsquos Literature entry is the art of writing and illustrating an entire childrenrsquos book with a target audience of a toddler or early reader (first to third grades) with words and illustrations that are age appropriate

2 The Childrenrsquos Literature SoloCollaborated entry may be created by one to ten eligible students

3 The entire entry must be the original work of the student(s) (including illustrations) and may not be adapted from anotherrsquos concept

4 Illustrations may take the form of drawing painting or full-color computer-generated graphics produced from illustrator software Stock clip art is not acceptable

5 The entry must read like a book participants may not submit a manuscript with separate illustrations

6 The creator(s) is not required to be present at the NFAF However the registration form must be completed and the appropriate fees paid

7 The childrenrsquos book may not be more than 800 words in length

8 The childrenrsquos book must reflect a Christian world view

9 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following informationTitleCategoryAuthor(s)Illustrator(s)Church name city and stateWord count

first pErson Essay 1 A First Person Essay is the art of writing an essay based on personal experience 2 A First Person Essay must have a minimum of 500 words and a maximum of 1200 words

Dialogue is allowed 3 All entries must be the original work of one student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 First Person Essay entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 6 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

poEtry 1 A Poetry entry is the art of composing a piece of literature written in meter or verse 2 A Poetry entry may be rhymed or unrhymed with a maximum of 30 lines 3 All entries must be the original work of the student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Poetry entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font with at least 1-inch margins on all

sides 6 Poetry entries are not required to be double-spaced 7 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document including the

following informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateLine count

script Writing 1 A script writing entry is the art of writing a short drama that addresses a culturally relevant

issue from a Christian perspective 2 Script Writing entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 3 Script writing entries must be the original work of the one to ten eligible students and

created within the current Fine Arts year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font with at least 1-inch margins on all

sides

Wr

iting

Divisio

n Wr

itin

g

Div

isio

n

38 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook

5 Scripts are not required to be double-spaced Entries should follow standard script formatting

6 Blocking suggestions are required 7 A character listing and scene setting must be included 8 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document including the

following informationTitleCategoryAuthor(s)Church name city and state

9 The entire script entry can be no longer than six pages total including title page character listing and scene setting

short story 1 A Short Story is the art of writing a fictional or non-fictional story 2 A Short Story must have a minimum of 500 words and a maximum of 1200 words

Dialogue is allowed 3 All entries must be the original work of the student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Short Story entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 6 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

Wr

iting

Divisio

n

Page 12: This Changes Everything! - AG Web Services

24 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 25

Exhibition DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Exhibition Division may submit entries in the following categories

ASL Storytelling Human Video Ensemble SpanishInstrumental Ensemble Contemporary Performance ArtSpoken Word Vocal Ensemble SpanishWorship Dance Solo Worship Dance Troupe

informationThe Exhibition Division was created to allow participants to be evaluated in areas that may become categories in the futureExhibition Division participants are given the opportunity to give their presentation once for evaluation and scoring Callbacks are not conducted for Exhibition entriesAt the NFAF points are given to each entry so that evaluators may determine the recipients of Exhibition Division Honorable Mention awards and so that students may improve their work

asl storytElling 1 ASL Storytelling is for the art of telling a biblical story rendered visually using only

American Sign Language (ASL) for the purpose of ministry to the deaf 2 Storytelling entries may be comprised by one to ten eligible students 3 There is a time limit of 5 minutes 4 Handheld propssigns are allowed in this category 5 The entire presentation must be memorized 6 Entries in the ASL Storytelling category must communicate a biblical story in a creative

and culturally relevant manner 7 No live or recorded music is permitted

human viDEo EnsEmblE spanishRules 1 A Human Video Ensemble Spanish presentation is the art of telling a story through a

non-verbal drama presentation that accompanies a musical track with Spanish lyrics to be used in mission trip settings

2 Human Video Ensemble Spanish entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students

3 The musical track that accompanies Human Video entries must include lyrics Spanish voice-overs may be present in the recording but may not completely replace the lyrics

4 The Human Video technique of ldquolip syncrdquo must be present in the majority of the presentation

5 The splicing of up to three songs is allowed Entries may have more than three splicings as long as there are three songs maximum Voice-overs do not count toward the three-song limit

6 Live accompaniment is not permitted in Human Video presentations

7 No live vocal communication of any form from the actors is permitted 8 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Human Video Ensemble Spanish entries There

are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 9 Entries do not have to be original but originality is encouraged 10 Human Video Spanish entries are not required to interpret the annual theme 11 All aspects of the human video must take place within the boundaries of the stage 12 Safe gymnastic elements andor cheer-type mounts are acceptable Human Video

techniques but must fit believably within the story line or be vital to character or story development

13 Chairs are the only allowed prop Standing on chairs is not allowed and will result in disqualification The only chairs allowed are the chairs available on-site in the presentation room Participants and groups may not bring their own chairs to the NFAF

14 Costumes are not permitted T-shirts in various colors are not considered costumes 15 Neither masks nor costume makeup is allowed

instrumEntal EnsEmblE contEmporaryRules 1 Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary is the art of performing an instrumental selection

without lyrics 2 Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible

students 3 There is a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear

down 4 Selections do not have to be original but originality is encouraged 5 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

6 All individuals who perform live must meet the age or grade requirements of the NFAF register as participants and pay the accompanying fee

7 Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary entries do not need to be memorized Using the musical score will not affect the evaluation

8 Entries are allowed to include additional percussion instruments and accessories if they can be set up and torn down within the allotted 90-second time limit

9 A keyboard is provided any additional keyboards must be provided by the participant Any use of pre-programming or sequencing of keyboards is not allowed the keyboard should function only in response to manual hands-on control

pErformancE artRules 1 Performance Art is the art of expressing an idea or telling a story by creating a painting

or sketch as a live performance in front of an audience Entries in this category must be entirely the work of one eligible student including any pre-sketching

2 Music andor audio elements as well as motion may be present in the performance The splicing of up to 5 songs is permitted The use of additional media is not permitted

3 An overall time limit of 25 minutes is allowed for Performance Art entries students must be able

Exh

ibitio

n D

ivision

Exh

ibit

ion

Div

isio

n

26 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 27

to set up perform and tear down within a total of 25 minutes overall Participants may have assistance with setup

4 In the Performance Art category a single painting or sketch in one of the following mediums will be accepted

paint (acrylic watercolor or oil) chalk charcoal 5 The painting or sketch must be presented on one of the following materials canvas paper wood Plexiglas 6 Artists may start with a pre-sketched canvas paper or panel Rehearsal is encouraged 7 Entries in this exhibition may be no smaller than 32 inches by 32 inches and no larger

than 8 feet by 8 feet 8 Participants are responsible for bringing all materials and supplies necessary for

completing their entry (music canvas or surface material paints brushes charcoal easel stool etc)

9 The performance must be completely contained on the surface chosen by the participant If venue space is damaged the participant is responsible

spoKEn WorD Rules 1 An entry in Spoken Word (performance poetry) is for the art and ministry of communicating

poetry that is specifically composed for performance before an audience 2 Spoken Word entries must be entirely the original work of one eligible student 3 There is a time limit of 3 minutes for all Spoken Word entries Time begins when the

participant does or says anything to indicate the beginning of the presentation 4 Entries in this category must interpret the annual theme 5 The entire presentation must be memorized 6 The use of additional media is not permitted 7 Neither live nor recorded music is permitted 8 Costumes are not permitted

vocal EnsEmblE spanish Rules 1 A Vocal Ensemble Spanish may consist of two to ten eligible students 2 Music must be memorized 3 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

4 There is a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down

5 To ensure consistent sound level microphones are set prior to the festival by an official sound technician Participants may not ask for special sound settings It is the responsibility of the participants to move microphones to accommodate blend and volume and to make sure the microphones are turned on

6 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels 7 Accompaniment bull Vocal entries may choose to have or not to have accompaniment

bull Accompanists are not considered part of the entry bull The accompanist may be an adult or student bull Accompanists are allowed to use music bull A maximum of four instruments from the approved lists of instruments on pages 13 - 14

may be used for live accompaniment bull CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped

recordings are not accommodated bull Background vocals are not permitted for vocal ensemble entriesWorship DancE solotroupE

InformationEntries in the Worship Dance SoloTroupe categories must be presented in one of the accepted genres defined as follows Ballet A classical form of dance characterized by formally precise steps and poses A

basic vocabulary of recognized ballet technique is used as criteria for the evaluation of entries in the ballet genre

Lyrical A contemporary form of dance also referred to as ldquomodernrdquo that is a fusion between ballet and jazz This artistic dance attempts to interpret the meaning of the music through expressive and dynamic movements

Urban Also known as ldquostreet dancerdquo influenced by the various rhythms and techniques of hip-hop

Rules 1 An entry in Worship Dance is for the art and ministry of communicating a story and

expressively and worshipfully interpreting music using recognized dance technique 2 Worship Dance Troupe entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 There is a time limit of 5 minutes for all Worship Dance entries 4 The musical track that accompanies a Worship Dance entry may or may not contain lyrics

If the track contains lyrics it is not appropriate dance technic to mouth the words 5 Live accompaniment is not permitted 6 Modest attire must be worn Clothing must be appropriate for effective interpretation

intended audience and conducive to a worship atmosphere Low-cut tops backless shirts tight short shorts see-through skirts without leggings are never acceptable

7 Shoes must be worn Ballet slippers paws or jazz shoes are acceptable 8 Fine Arts Festival holds a high standard and does not permit suggestive movements

music or attire Any movement music or attire that is deemed inappropriate may receive either point deductions or disqualification

9 The use of props is not permitted 10 The use of percussion instruments is not permitted 11 The use of streamers ribbon banners or flags is permitted but must not become the focal

point of the presentation at the expense of recognized and legitimate dance technique 12 Adults may assist in choreography but the use of a director during the presentation is not

permitted 13 CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped

recordings are not accommodated

Exh

ibitio

n D

ivision

Exh

ibit

ion

Div

isio

n

28 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 29

instrumEntal DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Instrumental Division may submit entries in the following categories Guitar Solo Instrumental Ensemble Traditional Keyboard Solo Percussion SoloEnsemble Traditional Percussion Unconventional String Solo WindBrass Solo

informationGuitar Solo may use instruments from the Rhythm Strings list page 14Instrumental Ensemble Traditional may use instruments from the Keyboards Woodwinds Brass and Traditional Strings lists only (see pages 13 - 14) The following additional instruments may be used mandolin 12-string guitar dulcimer banjo acoustic guitarPlease note Instrumental Ensemble Traditional entries may not use electric guitar electric bass or drums The aforementioned instruments are neither allowed nor provided for this traditional category Students desiring to use contemporary instrumentation may enter the Exhibition Division Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary or Christian Band categoriesKeyboard Solo may use instruments from the Keyboard list page 13 (only a piano will be provided at the NFAF)Percussion SoloEnsemble Traditional may use instruments from the Percussion list page 14String Solo may use instruments from the Traditional Strings list page 14WindBrass Solo may use instruments from the Woodwinds and Brass lists pages 13 - 14

gEnEral instrumEntal Division rulEs

Guitar Solo Instrumental Ensemble Traditional Keyboard Solo String Solo amp WindBrass Solo 1 An instrumental soloensemble is the art of presenting a musical composition using only

musical instruments 2 An instrumental ensemble may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for Instrumental entries (except for Percussion

Ensemble categories) There are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down The instrumentalists may use this time to tune their instruments or conduct a brief warm up

4 Music must be memorized for all solo entries 5 Ensembles do not have to memorize their music Using the musical score will not affect

the evaluation 6 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

7 To ensure consistent sound level microphones if used are set prior to the festival by an official sound technician Participants may not ask for special sound settings It is the

responsibility of the participants to make sure the microphones are turned on and to move microphones to accommodate blend and volume

8 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels 9 A participant may play more than one instrument in an Instrumental entry as long as the

setup and tear down time limits are not exceeded 10 Use of pre-programed or pre-recorded loopssoftware is not allowed any looping or

sequencing technology must function only in response to manual and live hands-on control

11 Keyboard Solo and Percussion entries are not allowed accompaniment (either live or recorded)

12 Accompaniment bull Instrumental entries (except for Keyboard Solo and Percussion) may choose to have or

not to have accompaniment bull An accompanist is not considered part of the entry bull The accompanist may be an adult or student bull Accompanists are allowed to use music bull Only a piano or keyboard may be used for live accompaniment Only a piano is provided

by the festival bull CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped

recordings are not accommodated bull If a CD or MP3 accompaniment track is used the instrument(s) played by the student(s)

cannot be predominant on the accompaniment track bull Neither live nor recorded background vocals are permitted

pErcussion EnsEmblEsolo traDitional

InformationThe following will be provided at the NFAF for Percussion SoloEnsemble Traditional entries Solo - 1 standard drum set Ensemble - 2 standard drum sets 4 6rsquo tables are provided for handbell entries

Rules 1 A traditional percussion entry is the art of presenting a musical entry using traditional

orchestral percussion instruments and techniques 2 A Percussion Ensemble Traditional entry is comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Instruments from the approved percussion list on page 14 may be used to create the

Percussion Traditional entries 4 Personal drum sets may not be brought to the festival 5 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for Percussion Solo entries There are 90 seconds for

set up and 90 seconds for tear down 6 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Percussion Ensemble Traditional entries There are

90 seconds for set up and 90 seconds for tear down

instr

um

Enta

l D

ivision

inst

ru

mEn

tal

Div

isio

n

30 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 31

pErcussion unconvEntional

Rules 1 Percussion Unconventional is the art of presenting a musical entry in which sound is

produced by striking or tapping the body or one object upon another 2 An entry is in this category is for the composition and performance of alternative and

creative percussion techniques such as trash cans pipes sticks etc as well as ldquostomprdquo entries

3 Neither flammable nor liquid elements are permitted in Percusison Unconventional presentations

4 A Percussion Unconventional entry is comprised by one to ten eligible students 5 Percussion instruments from the Traditional percussion list may be incorporated into the

entry but must be provided by the participant A drum set is not provided for Percussion Unconventional

6 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Percussion Unconventional entries There are 90 seconds for set up and 90 seconds for tear down

vocal DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Vocal Division may submit entries in the following categories Choir Christian Band Rap Group Rap Solo Songwriting Vocal Ensemble Large Vocal Ensemble Small Vocal Solo Female Vocal Solo Male Vocal Solo Spanish Female Vocal Solo Spanish Male Worship Team

informationA participant may enter the same song in more than one category For example the student may sing a solo version of a song that is used for a vocal ensemble However a student or group of students may not enter the same category twice Synthesizerskeyboards are only provided for Worship Team Christian Band and RapA piano is provided for Songwriting Vocal solosensembles and Choir

gEnEral vocal Division rulEs 1 Use of pre-programed or pre-recorded loopssoftware is not allowed any looping or

sequencing technology must function only in response to manual and live hands-on control

2 Choir Vocal EnsembleSolo Accompaniment bull Choir and Vocal entries may choose to have or not to have accompaniment bull Accompanists are not considered part of the entry bull The accompanist may be an adult or student bull Accompanists are allowed to use music bull A maximum of four instruments from the allowed instruments list may be used for live

accompaniment A piano is the only instrument that will be provided for Vocal EnsembleSolo entries

bull CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped recordings are not accommodated

choir Rules 1 A Choir is for the art of presenting a sacred choral song selection with ministry

effectiveness in mind 2 A Choir entry must be comprised by 11 to 75 eligible students 3 Choirs are allowed 5 minutes to present their entry There are 2 1frasl2 minutes for setup and

2 1frasl2 minutes for tear down 4 CD or MP3 accompaniment tracks are allowed Background vocals are not permitted on

soundtracks 5 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels 6 A director is allowed This person may use music

instr

um

Enta

l D

ivision

voc

al

Div

isio

n

32 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 33

christian banD

Rules 1 The Christian Band category is the art of performing Christian music by students whose

focus is to perform with ministry effectiveness in mind 2 Christian Band entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Entries in this category must include both music and lyrics 4 Christian Bands have a time limit of 5 minutes with 2 and 12 minutes for set up and 2 and

12 minutes for tear down Participants may have assistance with setup 5 Christian Bands may choose to provide their own sound engineer The person chosen

to run sound must meet the age or grade requirements register as a participant and will count toward the overall 10-member group limit Note Student engineers may visit wwwfafagorg to view the equipment specifications

6 All individuals within a Christian Band entry must meet the age or grade requirements No adult accompanists vocalists or sound engineers are allowed

7 Original songs are not required but originality is encouraged 8 All music must be memorized 9 Additional Instruments and equipment andor additional percussion accessories are

permitted but must be provided by the participants and only if they can be set up and torn down within the allotted time limit Individuals are not allowed to bring their own drum sets

10 Students must refrain from any actions that may be deemed offensive or inappropriate ldquoInappropriaterdquo actions include but are not limited to improper gestures or moves stage diving and language unbecoming of a Christian Any festival equipment damaged as a result of inappropriate actions is the responsibility of the students to replace Failure to adhere to this standard will result in disqualification

rap groupsolo

Rules 1 Rap is the urban art of communicating through rhythm and rhyme 2 A Rap Group entry may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Rap entries must be the original works of the students and written during the current Fine

Arts year (September 1 through August 2) 4 All Rap entries have a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90

seconds for tear down 5 Lyric sheets for each of the evaluators must be provided at each level of participation

Lyric sheets must be typed with the lyrics divided into the sections of the song (chorus verse bridge etc) and must have a title page or heading that includes the following informationTitleCategoryComposer(s)Church name city and state

6 Students wishing to use drum machines must provide their own equipment and adhere to

the setup and tear down time limits 7 All entries must be memorized

songWriting

InformationSongwriting entries are not evaluated on the presentation of the performer(s) However the performance of the song can either strengthen or weaken the entire presentation The criteria used to evaluate Songwriting entries will not support Rap entries

Rules 1 Songwriting is the art of writing a Christian or sacred composition including both music

and lyrics 2 Songwriting entries may be comprised by one to five eligible students 3 Songwriting entries are allowed 5 minutes to present their selection There are 90 seconds

for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 4 Three sets of lyric sheets must be provided for the evaluators at each level of participation

Lyric sheets must be typed with the sections of the song clearly marked (chorus verse bridge etc) and must have a title page or heading that includes the following informationTitleCategoryComposer(s)Church name city and state

5 Songwriting entries must be the original work of the student(s) and written during the current Fine Arts year (September 1 through August 3)

6 If an accompaniment track is created for the NFAF all musicians used to create the accompaniment must meet the age or grade requirements of the NFAF but do not need to register as participants

7 A maximum of four instruments may be used for accompaniment (either recorded or live) 8 The overall number of live performers is not to exceed five people 9 Songwriting entries may be performed by the composer(s) or by another student or group

of students 10 All music performed live must be memorized 11 All students who perform live at the NFAF must meet the age or grade requirements of the

NFAF No adult accompanists or group members are allowed

vocal EnsEmblEsolo

Rules 1 An entry in a Vocal EnsembleSolo category is for the art of presenting a vocal song

selection with ministry effectiveness in mind 2 A Vocal Ensemble Small may be comprised by two to four eligible students 3 A Vocal Ensemble Large may be comprised by five to ten eligible students 4 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for all vocal solos and ensembles There are 90

vo

ca

l Divisio

n voc

al

Div

isio

n

34 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 35

seconds allowed for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 5 Music must be memorized 6 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

7 Participants may not ask for special sound settings To ensure consistent sound level microphones are set prior to the festival by an official sound technician It is the responsibility of the participants to make sure the microphones are turned on and to move microphones to accommodate blend and volume

8 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels Background vocals are allowed for solo entries Background vocals are not allowed for group entries

Worship tEam

Rules 1 A Worship Team entry is the art of leading others in worship 2 Worship Team entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Worship Team entries have a time limit of 7 minutes with 2 and 12 minutes for set up and

2 and 12 minutes for tear down Participants may have assistance with setup 4 Worship Teams may choose to provide their own sound engineer The person chosen to

run sound must meet the age or grade requirements register as a participant and will count toward the overall 10-member group limit Note Student engineers may visit wwwfafagorg to view the equipment specifications

5 All individuals within a Worship Team entry must meet the age or grade requirements No adult accompanists vocalists or sound engineers are allowed

6 Worship Team entries must be comprised by both vocalists and instrumentalists Entries are required to have more than one vocalist

7 All music must be memorized 8 Additional instruments and equipment andor additional percussion accessories are

permitted but must be provided by the participants and only if they can be set up and torn down within the allotted time limit Individuals are not allowed to bring their own drum sets

Writing Division Read the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Writing Division may submit entries in the following categories Book Chapter Childrenrsquos Literature First Person Essay Poetry Short Story Script Writing

District fEstival DElivEry instructionsFor rules and guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Writing Division entries for your district festival contact your district youth director or district Fine Arts coordinator

nfaf DElivEry instructions 1 Writing entries must be e-mailed (with the exception of Childrenrsquos Literature) as an

attachment to fafagorg with a subject line that contains the participantrsquos name and ldquo2010 Fine Arts Writing Entryrdquo The e-mail must be received within 5 days of the online processing postmark or fax date of the participantrsquos registration form and fee Writing entries will not be returned to participants

2 Writing entries must be submitted in doc docx or rtf format 3 Writing entries must be submitted in Times New Roman or Arial fonts and may contain no

art word art borders etc

booK chaptEr

Rules 1 The Book Chapter entry is for the submission of the first chapter of either a fiction or non-

fiction book for a target audience of teens to adults 2 All entries must be the original work of one student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 3 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 4 The first chapter of the book submission must be 1500-1800 words 5 The writer must include a summary of the book no longer than 150 words 6 The chapter does not need to interpret the annual theme 7 The chapter must reflect a Christian world view 8 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

vo

ca

l Divisio

nW

rit

ing

Div

isio

n

36 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 37

chilDrEnrsquos litEraturE

District Festival Delivery InstructionsFor rules and guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Writing Division entries for your district festival contact your district youth director or district Fine Arts coordinator

NFAF Delivery InstructionsThe Childrenrsquos Literature entry must be received within 5 days of online or faxed registrations Entries must accompany mailed registrations The Childrenrsquos Literature entry must be mailed to

national youth ministriesAttn Detroit20101445 North Boonville AvenueSpringfield MO 65802-1894

Rules

1 The submission of a Childrenrsquos Literature entry is the art of writing and illustrating an entire childrenrsquos book with a target audience of a toddler or early reader (first to third grades) with words and illustrations that are age appropriate

2 The Childrenrsquos Literature SoloCollaborated entry may be created by one to ten eligible students

3 The entire entry must be the original work of the student(s) (including illustrations) and may not be adapted from anotherrsquos concept

4 Illustrations may take the form of drawing painting or full-color computer-generated graphics produced from illustrator software Stock clip art is not acceptable

5 The entry must read like a book participants may not submit a manuscript with separate illustrations

6 The creator(s) is not required to be present at the NFAF However the registration form must be completed and the appropriate fees paid

7 The childrenrsquos book may not be more than 800 words in length

8 The childrenrsquos book must reflect a Christian world view

9 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following informationTitleCategoryAuthor(s)Illustrator(s)Church name city and stateWord count

first pErson Essay 1 A First Person Essay is the art of writing an essay based on personal experience 2 A First Person Essay must have a minimum of 500 words and a maximum of 1200 words

Dialogue is allowed 3 All entries must be the original work of one student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 First Person Essay entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 6 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

poEtry 1 A Poetry entry is the art of composing a piece of literature written in meter or verse 2 A Poetry entry may be rhymed or unrhymed with a maximum of 30 lines 3 All entries must be the original work of the student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Poetry entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font with at least 1-inch margins on all

sides 6 Poetry entries are not required to be double-spaced 7 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document including the

following informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateLine count

script Writing 1 A script writing entry is the art of writing a short drama that addresses a culturally relevant

issue from a Christian perspective 2 Script Writing entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 3 Script writing entries must be the original work of the one to ten eligible students and

created within the current Fine Arts year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font with at least 1-inch margins on all

sides

Wr

iting

Divisio

n Wr

itin

g

Div

isio

n

38 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook

5 Scripts are not required to be double-spaced Entries should follow standard script formatting

6 Blocking suggestions are required 7 A character listing and scene setting must be included 8 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document including the

following informationTitleCategoryAuthor(s)Church name city and state

9 The entire script entry can be no longer than six pages total including title page character listing and scene setting

short story 1 A Short Story is the art of writing a fictional or non-fictional story 2 A Short Story must have a minimum of 500 words and a maximum of 1200 words

Dialogue is allowed 3 All entries must be the original work of the student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Short Story entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 6 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

Wr

iting

Divisio

n

Page 13: This Changes Everything! - AG Web Services

26 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 27

to set up perform and tear down within a total of 25 minutes overall Participants may have assistance with setup

4 In the Performance Art category a single painting or sketch in one of the following mediums will be accepted

paint (acrylic watercolor or oil) chalk charcoal 5 The painting or sketch must be presented on one of the following materials canvas paper wood Plexiglas 6 Artists may start with a pre-sketched canvas paper or panel Rehearsal is encouraged 7 Entries in this exhibition may be no smaller than 32 inches by 32 inches and no larger

than 8 feet by 8 feet 8 Participants are responsible for bringing all materials and supplies necessary for

completing their entry (music canvas or surface material paints brushes charcoal easel stool etc)

9 The performance must be completely contained on the surface chosen by the participant If venue space is damaged the participant is responsible

spoKEn WorD Rules 1 An entry in Spoken Word (performance poetry) is for the art and ministry of communicating

poetry that is specifically composed for performance before an audience 2 Spoken Word entries must be entirely the original work of one eligible student 3 There is a time limit of 3 minutes for all Spoken Word entries Time begins when the

participant does or says anything to indicate the beginning of the presentation 4 Entries in this category must interpret the annual theme 5 The entire presentation must be memorized 6 The use of additional media is not permitted 7 Neither live nor recorded music is permitted 8 Costumes are not permitted

vocal EnsEmblE spanish Rules 1 A Vocal Ensemble Spanish may consist of two to ten eligible students 2 Music must be memorized 3 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

4 There is a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down

5 To ensure consistent sound level microphones are set prior to the festival by an official sound technician Participants may not ask for special sound settings It is the responsibility of the participants to move microphones to accommodate blend and volume and to make sure the microphones are turned on

6 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels 7 Accompaniment bull Vocal entries may choose to have or not to have accompaniment

bull Accompanists are not considered part of the entry bull The accompanist may be an adult or student bull Accompanists are allowed to use music bull A maximum of four instruments from the approved lists of instruments on pages 13 - 14

may be used for live accompaniment bull CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped

recordings are not accommodated bull Background vocals are not permitted for vocal ensemble entriesWorship DancE solotroupE

InformationEntries in the Worship Dance SoloTroupe categories must be presented in one of the accepted genres defined as follows Ballet A classical form of dance characterized by formally precise steps and poses A

basic vocabulary of recognized ballet technique is used as criteria for the evaluation of entries in the ballet genre

Lyrical A contemporary form of dance also referred to as ldquomodernrdquo that is a fusion between ballet and jazz This artistic dance attempts to interpret the meaning of the music through expressive and dynamic movements

Urban Also known as ldquostreet dancerdquo influenced by the various rhythms and techniques of hip-hop

Rules 1 An entry in Worship Dance is for the art and ministry of communicating a story and

expressively and worshipfully interpreting music using recognized dance technique 2 Worship Dance Troupe entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 There is a time limit of 5 minutes for all Worship Dance entries 4 The musical track that accompanies a Worship Dance entry may or may not contain lyrics

If the track contains lyrics it is not appropriate dance technic to mouth the words 5 Live accompaniment is not permitted 6 Modest attire must be worn Clothing must be appropriate for effective interpretation

intended audience and conducive to a worship atmosphere Low-cut tops backless shirts tight short shorts see-through skirts without leggings are never acceptable

7 Shoes must be worn Ballet slippers paws or jazz shoes are acceptable 8 Fine Arts Festival holds a high standard and does not permit suggestive movements

music or attire Any movement music or attire that is deemed inappropriate may receive either point deductions or disqualification

9 The use of props is not permitted 10 The use of percussion instruments is not permitted 11 The use of streamers ribbon banners or flags is permitted but must not become the focal

point of the presentation at the expense of recognized and legitimate dance technique 12 Adults may assist in choreography but the use of a director during the presentation is not

permitted 13 CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped

recordings are not accommodated

Exh

ibitio

n D

ivision

Exh

ibit

ion

Div

isio

n

28 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 29

instrumEntal DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Instrumental Division may submit entries in the following categories Guitar Solo Instrumental Ensemble Traditional Keyboard Solo Percussion SoloEnsemble Traditional Percussion Unconventional String Solo WindBrass Solo

informationGuitar Solo may use instruments from the Rhythm Strings list page 14Instrumental Ensemble Traditional may use instruments from the Keyboards Woodwinds Brass and Traditional Strings lists only (see pages 13 - 14) The following additional instruments may be used mandolin 12-string guitar dulcimer banjo acoustic guitarPlease note Instrumental Ensemble Traditional entries may not use electric guitar electric bass or drums The aforementioned instruments are neither allowed nor provided for this traditional category Students desiring to use contemporary instrumentation may enter the Exhibition Division Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary or Christian Band categoriesKeyboard Solo may use instruments from the Keyboard list page 13 (only a piano will be provided at the NFAF)Percussion SoloEnsemble Traditional may use instruments from the Percussion list page 14String Solo may use instruments from the Traditional Strings list page 14WindBrass Solo may use instruments from the Woodwinds and Brass lists pages 13 - 14

gEnEral instrumEntal Division rulEs

Guitar Solo Instrumental Ensemble Traditional Keyboard Solo String Solo amp WindBrass Solo 1 An instrumental soloensemble is the art of presenting a musical composition using only

musical instruments 2 An instrumental ensemble may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for Instrumental entries (except for Percussion

Ensemble categories) There are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down The instrumentalists may use this time to tune their instruments or conduct a brief warm up

4 Music must be memorized for all solo entries 5 Ensembles do not have to memorize their music Using the musical score will not affect

the evaluation 6 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

7 To ensure consistent sound level microphones if used are set prior to the festival by an official sound technician Participants may not ask for special sound settings It is the

responsibility of the participants to make sure the microphones are turned on and to move microphones to accommodate blend and volume

8 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels 9 A participant may play more than one instrument in an Instrumental entry as long as the

setup and tear down time limits are not exceeded 10 Use of pre-programed or pre-recorded loopssoftware is not allowed any looping or

sequencing technology must function only in response to manual and live hands-on control

11 Keyboard Solo and Percussion entries are not allowed accompaniment (either live or recorded)

12 Accompaniment bull Instrumental entries (except for Keyboard Solo and Percussion) may choose to have or

not to have accompaniment bull An accompanist is not considered part of the entry bull The accompanist may be an adult or student bull Accompanists are allowed to use music bull Only a piano or keyboard may be used for live accompaniment Only a piano is provided

by the festival bull CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped

recordings are not accommodated bull If a CD or MP3 accompaniment track is used the instrument(s) played by the student(s)

cannot be predominant on the accompaniment track bull Neither live nor recorded background vocals are permitted

pErcussion EnsEmblEsolo traDitional

InformationThe following will be provided at the NFAF for Percussion SoloEnsemble Traditional entries Solo - 1 standard drum set Ensemble - 2 standard drum sets 4 6rsquo tables are provided for handbell entries

Rules 1 A traditional percussion entry is the art of presenting a musical entry using traditional

orchestral percussion instruments and techniques 2 A Percussion Ensemble Traditional entry is comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Instruments from the approved percussion list on page 14 may be used to create the

Percussion Traditional entries 4 Personal drum sets may not be brought to the festival 5 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for Percussion Solo entries There are 90 seconds for

set up and 90 seconds for tear down 6 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Percussion Ensemble Traditional entries There are

90 seconds for set up and 90 seconds for tear down

instr

um

Enta

l D

ivision

inst

ru

mEn

tal

Div

isio

n

30 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 31

pErcussion unconvEntional

Rules 1 Percussion Unconventional is the art of presenting a musical entry in which sound is

produced by striking or tapping the body or one object upon another 2 An entry is in this category is for the composition and performance of alternative and

creative percussion techniques such as trash cans pipes sticks etc as well as ldquostomprdquo entries

3 Neither flammable nor liquid elements are permitted in Percusison Unconventional presentations

4 A Percussion Unconventional entry is comprised by one to ten eligible students 5 Percussion instruments from the Traditional percussion list may be incorporated into the

entry but must be provided by the participant A drum set is not provided for Percussion Unconventional

6 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Percussion Unconventional entries There are 90 seconds for set up and 90 seconds for tear down

vocal DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Vocal Division may submit entries in the following categories Choir Christian Band Rap Group Rap Solo Songwriting Vocal Ensemble Large Vocal Ensemble Small Vocal Solo Female Vocal Solo Male Vocal Solo Spanish Female Vocal Solo Spanish Male Worship Team

informationA participant may enter the same song in more than one category For example the student may sing a solo version of a song that is used for a vocal ensemble However a student or group of students may not enter the same category twice Synthesizerskeyboards are only provided for Worship Team Christian Band and RapA piano is provided for Songwriting Vocal solosensembles and Choir

gEnEral vocal Division rulEs 1 Use of pre-programed or pre-recorded loopssoftware is not allowed any looping or

sequencing technology must function only in response to manual and live hands-on control

2 Choir Vocal EnsembleSolo Accompaniment bull Choir and Vocal entries may choose to have or not to have accompaniment bull Accompanists are not considered part of the entry bull The accompanist may be an adult or student bull Accompanists are allowed to use music bull A maximum of four instruments from the allowed instruments list may be used for live

accompaniment A piano is the only instrument that will be provided for Vocal EnsembleSolo entries

bull CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped recordings are not accommodated

choir Rules 1 A Choir is for the art of presenting a sacred choral song selection with ministry

effectiveness in mind 2 A Choir entry must be comprised by 11 to 75 eligible students 3 Choirs are allowed 5 minutes to present their entry There are 2 1frasl2 minutes for setup and

2 1frasl2 minutes for tear down 4 CD or MP3 accompaniment tracks are allowed Background vocals are not permitted on

soundtracks 5 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels 6 A director is allowed This person may use music

instr

um

Enta

l D

ivision

voc

al

Div

isio

n

32 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 33

christian banD

Rules 1 The Christian Band category is the art of performing Christian music by students whose

focus is to perform with ministry effectiveness in mind 2 Christian Band entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Entries in this category must include both music and lyrics 4 Christian Bands have a time limit of 5 minutes with 2 and 12 minutes for set up and 2 and

12 minutes for tear down Participants may have assistance with setup 5 Christian Bands may choose to provide their own sound engineer The person chosen

to run sound must meet the age or grade requirements register as a participant and will count toward the overall 10-member group limit Note Student engineers may visit wwwfafagorg to view the equipment specifications

6 All individuals within a Christian Band entry must meet the age or grade requirements No adult accompanists vocalists or sound engineers are allowed

7 Original songs are not required but originality is encouraged 8 All music must be memorized 9 Additional Instruments and equipment andor additional percussion accessories are

permitted but must be provided by the participants and only if they can be set up and torn down within the allotted time limit Individuals are not allowed to bring their own drum sets

10 Students must refrain from any actions that may be deemed offensive or inappropriate ldquoInappropriaterdquo actions include but are not limited to improper gestures or moves stage diving and language unbecoming of a Christian Any festival equipment damaged as a result of inappropriate actions is the responsibility of the students to replace Failure to adhere to this standard will result in disqualification

rap groupsolo

Rules 1 Rap is the urban art of communicating through rhythm and rhyme 2 A Rap Group entry may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Rap entries must be the original works of the students and written during the current Fine

Arts year (September 1 through August 2) 4 All Rap entries have a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90

seconds for tear down 5 Lyric sheets for each of the evaluators must be provided at each level of participation

Lyric sheets must be typed with the lyrics divided into the sections of the song (chorus verse bridge etc) and must have a title page or heading that includes the following informationTitleCategoryComposer(s)Church name city and state

6 Students wishing to use drum machines must provide their own equipment and adhere to

the setup and tear down time limits 7 All entries must be memorized

songWriting

InformationSongwriting entries are not evaluated on the presentation of the performer(s) However the performance of the song can either strengthen or weaken the entire presentation The criteria used to evaluate Songwriting entries will not support Rap entries

Rules 1 Songwriting is the art of writing a Christian or sacred composition including both music

and lyrics 2 Songwriting entries may be comprised by one to five eligible students 3 Songwriting entries are allowed 5 minutes to present their selection There are 90 seconds

for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 4 Three sets of lyric sheets must be provided for the evaluators at each level of participation

Lyric sheets must be typed with the sections of the song clearly marked (chorus verse bridge etc) and must have a title page or heading that includes the following informationTitleCategoryComposer(s)Church name city and state

5 Songwriting entries must be the original work of the student(s) and written during the current Fine Arts year (September 1 through August 3)

6 If an accompaniment track is created for the NFAF all musicians used to create the accompaniment must meet the age or grade requirements of the NFAF but do not need to register as participants

7 A maximum of four instruments may be used for accompaniment (either recorded or live) 8 The overall number of live performers is not to exceed five people 9 Songwriting entries may be performed by the composer(s) or by another student or group

of students 10 All music performed live must be memorized 11 All students who perform live at the NFAF must meet the age or grade requirements of the

NFAF No adult accompanists or group members are allowed

vocal EnsEmblEsolo

Rules 1 An entry in a Vocal EnsembleSolo category is for the art of presenting a vocal song

selection with ministry effectiveness in mind 2 A Vocal Ensemble Small may be comprised by two to four eligible students 3 A Vocal Ensemble Large may be comprised by five to ten eligible students 4 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for all vocal solos and ensembles There are 90

vo

ca

l Divisio

n voc

al

Div

isio

n

34 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 35

seconds allowed for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 5 Music must be memorized 6 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

7 Participants may not ask for special sound settings To ensure consistent sound level microphones are set prior to the festival by an official sound technician It is the responsibility of the participants to make sure the microphones are turned on and to move microphones to accommodate blend and volume

8 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels Background vocals are allowed for solo entries Background vocals are not allowed for group entries

Worship tEam

Rules 1 A Worship Team entry is the art of leading others in worship 2 Worship Team entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Worship Team entries have a time limit of 7 minutes with 2 and 12 minutes for set up and

2 and 12 minutes for tear down Participants may have assistance with setup 4 Worship Teams may choose to provide their own sound engineer The person chosen to

run sound must meet the age or grade requirements register as a participant and will count toward the overall 10-member group limit Note Student engineers may visit wwwfafagorg to view the equipment specifications

5 All individuals within a Worship Team entry must meet the age or grade requirements No adult accompanists vocalists or sound engineers are allowed

6 Worship Team entries must be comprised by both vocalists and instrumentalists Entries are required to have more than one vocalist

7 All music must be memorized 8 Additional instruments and equipment andor additional percussion accessories are

permitted but must be provided by the participants and only if they can be set up and torn down within the allotted time limit Individuals are not allowed to bring their own drum sets

Writing Division Read the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Writing Division may submit entries in the following categories Book Chapter Childrenrsquos Literature First Person Essay Poetry Short Story Script Writing

District fEstival DElivEry instructionsFor rules and guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Writing Division entries for your district festival contact your district youth director or district Fine Arts coordinator

nfaf DElivEry instructions 1 Writing entries must be e-mailed (with the exception of Childrenrsquos Literature) as an

attachment to fafagorg with a subject line that contains the participantrsquos name and ldquo2010 Fine Arts Writing Entryrdquo The e-mail must be received within 5 days of the online processing postmark or fax date of the participantrsquos registration form and fee Writing entries will not be returned to participants

2 Writing entries must be submitted in doc docx or rtf format 3 Writing entries must be submitted in Times New Roman or Arial fonts and may contain no

art word art borders etc

booK chaptEr

Rules 1 The Book Chapter entry is for the submission of the first chapter of either a fiction or non-

fiction book for a target audience of teens to adults 2 All entries must be the original work of one student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 3 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 4 The first chapter of the book submission must be 1500-1800 words 5 The writer must include a summary of the book no longer than 150 words 6 The chapter does not need to interpret the annual theme 7 The chapter must reflect a Christian world view 8 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

vo

ca

l Divisio

nW

rit

ing

Div

isio

n

36 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 37

chilDrEnrsquos litEraturE

District Festival Delivery InstructionsFor rules and guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Writing Division entries for your district festival contact your district youth director or district Fine Arts coordinator

NFAF Delivery InstructionsThe Childrenrsquos Literature entry must be received within 5 days of online or faxed registrations Entries must accompany mailed registrations The Childrenrsquos Literature entry must be mailed to

national youth ministriesAttn Detroit20101445 North Boonville AvenueSpringfield MO 65802-1894

Rules

1 The submission of a Childrenrsquos Literature entry is the art of writing and illustrating an entire childrenrsquos book with a target audience of a toddler or early reader (first to third grades) with words and illustrations that are age appropriate

2 The Childrenrsquos Literature SoloCollaborated entry may be created by one to ten eligible students

3 The entire entry must be the original work of the student(s) (including illustrations) and may not be adapted from anotherrsquos concept

4 Illustrations may take the form of drawing painting or full-color computer-generated graphics produced from illustrator software Stock clip art is not acceptable

5 The entry must read like a book participants may not submit a manuscript with separate illustrations

6 The creator(s) is not required to be present at the NFAF However the registration form must be completed and the appropriate fees paid

7 The childrenrsquos book may not be more than 800 words in length

8 The childrenrsquos book must reflect a Christian world view

9 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following informationTitleCategoryAuthor(s)Illustrator(s)Church name city and stateWord count

first pErson Essay 1 A First Person Essay is the art of writing an essay based on personal experience 2 A First Person Essay must have a minimum of 500 words and a maximum of 1200 words

Dialogue is allowed 3 All entries must be the original work of one student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 First Person Essay entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 6 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

poEtry 1 A Poetry entry is the art of composing a piece of literature written in meter or verse 2 A Poetry entry may be rhymed or unrhymed with a maximum of 30 lines 3 All entries must be the original work of the student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Poetry entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font with at least 1-inch margins on all

sides 6 Poetry entries are not required to be double-spaced 7 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document including the

following informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateLine count

script Writing 1 A script writing entry is the art of writing a short drama that addresses a culturally relevant

issue from a Christian perspective 2 Script Writing entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 3 Script writing entries must be the original work of the one to ten eligible students and

created within the current Fine Arts year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font with at least 1-inch margins on all

sides

Wr

iting

Divisio

n Wr

itin

g

Div

isio

n

38 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook

5 Scripts are not required to be double-spaced Entries should follow standard script formatting

6 Blocking suggestions are required 7 A character listing and scene setting must be included 8 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document including the

following informationTitleCategoryAuthor(s)Church name city and state

9 The entire script entry can be no longer than six pages total including title page character listing and scene setting

short story 1 A Short Story is the art of writing a fictional or non-fictional story 2 A Short Story must have a minimum of 500 words and a maximum of 1200 words

Dialogue is allowed 3 All entries must be the original work of the student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Short Story entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 6 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

Wr

iting

Divisio

n

Page 14: This Changes Everything! - AG Web Services

28 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 29

instrumEntal DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Instrumental Division may submit entries in the following categories Guitar Solo Instrumental Ensemble Traditional Keyboard Solo Percussion SoloEnsemble Traditional Percussion Unconventional String Solo WindBrass Solo

informationGuitar Solo may use instruments from the Rhythm Strings list page 14Instrumental Ensemble Traditional may use instruments from the Keyboards Woodwinds Brass and Traditional Strings lists only (see pages 13 - 14) The following additional instruments may be used mandolin 12-string guitar dulcimer banjo acoustic guitarPlease note Instrumental Ensemble Traditional entries may not use electric guitar electric bass or drums The aforementioned instruments are neither allowed nor provided for this traditional category Students desiring to use contemporary instrumentation may enter the Exhibition Division Instrumental Ensemble Contemporary or Christian Band categoriesKeyboard Solo may use instruments from the Keyboard list page 13 (only a piano will be provided at the NFAF)Percussion SoloEnsemble Traditional may use instruments from the Percussion list page 14String Solo may use instruments from the Traditional Strings list page 14WindBrass Solo may use instruments from the Woodwinds and Brass lists pages 13 - 14

gEnEral instrumEntal Division rulEs

Guitar Solo Instrumental Ensemble Traditional Keyboard Solo String Solo amp WindBrass Solo 1 An instrumental soloensemble is the art of presenting a musical composition using only

musical instruments 2 An instrumental ensemble may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for Instrumental entries (except for Percussion

Ensemble categories) There are 90 seconds for setup and 90 seconds for tear down The instrumentalists may use this time to tune their instruments or conduct a brief warm up

4 Music must be memorized for all solo entries 5 Ensembles do not have to memorize their music Using the musical score will not affect

the evaluation 6 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

7 To ensure consistent sound level microphones if used are set prior to the festival by an official sound technician Participants may not ask for special sound settings It is the

responsibility of the participants to make sure the microphones are turned on and to move microphones to accommodate blend and volume

8 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels 9 A participant may play more than one instrument in an Instrumental entry as long as the

setup and tear down time limits are not exceeded 10 Use of pre-programed or pre-recorded loopssoftware is not allowed any looping or

sequencing technology must function only in response to manual and live hands-on control

11 Keyboard Solo and Percussion entries are not allowed accompaniment (either live or recorded)

12 Accompaniment bull Instrumental entries (except for Keyboard Solo and Percussion) may choose to have or

not to have accompaniment bull An accompanist is not considered part of the entry bull The accompanist may be an adult or student bull Accompanists are allowed to use music bull Only a piano or keyboard may be used for live accompaniment Only a piano is provided

by the festival bull CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped

recordings are not accommodated bull If a CD or MP3 accompaniment track is used the instrument(s) played by the student(s)

cannot be predominant on the accompaniment track bull Neither live nor recorded background vocals are permitted

pErcussion EnsEmblEsolo traDitional

InformationThe following will be provided at the NFAF for Percussion SoloEnsemble Traditional entries Solo - 1 standard drum set Ensemble - 2 standard drum sets 4 6rsquo tables are provided for handbell entries

Rules 1 A traditional percussion entry is the art of presenting a musical entry using traditional

orchestral percussion instruments and techniques 2 A Percussion Ensemble Traditional entry is comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Instruments from the approved percussion list on page 14 may be used to create the

Percussion Traditional entries 4 Personal drum sets may not be brought to the festival 5 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for Percussion Solo entries There are 90 seconds for

set up and 90 seconds for tear down 6 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Percussion Ensemble Traditional entries There are

90 seconds for set up and 90 seconds for tear down

instr

um

Enta

l D

ivision

inst

ru

mEn

tal

Div

isio

n

30 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 31

pErcussion unconvEntional

Rules 1 Percussion Unconventional is the art of presenting a musical entry in which sound is

produced by striking or tapping the body or one object upon another 2 An entry is in this category is for the composition and performance of alternative and

creative percussion techniques such as trash cans pipes sticks etc as well as ldquostomprdquo entries

3 Neither flammable nor liquid elements are permitted in Percusison Unconventional presentations

4 A Percussion Unconventional entry is comprised by one to ten eligible students 5 Percussion instruments from the Traditional percussion list may be incorporated into the

entry but must be provided by the participant A drum set is not provided for Percussion Unconventional

6 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Percussion Unconventional entries There are 90 seconds for set up and 90 seconds for tear down

vocal DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Vocal Division may submit entries in the following categories Choir Christian Band Rap Group Rap Solo Songwriting Vocal Ensemble Large Vocal Ensemble Small Vocal Solo Female Vocal Solo Male Vocal Solo Spanish Female Vocal Solo Spanish Male Worship Team

informationA participant may enter the same song in more than one category For example the student may sing a solo version of a song that is used for a vocal ensemble However a student or group of students may not enter the same category twice Synthesizerskeyboards are only provided for Worship Team Christian Band and RapA piano is provided for Songwriting Vocal solosensembles and Choir

gEnEral vocal Division rulEs 1 Use of pre-programed or pre-recorded loopssoftware is not allowed any looping or

sequencing technology must function only in response to manual and live hands-on control

2 Choir Vocal EnsembleSolo Accompaniment bull Choir and Vocal entries may choose to have or not to have accompaniment bull Accompanists are not considered part of the entry bull The accompanist may be an adult or student bull Accompanists are allowed to use music bull A maximum of four instruments from the allowed instruments list may be used for live

accompaniment A piano is the only instrument that will be provided for Vocal EnsembleSolo entries

bull CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped recordings are not accommodated

choir Rules 1 A Choir is for the art of presenting a sacred choral song selection with ministry

effectiveness in mind 2 A Choir entry must be comprised by 11 to 75 eligible students 3 Choirs are allowed 5 minutes to present their entry There are 2 1frasl2 minutes for setup and

2 1frasl2 minutes for tear down 4 CD or MP3 accompaniment tracks are allowed Background vocals are not permitted on

soundtracks 5 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels 6 A director is allowed This person may use music

instr

um

Enta

l D

ivision

voc

al

Div

isio

n

32 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 33

christian banD

Rules 1 The Christian Band category is the art of performing Christian music by students whose

focus is to perform with ministry effectiveness in mind 2 Christian Band entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Entries in this category must include both music and lyrics 4 Christian Bands have a time limit of 5 minutes with 2 and 12 minutes for set up and 2 and

12 minutes for tear down Participants may have assistance with setup 5 Christian Bands may choose to provide their own sound engineer The person chosen

to run sound must meet the age or grade requirements register as a participant and will count toward the overall 10-member group limit Note Student engineers may visit wwwfafagorg to view the equipment specifications

6 All individuals within a Christian Band entry must meet the age or grade requirements No adult accompanists vocalists or sound engineers are allowed

7 Original songs are not required but originality is encouraged 8 All music must be memorized 9 Additional Instruments and equipment andor additional percussion accessories are

permitted but must be provided by the participants and only if they can be set up and torn down within the allotted time limit Individuals are not allowed to bring their own drum sets

10 Students must refrain from any actions that may be deemed offensive or inappropriate ldquoInappropriaterdquo actions include but are not limited to improper gestures or moves stage diving and language unbecoming of a Christian Any festival equipment damaged as a result of inappropriate actions is the responsibility of the students to replace Failure to adhere to this standard will result in disqualification

rap groupsolo

Rules 1 Rap is the urban art of communicating through rhythm and rhyme 2 A Rap Group entry may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Rap entries must be the original works of the students and written during the current Fine

Arts year (September 1 through August 2) 4 All Rap entries have a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90

seconds for tear down 5 Lyric sheets for each of the evaluators must be provided at each level of participation

Lyric sheets must be typed with the lyrics divided into the sections of the song (chorus verse bridge etc) and must have a title page or heading that includes the following informationTitleCategoryComposer(s)Church name city and state

6 Students wishing to use drum machines must provide their own equipment and adhere to

the setup and tear down time limits 7 All entries must be memorized

songWriting

InformationSongwriting entries are not evaluated on the presentation of the performer(s) However the performance of the song can either strengthen or weaken the entire presentation The criteria used to evaluate Songwriting entries will not support Rap entries

Rules 1 Songwriting is the art of writing a Christian or sacred composition including both music

and lyrics 2 Songwriting entries may be comprised by one to five eligible students 3 Songwriting entries are allowed 5 minutes to present their selection There are 90 seconds

for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 4 Three sets of lyric sheets must be provided for the evaluators at each level of participation

Lyric sheets must be typed with the sections of the song clearly marked (chorus verse bridge etc) and must have a title page or heading that includes the following informationTitleCategoryComposer(s)Church name city and state

5 Songwriting entries must be the original work of the student(s) and written during the current Fine Arts year (September 1 through August 3)

6 If an accompaniment track is created for the NFAF all musicians used to create the accompaniment must meet the age or grade requirements of the NFAF but do not need to register as participants

7 A maximum of four instruments may be used for accompaniment (either recorded or live) 8 The overall number of live performers is not to exceed five people 9 Songwriting entries may be performed by the composer(s) or by another student or group

of students 10 All music performed live must be memorized 11 All students who perform live at the NFAF must meet the age or grade requirements of the

NFAF No adult accompanists or group members are allowed

vocal EnsEmblEsolo

Rules 1 An entry in a Vocal EnsembleSolo category is for the art of presenting a vocal song

selection with ministry effectiveness in mind 2 A Vocal Ensemble Small may be comprised by two to four eligible students 3 A Vocal Ensemble Large may be comprised by five to ten eligible students 4 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for all vocal solos and ensembles There are 90

vo

ca

l Divisio

n voc

al

Div

isio

n

34 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 35

seconds allowed for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 5 Music must be memorized 6 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

7 Participants may not ask for special sound settings To ensure consistent sound level microphones are set prior to the festival by an official sound technician It is the responsibility of the participants to make sure the microphones are turned on and to move microphones to accommodate blend and volume

8 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels Background vocals are allowed for solo entries Background vocals are not allowed for group entries

Worship tEam

Rules 1 A Worship Team entry is the art of leading others in worship 2 Worship Team entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Worship Team entries have a time limit of 7 minutes with 2 and 12 minutes for set up and

2 and 12 minutes for tear down Participants may have assistance with setup 4 Worship Teams may choose to provide their own sound engineer The person chosen to

run sound must meet the age or grade requirements register as a participant and will count toward the overall 10-member group limit Note Student engineers may visit wwwfafagorg to view the equipment specifications

5 All individuals within a Worship Team entry must meet the age or grade requirements No adult accompanists vocalists or sound engineers are allowed

6 Worship Team entries must be comprised by both vocalists and instrumentalists Entries are required to have more than one vocalist

7 All music must be memorized 8 Additional instruments and equipment andor additional percussion accessories are

permitted but must be provided by the participants and only if they can be set up and torn down within the allotted time limit Individuals are not allowed to bring their own drum sets

Writing Division Read the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Writing Division may submit entries in the following categories Book Chapter Childrenrsquos Literature First Person Essay Poetry Short Story Script Writing

District fEstival DElivEry instructionsFor rules and guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Writing Division entries for your district festival contact your district youth director or district Fine Arts coordinator

nfaf DElivEry instructions 1 Writing entries must be e-mailed (with the exception of Childrenrsquos Literature) as an

attachment to fafagorg with a subject line that contains the participantrsquos name and ldquo2010 Fine Arts Writing Entryrdquo The e-mail must be received within 5 days of the online processing postmark or fax date of the participantrsquos registration form and fee Writing entries will not be returned to participants

2 Writing entries must be submitted in doc docx or rtf format 3 Writing entries must be submitted in Times New Roman or Arial fonts and may contain no

art word art borders etc

booK chaptEr

Rules 1 The Book Chapter entry is for the submission of the first chapter of either a fiction or non-

fiction book for a target audience of teens to adults 2 All entries must be the original work of one student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 3 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 4 The first chapter of the book submission must be 1500-1800 words 5 The writer must include a summary of the book no longer than 150 words 6 The chapter does not need to interpret the annual theme 7 The chapter must reflect a Christian world view 8 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

vo

ca

l Divisio

nW

rit

ing

Div

isio

n

36 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 37

chilDrEnrsquos litEraturE

District Festival Delivery InstructionsFor rules and guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Writing Division entries for your district festival contact your district youth director or district Fine Arts coordinator

NFAF Delivery InstructionsThe Childrenrsquos Literature entry must be received within 5 days of online or faxed registrations Entries must accompany mailed registrations The Childrenrsquos Literature entry must be mailed to

national youth ministriesAttn Detroit20101445 North Boonville AvenueSpringfield MO 65802-1894

Rules

1 The submission of a Childrenrsquos Literature entry is the art of writing and illustrating an entire childrenrsquos book with a target audience of a toddler or early reader (first to third grades) with words and illustrations that are age appropriate

2 The Childrenrsquos Literature SoloCollaborated entry may be created by one to ten eligible students

3 The entire entry must be the original work of the student(s) (including illustrations) and may not be adapted from anotherrsquos concept

4 Illustrations may take the form of drawing painting or full-color computer-generated graphics produced from illustrator software Stock clip art is not acceptable

5 The entry must read like a book participants may not submit a manuscript with separate illustrations

6 The creator(s) is not required to be present at the NFAF However the registration form must be completed and the appropriate fees paid

7 The childrenrsquos book may not be more than 800 words in length

8 The childrenrsquos book must reflect a Christian world view

9 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following informationTitleCategoryAuthor(s)Illustrator(s)Church name city and stateWord count

first pErson Essay 1 A First Person Essay is the art of writing an essay based on personal experience 2 A First Person Essay must have a minimum of 500 words and a maximum of 1200 words

Dialogue is allowed 3 All entries must be the original work of one student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 First Person Essay entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 6 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

poEtry 1 A Poetry entry is the art of composing a piece of literature written in meter or verse 2 A Poetry entry may be rhymed or unrhymed with a maximum of 30 lines 3 All entries must be the original work of the student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Poetry entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font with at least 1-inch margins on all

sides 6 Poetry entries are not required to be double-spaced 7 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document including the

following informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateLine count

script Writing 1 A script writing entry is the art of writing a short drama that addresses a culturally relevant

issue from a Christian perspective 2 Script Writing entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 3 Script writing entries must be the original work of the one to ten eligible students and

created within the current Fine Arts year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font with at least 1-inch margins on all

sides

Wr

iting

Divisio

n Wr

itin

g

Div

isio

n

38 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook

5 Scripts are not required to be double-spaced Entries should follow standard script formatting

6 Blocking suggestions are required 7 A character listing and scene setting must be included 8 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document including the

following informationTitleCategoryAuthor(s)Church name city and state

9 The entire script entry can be no longer than six pages total including title page character listing and scene setting

short story 1 A Short Story is the art of writing a fictional or non-fictional story 2 A Short Story must have a minimum of 500 words and a maximum of 1200 words

Dialogue is allowed 3 All entries must be the original work of the student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Short Story entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 6 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

Wr

iting

Divisio

n

Page 15: This Changes Everything! - AG Web Services

30 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 31

pErcussion unconvEntional

Rules 1 Percussion Unconventional is the art of presenting a musical entry in which sound is

produced by striking or tapping the body or one object upon another 2 An entry is in this category is for the composition and performance of alternative and

creative percussion techniques such as trash cans pipes sticks etc as well as ldquostomprdquo entries

3 Neither flammable nor liquid elements are permitted in Percusison Unconventional presentations

4 A Percussion Unconventional entry is comprised by one to ten eligible students 5 Percussion instruments from the Traditional percussion list may be incorporated into the

entry but must be provided by the participant A drum set is not provided for Percussion Unconventional

6 A time limit of 7 minutes is allowed for Percussion Unconventional entries There are 90 seconds for set up and 90 seconds for tear down

vocal DivisionRead the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Vocal Division may submit entries in the following categories Choir Christian Band Rap Group Rap Solo Songwriting Vocal Ensemble Large Vocal Ensemble Small Vocal Solo Female Vocal Solo Male Vocal Solo Spanish Female Vocal Solo Spanish Male Worship Team

informationA participant may enter the same song in more than one category For example the student may sing a solo version of a song that is used for a vocal ensemble However a student or group of students may not enter the same category twice Synthesizerskeyboards are only provided for Worship Team Christian Band and RapA piano is provided for Songwriting Vocal solosensembles and Choir

gEnEral vocal Division rulEs 1 Use of pre-programed or pre-recorded loopssoftware is not allowed any looping or

sequencing technology must function only in response to manual and live hands-on control

2 Choir Vocal EnsembleSolo Accompaniment bull Choir and Vocal entries may choose to have or not to have accompaniment bull Accompanists are not considered part of the entry bull The accompanist may be an adult or student bull Accompanists are allowed to use music bull A maximum of four instruments from the allowed instruments list may be used for live

accompaniment A piano is the only instrument that will be provided for Vocal EnsembleSolo entries

bull CD and MP3 are the only recorded accompaniment formats that are permitted Taped recordings are not accommodated

choir Rules 1 A Choir is for the art of presenting a sacred choral song selection with ministry

effectiveness in mind 2 A Choir entry must be comprised by 11 to 75 eligible students 3 Choirs are allowed 5 minutes to present their entry There are 2 1frasl2 minutes for setup and

2 1frasl2 minutes for tear down 4 CD or MP3 accompaniment tracks are allowed Background vocals are not permitted on

soundtracks 5 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels 6 A director is allowed This person may use music

instr

um

Enta

l D

ivision

voc

al

Div

isio

n

32 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 33

christian banD

Rules 1 The Christian Band category is the art of performing Christian music by students whose

focus is to perform with ministry effectiveness in mind 2 Christian Band entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Entries in this category must include both music and lyrics 4 Christian Bands have a time limit of 5 minutes with 2 and 12 minutes for set up and 2 and

12 minutes for tear down Participants may have assistance with setup 5 Christian Bands may choose to provide their own sound engineer The person chosen

to run sound must meet the age or grade requirements register as a participant and will count toward the overall 10-member group limit Note Student engineers may visit wwwfafagorg to view the equipment specifications

6 All individuals within a Christian Band entry must meet the age or grade requirements No adult accompanists vocalists or sound engineers are allowed

7 Original songs are not required but originality is encouraged 8 All music must be memorized 9 Additional Instruments and equipment andor additional percussion accessories are

permitted but must be provided by the participants and only if they can be set up and torn down within the allotted time limit Individuals are not allowed to bring their own drum sets

10 Students must refrain from any actions that may be deemed offensive or inappropriate ldquoInappropriaterdquo actions include but are not limited to improper gestures or moves stage diving and language unbecoming of a Christian Any festival equipment damaged as a result of inappropriate actions is the responsibility of the students to replace Failure to adhere to this standard will result in disqualification

rap groupsolo

Rules 1 Rap is the urban art of communicating through rhythm and rhyme 2 A Rap Group entry may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Rap entries must be the original works of the students and written during the current Fine

Arts year (September 1 through August 2) 4 All Rap entries have a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90

seconds for tear down 5 Lyric sheets for each of the evaluators must be provided at each level of participation

Lyric sheets must be typed with the lyrics divided into the sections of the song (chorus verse bridge etc) and must have a title page or heading that includes the following informationTitleCategoryComposer(s)Church name city and state

6 Students wishing to use drum machines must provide their own equipment and adhere to

the setup and tear down time limits 7 All entries must be memorized

songWriting

InformationSongwriting entries are not evaluated on the presentation of the performer(s) However the performance of the song can either strengthen or weaken the entire presentation The criteria used to evaluate Songwriting entries will not support Rap entries

Rules 1 Songwriting is the art of writing a Christian or sacred composition including both music

and lyrics 2 Songwriting entries may be comprised by one to five eligible students 3 Songwriting entries are allowed 5 minutes to present their selection There are 90 seconds

for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 4 Three sets of lyric sheets must be provided for the evaluators at each level of participation

Lyric sheets must be typed with the sections of the song clearly marked (chorus verse bridge etc) and must have a title page or heading that includes the following informationTitleCategoryComposer(s)Church name city and state

5 Songwriting entries must be the original work of the student(s) and written during the current Fine Arts year (September 1 through August 3)

6 If an accompaniment track is created for the NFAF all musicians used to create the accompaniment must meet the age or grade requirements of the NFAF but do not need to register as participants

7 A maximum of four instruments may be used for accompaniment (either recorded or live) 8 The overall number of live performers is not to exceed five people 9 Songwriting entries may be performed by the composer(s) or by another student or group

of students 10 All music performed live must be memorized 11 All students who perform live at the NFAF must meet the age or grade requirements of the

NFAF No adult accompanists or group members are allowed

vocal EnsEmblEsolo

Rules 1 An entry in a Vocal EnsembleSolo category is for the art of presenting a vocal song

selection with ministry effectiveness in mind 2 A Vocal Ensemble Small may be comprised by two to four eligible students 3 A Vocal Ensemble Large may be comprised by five to ten eligible students 4 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for all vocal solos and ensembles There are 90

vo

ca

l Divisio

n voc

al

Div

isio

n

34 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 35

seconds allowed for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 5 Music must be memorized 6 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

7 Participants may not ask for special sound settings To ensure consistent sound level microphones are set prior to the festival by an official sound technician It is the responsibility of the participants to make sure the microphones are turned on and to move microphones to accommodate blend and volume

8 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels Background vocals are allowed for solo entries Background vocals are not allowed for group entries

Worship tEam

Rules 1 A Worship Team entry is the art of leading others in worship 2 Worship Team entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Worship Team entries have a time limit of 7 minutes with 2 and 12 minutes for set up and

2 and 12 minutes for tear down Participants may have assistance with setup 4 Worship Teams may choose to provide their own sound engineer The person chosen to

run sound must meet the age or grade requirements register as a participant and will count toward the overall 10-member group limit Note Student engineers may visit wwwfafagorg to view the equipment specifications

5 All individuals within a Worship Team entry must meet the age or grade requirements No adult accompanists vocalists or sound engineers are allowed

6 Worship Team entries must be comprised by both vocalists and instrumentalists Entries are required to have more than one vocalist

7 All music must be memorized 8 Additional instruments and equipment andor additional percussion accessories are

permitted but must be provided by the participants and only if they can be set up and torn down within the allotted time limit Individuals are not allowed to bring their own drum sets

Writing Division Read the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Writing Division may submit entries in the following categories Book Chapter Childrenrsquos Literature First Person Essay Poetry Short Story Script Writing

District fEstival DElivEry instructionsFor rules and guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Writing Division entries for your district festival contact your district youth director or district Fine Arts coordinator

nfaf DElivEry instructions 1 Writing entries must be e-mailed (with the exception of Childrenrsquos Literature) as an

attachment to fafagorg with a subject line that contains the participantrsquos name and ldquo2010 Fine Arts Writing Entryrdquo The e-mail must be received within 5 days of the online processing postmark or fax date of the participantrsquos registration form and fee Writing entries will not be returned to participants

2 Writing entries must be submitted in doc docx or rtf format 3 Writing entries must be submitted in Times New Roman or Arial fonts and may contain no

art word art borders etc

booK chaptEr

Rules 1 The Book Chapter entry is for the submission of the first chapter of either a fiction or non-

fiction book for a target audience of teens to adults 2 All entries must be the original work of one student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 3 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 4 The first chapter of the book submission must be 1500-1800 words 5 The writer must include a summary of the book no longer than 150 words 6 The chapter does not need to interpret the annual theme 7 The chapter must reflect a Christian world view 8 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

vo

ca

l Divisio

nW

rit

ing

Div

isio

n

36 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 37

chilDrEnrsquos litEraturE

District Festival Delivery InstructionsFor rules and guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Writing Division entries for your district festival contact your district youth director or district Fine Arts coordinator

NFAF Delivery InstructionsThe Childrenrsquos Literature entry must be received within 5 days of online or faxed registrations Entries must accompany mailed registrations The Childrenrsquos Literature entry must be mailed to

national youth ministriesAttn Detroit20101445 North Boonville AvenueSpringfield MO 65802-1894

Rules

1 The submission of a Childrenrsquos Literature entry is the art of writing and illustrating an entire childrenrsquos book with a target audience of a toddler or early reader (first to third grades) with words and illustrations that are age appropriate

2 The Childrenrsquos Literature SoloCollaborated entry may be created by one to ten eligible students

3 The entire entry must be the original work of the student(s) (including illustrations) and may not be adapted from anotherrsquos concept

4 Illustrations may take the form of drawing painting or full-color computer-generated graphics produced from illustrator software Stock clip art is not acceptable

5 The entry must read like a book participants may not submit a manuscript with separate illustrations

6 The creator(s) is not required to be present at the NFAF However the registration form must be completed and the appropriate fees paid

7 The childrenrsquos book may not be more than 800 words in length

8 The childrenrsquos book must reflect a Christian world view

9 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following informationTitleCategoryAuthor(s)Illustrator(s)Church name city and stateWord count

first pErson Essay 1 A First Person Essay is the art of writing an essay based on personal experience 2 A First Person Essay must have a minimum of 500 words and a maximum of 1200 words

Dialogue is allowed 3 All entries must be the original work of one student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 First Person Essay entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 6 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

poEtry 1 A Poetry entry is the art of composing a piece of literature written in meter or verse 2 A Poetry entry may be rhymed or unrhymed with a maximum of 30 lines 3 All entries must be the original work of the student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Poetry entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font with at least 1-inch margins on all

sides 6 Poetry entries are not required to be double-spaced 7 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document including the

following informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateLine count

script Writing 1 A script writing entry is the art of writing a short drama that addresses a culturally relevant

issue from a Christian perspective 2 Script Writing entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 3 Script writing entries must be the original work of the one to ten eligible students and

created within the current Fine Arts year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font with at least 1-inch margins on all

sides

Wr

iting

Divisio

n Wr

itin

g

Div

isio

n

38 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook

5 Scripts are not required to be double-spaced Entries should follow standard script formatting

6 Blocking suggestions are required 7 A character listing and scene setting must be included 8 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document including the

following informationTitleCategoryAuthor(s)Church name city and state

9 The entire script entry can be no longer than six pages total including title page character listing and scene setting

short story 1 A Short Story is the art of writing a fictional or non-fictional story 2 A Short Story must have a minimum of 500 words and a maximum of 1200 words

Dialogue is allowed 3 All entries must be the original work of the student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Short Story entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 6 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

Wr

iting

Divisio

n

Page 16: This Changes Everything! - AG Web Services

32 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 33

christian banD

Rules 1 The Christian Band category is the art of performing Christian music by students whose

focus is to perform with ministry effectiveness in mind 2 Christian Band entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Entries in this category must include both music and lyrics 4 Christian Bands have a time limit of 5 minutes with 2 and 12 minutes for set up and 2 and

12 minutes for tear down Participants may have assistance with setup 5 Christian Bands may choose to provide their own sound engineer The person chosen

to run sound must meet the age or grade requirements register as a participant and will count toward the overall 10-member group limit Note Student engineers may visit wwwfafagorg to view the equipment specifications

6 All individuals within a Christian Band entry must meet the age or grade requirements No adult accompanists vocalists or sound engineers are allowed

7 Original songs are not required but originality is encouraged 8 All music must be memorized 9 Additional Instruments and equipment andor additional percussion accessories are

permitted but must be provided by the participants and only if they can be set up and torn down within the allotted time limit Individuals are not allowed to bring their own drum sets

10 Students must refrain from any actions that may be deemed offensive or inappropriate ldquoInappropriaterdquo actions include but are not limited to improper gestures or moves stage diving and language unbecoming of a Christian Any festival equipment damaged as a result of inappropriate actions is the responsibility of the students to replace Failure to adhere to this standard will result in disqualification

rap groupsolo

Rules 1 Rap is the urban art of communicating through rhythm and rhyme 2 A Rap Group entry may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Rap entries must be the original works of the students and written during the current Fine

Arts year (September 1 through August 2) 4 All Rap entries have a time limit of 5 minutes There are 90 seconds for setup and 90

seconds for tear down 5 Lyric sheets for each of the evaluators must be provided at each level of participation

Lyric sheets must be typed with the lyrics divided into the sections of the song (chorus verse bridge etc) and must have a title page or heading that includes the following informationTitleCategoryComposer(s)Church name city and state

6 Students wishing to use drum machines must provide their own equipment and adhere to

the setup and tear down time limits 7 All entries must be memorized

songWriting

InformationSongwriting entries are not evaluated on the presentation of the performer(s) However the performance of the song can either strengthen or weaken the entire presentation The criteria used to evaluate Songwriting entries will not support Rap entries

Rules 1 Songwriting is the art of writing a Christian or sacred composition including both music

and lyrics 2 Songwriting entries may be comprised by one to five eligible students 3 Songwriting entries are allowed 5 minutes to present their selection There are 90 seconds

for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 4 Three sets of lyric sheets must be provided for the evaluators at each level of participation

Lyric sheets must be typed with the sections of the song clearly marked (chorus verse bridge etc) and must have a title page or heading that includes the following informationTitleCategoryComposer(s)Church name city and state

5 Songwriting entries must be the original work of the student(s) and written during the current Fine Arts year (September 1 through August 3)

6 If an accompaniment track is created for the NFAF all musicians used to create the accompaniment must meet the age or grade requirements of the NFAF but do not need to register as participants

7 A maximum of four instruments may be used for accompaniment (either recorded or live) 8 The overall number of live performers is not to exceed five people 9 Songwriting entries may be performed by the composer(s) or by another student or group

of students 10 All music performed live must be memorized 11 All students who perform live at the NFAF must meet the age or grade requirements of the

NFAF No adult accompanists or group members are allowed

vocal EnsEmblEsolo

Rules 1 An entry in a Vocal EnsembleSolo category is for the art of presenting a vocal song

selection with ministry effectiveness in mind 2 A Vocal Ensemble Small may be comprised by two to four eligible students 3 A Vocal Ensemble Large may be comprised by five to ten eligible students 4 A time limit of 5 minutes is allowed for all vocal solos and ensembles There are 90

vo

ca

l Divisio

n voc

al

Div

isio

n

34 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 35

seconds allowed for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 5 Music must be memorized 6 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

7 Participants may not ask for special sound settings To ensure consistent sound level microphones are set prior to the festival by an official sound technician It is the responsibility of the participants to make sure the microphones are turned on and to move microphones to accommodate blend and volume

8 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels Background vocals are allowed for solo entries Background vocals are not allowed for group entries

Worship tEam

Rules 1 A Worship Team entry is the art of leading others in worship 2 Worship Team entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Worship Team entries have a time limit of 7 minutes with 2 and 12 minutes for set up and

2 and 12 minutes for tear down Participants may have assistance with setup 4 Worship Teams may choose to provide their own sound engineer The person chosen to

run sound must meet the age or grade requirements register as a participant and will count toward the overall 10-member group limit Note Student engineers may visit wwwfafagorg to view the equipment specifications

5 All individuals within a Worship Team entry must meet the age or grade requirements No adult accompanists vocalists or sound engineers are allowed

6 Worship Team entries must be comprised by both vocalists and instrumentalists Entries are required to have more than one vocalist

7 All music must be memorized 8 Additional instruments and equipment andor additional percussion accessories are

permitted but must be provided by the participants and only if they can be set up and torn down within the allotted time limit Individuals are not allowed to bring their own drum sets

Writing Division Read the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Writing Division may submit entries in the following categories Book Chapter Childrenrsquos Literature First Person Essay Poetry Short Story Script Writing

District fEstival DElivEry instructionsFor rules and guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Writing Division entries for your district festival contact your district youth director or district Fine Arts coordinator

nfaf DElivEry instructions 1 Writing entries must be e-mailed (with the exception of Childrenrsquos Literature) as an

attachment to fafagorg with a subject line that contains the participantrsquos name and ldquo2010 Fine Arts Writing Entryrdquo The e-mail must be received within 5 days of the online processing postmark or fax date of the participantrsquos registration form and fee Writing entries will not be returned to participants

2 Writing entries must be submitted in doc docx or rtf format 3 Writing entries must be submitted in Times New Roman or Arial fonts and may contain no

art word art borders etc

booK chaptEr

Rules 1 The Book Chapter entry is for the submission of the first chapter of either a fiction or non-

fiction book for a target audience of teens to adults 2 All entries must be the original work of one student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 3 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 4 The first chapter of the book submission must be 1500-1800 words 5 The writer must include a summary of the book no longer than 150 words 6 The chapter does not need to interpret the annual theme 7 The chapter must reflect a Christian world view 8 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

vo

ca

l Divisio

nW

rit

ing

Div

isio

n

36 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 37

chilDrEnrsquos litEraturE

District Festival Delivery InstructionsFor rules and guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Writing Division entries for your district festival contact your district youth director or district Fine Arts coordinator

NFAF Delivery InstructionsThe Childrenrsquos Literature entry must be received within 5 days of online or faxed registrations Entries must accompany mailed registrations The Childrenrsquos Literature entry must be mailed to

national youth ministriesAttn Detroit20101445 North Boonville AvenueSpringfield MO 65802-1894

Rules

1 The submission of a Childrenrsquos Literature entry is the art of writing and illustrating an entire childrenrsquos book with a target audience of a toddler or early reader (first to third grades) with words and illustrations that are age appropriate

2 The Childrenrsquos Literature SoloCollaborated entry may be created by one to ten eligible students

3 The entire entry must be the original work of the student(s) (including illustrations) and may not be adapted from anotherrsquos concept

4 Illustrations may take the form of drawing painting or full-color computer-generated graphics produced from illustrator software Stock clip art is not acceptable

5 The entry must read like a book participants may not submit a manuscript with separate illustrations

6 The creator(s) is not required to be present at the NFAF However the registration form must be completed and the appropriate fees paid

7 The childrenrsquos book may not be more than 800 words in length

8 The childrenrsquos book must reflect a Christian world view

9 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following informationTitleCategoryAuthor(s)Illustrator(s)Church name city and stateWord count

first pErson Essay 1 A First Person Essay is the art of writing an essay based on personal experience 2 A First Person Essay must have a minimum of 500 words and a maximum of 1200 words

Dialogue is allowed 3 All entries must be the original work of one student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 First Person Essay entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 6 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

poEtry 1 A Poetry entry is the art of composing a piece of literature written in meter or verse 2 A Poetry entry may be rhymed or unrhymed with a maximum of 30 lines 3 All entries must be the original work of the student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Poetry entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font with at least 1-inch margins on all

sides 6 Poetry entries are not required to be double-spaced 7 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document including the

following informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateLine count

script Writing 1 A script writing entry is the art of writing a short drama that addresses a culturally relevant

issue from a Christian perspective 2 Script Writing entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 3 Script writing entries must be the original work of the one to ten eligible students and

created within the current Fine Arts year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font with at least 1-inch margins on all

sides

Wr

iting

Divisio

n Wr

itin

g

Div

isio

n

38 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook

5 Scripts are not required to be double-spaced Entries should follow standard script formatting

6 Blocking suggestions are required 7 A character listing and scene setting must be included 8 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document including the

following informationTitleCategoryAuthor(s)Church name city and state

9 The entire script entry can be no longer than six pages total including title page character listing and scene setting

short story 1 A Short Story is the art of writing a fictional or non-fictional story 2 A Short Story must have a minimum of 500 words and a maximum of 1200 words

Dialogue is allowed 3 All entries must be the original work of the student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Short Story entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 6 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

Wr

iting

Divisio

n

Page 17: This Changes Everything! - AG Web Services

34 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 35

seconds allowed for setup and 90 seconds for tear down 5 Music must be memorized 6 A conductor or director is not permitted Participants receiving rhythm balanceblend or

cut-off cues from coaches or directors seated in the audience will receive rule-violation point deductions

7 Participants may not ask for special sound settings To ensure consistent sound level microphones are set prior to the festival by an official sound technician It is the responsibility of the participants to make sure the microphones are turned on and to move microphones to accommodate blend and volume

8 Soundtrack levels may be adjusted to compensate for different recording levels Background vocals are allowed for solo entries Background vocals are not allowed for group entries

Worship tEam

Rules 1 A Worship Team entry is the art of leading others in worship 2 Worship Team entries may be comprised by two to ten eligible students 3 Worship Team entries have a time limit of 7 minutes with 2 and 12 minutes for set up and

2 and 12 minutes for tear down Participants may have assistance with setup 4 Worship Teams may choose to provide their own sound engineer The person chosen to

run sound must meet the age or grade requirements register as a participant and will count toward the overall 10-member group limit Note Student engineers may visit wwwfafagorg to view the equipment specifications

5 All individuals within a Worship Team entry must meet the age or grade requirements No adult accompanists vocalists or sound engineers are allowed

6 Worship Team entries must be comprised by both vocalists and instrumentalists Entries are required to have more than one vocalist

7 All music must be memorized 8 Additional instruments and equipment andor additional percussion accessories are

permitted but must be provided by the participants and only if they can be set up and torn down within the allotted time limit Individuals are not allowed to bring their own drum sets

Writing Division Read the General Information and General Rules on pages 7 - 14

catEgoriEsRegistrants in the Writing Division may submit entries in the following categories Book Chapter Childrenrsquos Literature First Person Essay Poetry Short Story Script Writing

District fEstival DElivEry instructionsFor rules and guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Writing Division entries for your district festival contact your district youth director or district Fine Arts coordinator

nfaf DElivEry instructions 1 Writing entries must be e-mailed (with the exception of Childrenrsquos Literature) as an

attachment to fafagorg with a subject line that contains the participantrsquos name and ldquo2010 Fine Arts Writing Entryrdquo The e-mail must be received within 5 days of the online processing postmark or fax date of the participantrsquos registration form and fee Writing entries will not be returned to participants

2 Writing entries must be submitted in doc docx or rtf format 3 Writing entries must be submitted in Times New Roman or Arial fonts and may contain no

art word art borders etc

booK chaptEr

Rules 1 The Book Chapter entry is for the submission of the first chapter of either a fiction or non-

fiction book for a target audience of teens to adults 2 All entries must be the original work of one student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 3 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 4 The first chapter of the book submission must be 1500-1800 words 5 The writer must include a summary of the book no longer than 150 words 6 The chapter does not need to interpret the annual theme 7 The chapter must reflect a Christian world view 8 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

vo

ca

l Divisio

nW

rit

ing

Div

isio

n

36 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 37

chilDrEnrsquos litEraturE

District Festival Delivery InstructionsFor rules and guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Writing Division entries for your district festival contact your district youth director or district Fine Arts coordinator

NFAF Delivery InstructionsThe Childrenrsquos Literature entry must be received within 5 days of online or faxed registrations Entries must accompany mailed registrations The Childrenrsquos Literature entry must be mailed to

national youth ministriesAttn Detroit20101445 North Boonville AvenueSpringfield MO 65802-1894

Rules

1 The submission of a Childrenrsquos Literature entry is the art of writing and illustrating an entire childrenrsquos book with a target audience of a toddler or early reader (first to third grades) with words and illustrations that are age appropriate

2 The Childrenrsquos Literature SoloCollaborated entry may be created by one to ten eligible students

3 The entire entry must be the original work of the student(s) (including illustrations) and may not be adapted from anotherrsquos concept

4 Illustrations may take the form of drawing painting or full-color computer-generated graphics produced from illustrator software Stock clip art is not acceptable

5 The entry must read like a book participants may not submit a manuscript with separate illustrations

6 The creator(s) is not required to be present at the NFAF However the registration form must be completed and the appropriate fees paid

7 The childrenrsquos book may not be more than 800 words in length

8 The childrenrsquos book must reflect a Christian world view

9 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following informationTitleCategoryAuthor(s)Illustrator(s)Church name city and stateWord count

first pErson Essay 1 A First Person Essay is the art of writing an essay based on personal experience 2 A First Person Essay must have a minimum of 500 words and a maximum of 1200 words

Dialogue is allowed 3 All entries must be the original work of one student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 First Person Essay entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 6 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

poEtry 1 A Poetry entry is the art of composing a piece of literature written in meter or verse 2 A Poetry entry may be rhymed or unrhymed with a maximum of 30 lines 3 All entries must be the original work of the student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Poetry entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font with at least 1-inch margins on all

sides 6 Poetry entries are not required to be double-spaced 7 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document including the

following informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateLine count

script Writing 1 A script writing entry is the art of writing a short drama that addresses a culturally relevant

issue from a Christian perspective 2 Script Writing entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 3 Script writing entries must be the original work of the one to ten eligible students and

created within the current Fine Arts year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font with at least 1-inch margins on all

sides

Wr

iting

Divisio

n Wr

itin

g

Div

isio

n

38 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook

5 Scripts are not required to be double-spaced Entries should follow standard script formatting

6 Blocking suggestions are required 7 A character listing and scene setting must be included 8 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document including the

following informationTitleCategoryAuthor(s)Church name city and state

9 The entire script entry can be no longer than six pages total including title page character listing and scene setting

short story 1 A Short Story is the art of writing a fictional or non-fictional story 2 A Short Story must have a minimum of 500 words and a maximum of 1200 words

Dialogue is allowed 3 All entries must be the original work of the student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Short Story entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 6 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

Wr

iting

Divisio

n

Page 18: This Changes Everything! - AG Web Services

36 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook This Changes Everything 37

chilDrEnrsquos litEraturE

District Festival Delivery InstructionsFor rules and guidelines pertaining to the evaluation process delivery instructions and deadlines for Writing Division entries for your district festival contact your district youth director or district Fine Arts coordinator

NFAF Delivery InstructionsThe Childrenrsquos Literature entry must be received within 5 days of online or faxed registrations Entries must accompany mailed registrations The Childrenrsquos Literature entry must be mailed to

national youth ministriesAttn Detroit20101445 North Boonville AvenueSpringfield MO 65802-1894

Rules

1 The submission of a Childrenrsquos Literature entry is the art of writing and illustrating an entire childrenrsquos book with a target audience of a toddler or early reader (first to third grades) with words and illustrations that are age appropriate

2 The Childrenrsquos Literature SoloCollaborated entry may be created by one to ten eligible students

3 The entire entry must be the original work of the student(s) (including illustrations) and may not be adapted from anotherrsquos concept

4 Illustrations may take the form of drawing painting or full-color computer-generated graphics produced from illustrator software Stock clip art is not acceptable

5 The entry must read like a book participants may not submit a manuscript with separate illustrations

6 The creator(s) is not required to be present at the NFAF However the registration form must be completed and the appropriate fees paid

7 The childrenrsquos book may not be more than 800 words in length

8 The childrenrsquos book must reflect a Christian world view

9 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following informationTitleCategoryAuthor(s)Illustrator(s)Church name city and stateWord count

first pErson Essay 1 A First Person Essay is the art of writing an essay based on personal experience 2 A First Person Essay must have a minimum of 500 words and a maximum of 1200 words

Dialogue is allowed 3 All entries must be the original work of one student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 First Person Essay entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 6 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

poEtry 1 A Poetry entry is the art of composing a piece of literature written in meter or verse 2 A Poetry entry may be rhymed or unrhymed with a maximum of 30 lines 3 All entries must be the original work of the student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Poetry entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font with at least 1-inch margins on all

sides 6 Poetry entries are not required to be double-spaced 7 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document including the

following informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateLine count

script Writing 1 A script writing entry is the art of writing a short drama that addresses a culturally relevant

issue from a Christian perspective 2 Script Writing entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 3 Script writing entries must be the original work of the one to ten eligible students and

created within the current Fine Arts year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font with at least 1-inch margins on all

sides

Wr

iting

Divisio

n Wr

itin

g

Div

isio

n

38 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook

5 Scripts are not required to be double-spaced Entries should follow standard script formatting

6 Blocking suggestions are required 7 A character listing and scene setting must be included 8 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document including the

following informationTitleCategoryAuthor(s)Church name city and state

9 The entire script entry can be no longer than six pages total including title page character listing and scene setting

short story 1 A Short Story is the art of writing a fictional or non-fictional story 2 A Short Story must have a minimum of 500 words and a maximum of 1200 words

Dialogue is allowed 3 All entries must be the original work of the student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Short Story entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 6 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

Wr

iting

Divisio

n

Page 19: This Changes Everything! - AG Web Services

38 2010 Fine Arts Festival Rulebook

5 Scripts are not required to be double-spaced Entries should follow standard script formatting

6 Blocking suggestions are required 7 A character listing and scene setting must be included 8 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document including the

following informationTitleCategoryAuthor(s)Church name city and state

9 The entire script entry can be no longer than six pages total including title page character listing and scene setting

short story 1 A Short Story is the art of writing a fictional or non-fictional story 2 A Short Story must have a minimum of 500 words and a maximum of 1200 words

Dialogue is allowed 3 All entries must be the original work of the student and created in the current Fine Arts

year (September 1 through August 2) 4 Short Story entries must creatively interpret or reflect the annual theme 5 Entries must be submitted with a typed 12-point font and double-spaced with at least

1-inch margins on all sides 6 Each entry must include a title page at the beginning of the document with the following

informationTitleCategoryAuthorChurch name city and stateWord count

Wr

iting

Divisio

n

Page 20: This Changes Everything! - AG Web Services